W instrukcji serwisowej jest pokazane jak ma być ustawione.
Video Cassette Recorder Deck: Turbo Drive
VR622/02/16
VR120/02/55/58
VR170/02/07/39/58
VR627/02/16
VR220/02/07/39/58
VR670B/02/07/16
VR270B/02/07/39/58 VR670B/39/58
VR270W/02/07/39/58 VR670W/02/07/16
VR402/58
VR670W/39/58
VR420/02/39/58
VR720/02/07/16/39/58
VR520/02/07/16/58
VR870CC/02/07/16
VR570/02/07/16/39/58 VR870CC/39/58
VR572/02/16
VR870L/02/07/16
VR620/02/07/16/39/58 VR870L/39/58
Contents
Page
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
3
10
12
46
49
57
64
91
97
113
124
128
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
Safety instructions, Modifications
Directions for use
Dismantling instructions
Service modes, Repair tips
Block diagrams, Waveforms, Wiring diagram
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts
Electrical alignments
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
Tape deck
Exploded views
Spare parts list
APOLLO 13
SB140/03/38
SB145/03/11
SB445/11/38
SB645/03/11/38
SB745/03/11/38
20DV30/39
45DV30/39
65DV30/39
AA
Survey of remote controls:
PAL B/G, VPS/PDC
PAL I, UK
PAL I, Ireland
PAL B/G, Belgium
PAL B/G, Nordic
PAL B/G, Spain / Nordic
SECAM L, L’ & PAL B/G, I
PAL B/G, I, PAL/SECAM D/K
PAL/SECAM B/G, D/K
PAL/SECAM D/K
8622 661 12111
VR870L/02/07/16/39/58
VR870CC/02/07/16/39/58
RT114/111
8622 661 14111
SB140/03
SB145/03/11
SB445/11
SB645/03/11
SB745/03/11
RT116/201
8622 661 16201
SB140/38
SB445/38
SB645/38
SB745/38
65DV30/39
45DV30/39
20DV30/39
RT116/204
8622 661 16204
VR120/02/16/55/58
VR402/58
VR520/02/07/16/58
RT121/101
8622 661 21101
VR170/07/39/58
VR270W/02/07/39/58
VR570/02/07/16/39/58
VR572/02/16
VR670W/02/07/16/39/58
RT121/111
8622 661 21111
VR270B/02/07/39/58
VR670B/02/07/16/39/58
RT121/121
8622 661 21121
RT123/111
8622 661 23111
VR627/02/16
VR720/02/07/16/39/58
/02/03
/05
/07
/11
/13
/16
/38/39
/55
/58/59
/60
RT112/111
VR620/02/07/16/39/58
VR622/02/16
Survey of versions:
VR220/02/07/39/58
VR420/02/39/58
RT128/112
8622 661 28112
©
Copyright 2001 Philips Consumer Electronics B.V. Eindhoven, The Netherlands.
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical,
photocopying, or otherwise without the prior permission of Philips.
Published by LE/MS0110, Videq Service Department Printed in Netherlands
Subject to modification
5 3103 785 21760
GB 2
VR120
Contents
Page
1
List of PWBs, Features, Technical
specifications
3
Survey of sets and PWB’s with software versions 3
Features
5
Technical specification
9
2
Safety instructions, Modifications
Safety instructions
Modifications
Direction for use
Remote control overview
Front overview of the sets
Direction for use introduction
Remote control codes
12
12
14
16
45
Dismantling instructions
Dismantling instructions
Dismantling of the motherboard/drive
combination
Dismantling the drive
46
46
Service modes, Repair tips
Special functions
Service test program
Repair tips
49
49
49
53
Page
Electrical alignments
Measuring instruments
Setting instructions
Video signal processing (VS-SEC)
Front End (FV)
Deck electronics (DE)
Servo System (AIO1)
Audio Linear (AL)
Display Control (AIO2)
91
91
91
91
92
93
93
94
94
9
Circuit descriptions and List of
abbreviations
Switched-mode power supply PS (PS Part)
Operating unit (DC part)
Central Control (AIO part)
Deck electronics (DE part)
Front end (FV part)
Video signal processing VS (VS part)
Audio linear (AL part)
Audio HiFi - for stereo units (AF part)
IN/OUT (IO part)
Follow Me (FOME part)
VPS/PDC, on-screen display (VPO part)
Simple Blockdiagram
Simple Blockdiagram FM Audio / Linear Audio
processing
List of abbreviations
10
10
11
3
Contents
8
4
5
6
7
47
48
Block diagrams, Waveforms, Wiring diagram 57
Block diagram Video
57
Block diagram Audio Mono
58
Block diagram Audio Stereo
59
Supply voltages and Bus diagram
60
Supply voltages and Bus diagram
61
Block diagram Central Control
62
Waveforms
63
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts
Power supply (PS)
Display control (AIO2)
Central control (AIO1)
Deck control (DE)
Variant List Frontend (FV)
Frontend (FV)
FM stereo (FM-ST)
FM Stereo + Nicam (FM-ST-NIC)
Audio Linear (AL)
FM - Audio (AF)
Video Signal Processing - SECAM (VS-SEC)
Video Signal Processing (VS)
VPS/PDC & OSD Part (VPO)
In/Out Part (IO)
FOLLOW ME Part (FOME)
Wiring Diagram
Mother board - solder side
Mother board - component side
Connector print (ACP10)
Connector print (ACP1)
Connector print (QBOE1)
Connector print (QBOG1)
Connector print (ACP35)
Key print (AKP35)
Illumination print (AKP13)
Key print (AKP36)
Shuttle board (ASP10)
Shuttle board (QKP21)
Test point overview
64
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
83
84
84
85
85
86
87
88
89
89
89
90
97
97
98
99
100
101
102
104
105
105
106
106
107
109
110
10 Tape deck
Drive assembly
Adjustments
Deck exploded view (TOP)
Deck exploded view (BOTTOM)
Mechanical parts list
113
113
117
120
121
122
11 Exploded views
Exploded view set
124
124
12 Spare parts list
128
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
VR120
1.
1. List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
Survey of sets and PWB’s with software versions
All in One(AIO) µP
Pos. 7899
VR120/02
VR120/55
VR120/58
VR170/02
VR170/07
VR170/39
VR170/58
VR220/02
VR220/07
VR220/39
VR220/58
VR270B/02
VR270B/07
VR270B/39
VR270B/58
VR270W/02
VR270W/07
VR270W/39
VR270W/58
VR402/58
VR420/02
VR420/39
VR420/58
VR520/02
VR520/07
VR520/16
VR520/58
VR570/02
VR570/07
VR570/16
VR570/39
VR570/58
VR572/02
VR572/16
VR620/02
VR620/07
VR620/16
VR620/39
VR620/58
VR622/02
VR622/16
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
TAPE DECK
Mobo
chapter 7
chapter 10
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á á á
á
á á
á
á
á á á
á
á á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á á á
á á
á á á
á á á
á
á
á
á á á
á á
á á
á á
á á á
á á á
á á
á á
á á
á á
á á
á á á
á á á
á á
á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
AT-S4/2
AT-S4/0
A12T-P2/0LP
A12T-P2/0
AKP 36
AKP 35
ACP 35
AC3P7 - xU
µP-ID No.
31 32 37
AC3P1 - xU
Pb Black & White
Pb NTSC on PAL TV
MESECAM
SECAM
PAL
Rec/Pb standard
SECAM K1
PAL/SECAM DK
SECAM L/L’
SECAM BG
PAL I
System off air
key print
connector
print
AC3B1 - xU
SYSTEMS
PAL BG
1.1
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
GB 3
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
All in One(AIO) µP
Pos. 7899
VR670B/02
VR670B/07
VR670B/16
VR670B/39
VR670B/58
VR670W/02
VR670W/07
VR670W/16
VR670W/39
VR670W/58
VR720/02
VR720/07
VR720/16
VR720/39
VR720/58
VR870CC/02
VR870CC/07
VR870CC/16
VR870CC/39
VR870CC/58
VR870L/02
VR870L/07
VR870L/16
VR870L/39
VR870L/58
SB140/03
SB140/38
SB145/03
SB145/11
SB445/11
SB445/38
SB645/03
SB645/11
SB645/38
SB745/03
SB745/11
SB745/38
20DV30/39
45DV30/39
65DV30/39
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á
á á á
á á á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
chapter 7
chapter 10
á á
á
á á
á
á á
á
á á
á
á á
á
á á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á
á á
á á á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
AT-S4/2
AT-S4/0
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á
á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á
á
á
á
á
A12T-P2/0LP
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
A12T-P2/0
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
AKP 36
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
AKP 35
µP-ID No.
31 32 37
ACP 35
MESECAM
SECAM
PAL
SECAM K1
PAL/SECAM DK
SECAM L/L’
SECAM BG
á
á
á
Mobo
Rec/Pb standard
Pb Black & White
VR627/16
TAPE DECK
Pb NTSC on PAL TV
VR627/02
PAL I
System off air
key print
connector
print
AC3P7 - xU
SYSTEMS
AC3B1 - xU
VR120
AC3P1 - xU
1.
PAL BG
GB 4
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
1.
GB 5
General
Auto Standby On/Off
á á á
Backup Presets 1yr
á á á
Backup Clock / Timer 3hrs
á á á
Number of Events / month
6
6
6
Low Power Standby Power Cons. [Watts] & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
Tuning - presets (only channel input)
99 99 99
Systems
Hyperband, UHF, VHF
á á á
Mono
á á á
German Stereo
NICAM
Splitter
Auto Seek
Mechanism
Number of Video Heads
2
2
2
FM audio heads for stereo
Head Cleaning Mode/automatic
á á á
Winding Time (E180) sec
260 260 260
Rewind Time (E180) sec
170 170 170
Quick View
á á á
Tape Counter lin. Relative (h.m.s.)
á á á
Tape Counter Time Left (h.m)
VISS: next/prev. index / blank tape search á á á
Features
Plug & Play
On Screen Display (OSD)
Welcome Screen
Auto Install/Search/Store/Tuning
á á á
Easy link / NexTView Link (P50)
Follow TV (analog)
Direct Record
16:9 (pin 8)
Digital Studio Picture Control
á á á
Commercial Skip
no no no
Turbo Timer
á á á
Daily/Weekly
Showview / VideoPlus+
ShowView Mapping
VPS + PDC (VPD)
PDC (Time/Date) download
Net-name detection
Record Link / Scart 2
Sat control via Mouse
Child Lock
á á á
VCR1/VCR2
OTR
á á á
Long Play
á
Auto LP
Tape List
SMART Picture
Connectors
Number of Scart connectors
1
1
1
Audio out cinch rear
Audio/Video in cinch front
VR420/02
VR402/58
VR270W/58
VR270W/39
VR270W/07
VR270W/02
VR270B/58
VR270B/39
VR270B/07
VR270B/02
VR220/58
VR220/39
VR220/07
VR220/02
VR170/58
VR170/39
VR170/07
VR170/02
VR120/58
VR120/55
Features
VR120/02
1.2
VR120
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
& lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á
2
2
á
2
á
2
2
2
á
2
á
2
2
2
á
2
á
2
2
2
á
2
2
4
4
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 100
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 100
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á
á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á
á
á
á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á á
á
á
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
General
Auto Standby On/Off
á á á
Backup Presets 1yr
á á á
Backup Clock / Timer 3hrs
á á á
Number of Events / month
6
6
6
Low Power Standby Power Cons. [Watts] & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
Tuning - presets (only channel input)
99 99 99
Systems
Hyperband, VHF, UHF
á á á
Mono
á á á
German Stereo
á
NICAM
á
Splitter
Auto Seek
Mechanism
Number of Video Heads
4
4
4
FM audio heads for stereo
2
Head Cleaning Mode/automatic
á á á
Winding Time (E180) sec
100 100 100
Rewind Time (E180) sec
100 100 100
Quick View
á á á
Tape Counter lin. Relative (h.m.s.)
á á á
Tape Counter Time Left (h.m)
á á á
VISS: next/prev. index / blank tape search á á á
Features
á á á
Plug & Play
On Screen Display (OSD)
á á á
Welcome Screen
á á á
Auto Install/Search/Store/Tuning
á á á
Easy link / NexTView Link (P50)
á á
Follow TV (analog)
Direct Record
á á
16:9 (pin 8)
á á
Digital Studio Picture Control
á á á
Commercial Skip
no no no
Turbo Timer
á á á
Daily/Weekly
á á á
Showview / VideoPlus+
á á á
ShowView Mapping
á á
á á á
VPS + PDC (VPD)
PDC (Time/Date) download
á á á
Net-name detection
á á á
Record Link / Scart 2
á á á
Sat control via mouse
Child Lock
á á á
VCR1/VCR2
OTR
á á á
Long Play
á á á
Auto LP
á á á
Tape List
SMART Picture
Connectors
Number of Scart connectors
2
2
2
Audio out cinch rear
á
Audio/Video in cinch front
VR622/16
VR622/02
VR620/58
VR620/39
VR620/16
VR620/07
VR620/02
VR572/16
VR572/02
VR570/58
VR570/39
VR570/16
VR570/07
VR570/02
VR520/58
VR520/16
VR520/07
VR520/02
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
VR120
VR420/58
1.
VR420/39
GB 6
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
& lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
4
2
4
2
á á á á á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á
á
á
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á á á
á á á
á
á
4
2
4
2
4
2
á
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
á á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
no
no
no
no
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á
General
Auto Standby On/Off
á á á
Backup Presets 1yr
á á á
Backup Clock / Timer 3hrs
á á á
Number of Events / month
6
6
6
Low Power Standby Power Cons. [Watts] & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
Tuning - presets (only channel input)
99 99 99
Systems
Hyperband, UHF, VHF
á á á
Mono
á á á
German Stereo
á á á
NICAM
á
Splitter
Auto Seek
Mechanism
Number of Video Heads
4
4
4
FM audio heads for stereo
2
2
2
Head Cleaning Mode/automatic
á á á
Winding Time (E180) sec
100 100 100
Rewind Time (E180) sec
100 100 100
Quick View
á á á
Tape Counter lin. Relative (h.m.s.)
á á á
Tape Counter Time Left (h.m)
á á á
VISS: next/prev. index / blank tape search á á á
Features
á á á
Plug & Play
On Screen Display (OSD)
á á á
Welcome Screen
á á á
Auto Install/Search/Store/Tuning
á á á
Easy link / NexTView Link (P50)
á á
Follow TV (analog)
Direct Record
á á
16:9 (pin 8)
á á á
Digital Studio Picture Control
á á á
Commercial Skip
no no no
Turbo Timer
á á á
Daily/Weekly
á á á
Showview / VideoPlus+
á á á
ShowView Mapping
á á
á á á
VPS + PDC (VPD)
PDC (Time/Date) download
á á á
Net-name detection
á á á
Record Link / Scart 2
á á á
Sat control via mouse
Child Lock
á á á
VCR1/VCR2
á á
OTR
á á á
Long Play
á á á
Auto LP
á á á
Tape List
á á
SMART Picture
á á
Connectors
Number of Scart connectors
2
2
2
Audio out cinch rear
á á á
Audio/Video in cinch front
á á
VR870CC/16
VR870CC/07
GB 7
VR870CC/02
VR720/58
VR720/39
VR720/16
1.
VR720/07
VR720/02
VR670W/58
VR670W/39
VR120
VR670W/16
VR670W/07
VR670W/02
VR670B/58
VR670B/39
VR670B/16
VR670B/07
VR670B/02
VR627/16
VR627/02
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
& lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
4
2
4
2
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á
á á á
á
á
á á á á
á á á á
á á á á
á
á á
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
á
4
2
4
2
4
2
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
2
2
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
2
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
2
2
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
2
2
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á
General
Auto Standby On/Off
á á á
Backup Presets 1yr
á á á
Backup Clock / Timer 3hrs
á á á
Number of Events / month
6
6
6
Low Power Standby Power Cons. [Watts] & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
Tuning - presets (only channel input)
99 99 99
Systems
Hyperband, UHF, VHF
á á á
Mono
á á á
German Stereo
á á á
NICAM
á á
á
Splitter
Auto Seek
Mechanism
Number of Video Heads
4
4
4
FM audio heads for stereo
2
2
2
Head Cleaning Mode/automatic
á á á
Winding Time (E180) sec
100 100 100
Rewind Time (E180) sec
100 100 100
Quick View
á á á
Tape Counter lin. Relative (h.m.s.)
á á á
Tape Counter Time Left (h.m)
á á á
VISS: next/prev. index / blank tape search á á á
Features
á á á
Plug & Play
On Screen Display (OSD)
á á á
Welcome Screen
á á á
Auto Install/Search/Store/Tuning
á á á
á á á
easy link / NexTView Link (P50)
á á á
Follow TV (analog)
Direct Record
á á á
16:9 (pin 8)
á á á
Digital Studio Picture Control
á á á
Commercial Skip
no no no
Turbo Timer
á á á
Daily/Weekly
á á á
Showview / VideoPlus+
á á á
ShowView Mapping
á á á
á á á
VPS + PDC (VPD)
PDC (Time/Date) download
á á á
Net-name detection
á á á
Record Link / Scart 2
á á á
Sat control via mouse
Child Lock
á á á
VCR1/VCR2
á á á
OTR
á á á
Long Play
á á á
Auto LP
á á á
Tape List
SMART Picture
á á á
Connectors
Number of Scart connectors
2
2
2
Audio out cinch rear
á á á
Audio/Video in cinch front
á á á
65DV30/39
45DV30/39
20DV30/39
SB745/38
SB745/11
SB745/03
SB645/38
SB645/11
SB645/03
SB445/38
SB445/11
SB145/11
SB145/03
SB140/38
SB140/03
VR870L/58
VR870L/39
VR870L/16
VR870L/07
VR870L/02
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
VR120
VR870CC/58
1.
VR870CC/39
GB 8
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
& lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4 & lt; 4
99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á
á
á
á á
á á
á
á
á
á
á á á á
4
2
4
2
4
2
á
4
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
4
2
2
4
4
2
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
100 100 100 100 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 100 100 100 260 260 260
100 100 100 100 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 170 100 100 100 170 170 170
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á
á á á á
á
á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á
á
á
á
á
á á á
no
no
no
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
no
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
no
no
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á
á á á á á
á á á á á
á
á á á á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á
á
á á
á
á
á á á á
no
no
no
no
no
á
á
á
á
no
á
á
á
á
no
á
á
á
á
no
no
no
no
á
á
á
á
no
á
á
á
á
no
á á á á á á á á á á
á á á á á á á á á á
á á
á á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á á
á
á á á á á á á á
á á
á
á á á
á á á á
2
2
2
2
á á á á
á á á á
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
á á á á á á
á á á
2
2
2
á
List of PWBs, Features, Technical specifications
1.3
VR120
1.
GB 9
Technical specification
Cinch Audio/Video input on front panel (OPTION)
Mains voltage
Mains frequency
Power consumption
without Low Power Standby
with Low Power Standby
Ambient temperature
Relative humidity
Dimensions
Weight
Fast forward/rewind time (turbo)
Position of use
Video resolution
Audio SP: Linear Audio
Audio LP: Linear Audio
Stereo FM Audio
: 220 - 240 V, +/- 10%
: 45 - 65 Hz
: mono 12.5 W during
operation
: HiFi 16 W during
operation
: mono 4 W during
standby
: HiFi 4.4 W during
standby
: & lt; 4 W standby
: +10°C to +35°C
: 20 - 80 %
: 380 x 260 x 94 mm
: 3,7 kg
: typ. 100s (E180
cass.)
: horizontally, max.
15°
: ≥240 lines
: 80Hz - 10kHz (±6
dB)
: 80Hz - 5kHz (±6
dB)
: 20Hz - 20kHz
(±3dB)
Euroconnector (AV1) SCART plug 1
Connection to TV, monitor, projection TV ...
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
ARO (audio right out)
ARI (audio right in)
ALO (audio left out)
ALI (audio left in)
Blue (out) **)
Switching output:
500 mVrms +/- 3 dB
0,2 Vrms to 2V rms
500 mVrms +/- 3 dB
0,2 Vrms to 2 Vrms
Rout 1 kOhm
Rin 10 kOhm
Rout 1 kOhm
Rin 10 kOhm
(with Rload = 10kOhm, Cload & lt; 2nF)
low: 2 V
high: 9.5 V
rise time: 5 ms
Pin 11 Green (out) **)
Pin 15 Red (out) **)
Pin 16 Blanking (out) **)
loop through enabled during
standby, view-mode
Pin 19 CVBS II (video out)
1 Vpp +1/-2dB
Rout 75 Ohm
Pin 20 CVBS I (video in)
1 Vpp +3/-3dB
Rin 75 Ohm
**) passive loop through from AV2
Euroconnector (AV2) SCART plug 2
Connection to decoder, SAT tuner, video disc, 2nd VCR ...
Pin 1
Pin 2
Pin 3
Pin 6
Pin 7
Pin 8
ARO (audio right out)
ARI (audio right in)
ALO (audio left out)
ALI (audio left in)
Blue (out) **)
Switching input only:
Pin 11 Green (in) *)
Pin 15 Red (in) *)
Pin 16 Blanking (in) *)
500 mVrms +/- 3 dB
0,2 Vrms to 2V rms
500 mVrms +/- 3 dB
0,2 Vrms to 2 Vrms
Rout 1 kOhm
Rin 10 kOhm
Rout 1 kOhm
Rin 10 kOhm
low: 2 V (low)
high: 4.5 V (high)
Rin
Rin
10 kOhm
10 kOhm
loop through enabled during
standby, view-mode
Pin 19 CVBS II (video out)
1 Vpp +1/-2dB
Rout 75 Ohm
Rin 75 Ohm
Pin 20 CVBS I (video in)
1 Vpp +3/-3dB
*) passive loop through to Euroconnector AV1
Audio:
AINFR (audio right in) red
0.2 Vrms to 2 Vrms
typ. 500 mVrms
AINFL (audio left in) white 0.2 Vrms to 2 Vrms
typ. 500 mVrms
Input impedance
47 kOhm
Video:
VFR yellow
1 Vpp + 3 / -3 dB
Input impedance
75 Ohm
Cinch Audio Out Rear (OPTION)
AOUT1R (audio right out) red
500 mVrms +/- 3 dB Rout 1 kOhm
AOUT1L (audio left out) white
500 mVrms +/- 3 dB Rout 1 kOhm
This outputs are in parallel with the corresponding outputs on
Euroconnector 1.
TUMOD
Modulator:
Frequency range loop through
Gain:
ANT IN - TV OUT
ANT IN - TUN OUT
Switch for RF input attenuation
Frequency range out (tuned by IIC bus)
Tuner:
Frequency range
for UK
Input voltage
max.
min.
45 MHz - 860 MHz
2 dB + 3 / -2 dB
2 dB + 3 / -2 dB
NO
Ch 21 - Ch55
43 MHz - 860 MHz
450 MHz - 860MHz
& lt; 100 dBµV
& gt; 60 dBµV
GB 10
2.
VR120
Safety instructions, Modifications
2. Safety instructions, Modifications
2.1
Safety instructions
•
•
•
•
•
•
Safety regulations demand that the set be restored to its
original condition and that components identical with the
original types be used.
Safety components are marked by the symbol h
All ICs and many other semi-conductors are susceptible
to electrostatic discharges (ESD). Careless handling
during repair may reduce life drastically. When repairing,
make sure that you are conneted with the same potential
as the mass of the set via a wrist wrap with resistance.
Keep components and tools on the same potential.
A set to be repaired should always be connected to the
mains via a suitable isolating transformer.
Never replace any modules or any other parts while the
set is switched on.
Use plastic instead of metal alignment tools. This in order
to prelude short-circuit or to prevent a specific circuit from
being rendered unstable.
Engineer's remarks:
2.1.1
Remarks
•
•
•
•
The direct voltages and oscillograms ought to be
measured relative to the set mass.
The direct voltages and oscillograms mentioned in the
diagrams ought to be measured with a colour bar signal
and the picture carrier at 503.25 MHz (C25).
The oscillograms and direct voltages have been
measured in RECORD or PLAY mode.
The semiconductors, which are mentioned in the circuit
diagram and in the parts lists, are fully exchangeable per
position with the semiconductors in the set, irrespective
of the type designation of these semiconductors.
Safety instructions, Modifications
2.2
Modifications
2.2.1
VR120
2.
GB 11
Updating the service manual
Tape deck
All modifications and/or supplements to the Service Manual
are published by means of Service Information bulletins.
12345678 10001 A12T-P2/0LP
011731 12WD44
Production code
Factory indication
Each Service Information is numbered:
Production date
Tape deck type
VR 01 - 01 GB
Factory deck number
Serial number
Language
Sequence number
Year
Video cassette recorder
A Service Information bulletin consists of a front page which,
if needed, is followed by supplementary and/or replacement
sheets.
Replacement sheets should replace existing sheets in the
Service Manual. These sheets are identified by an additional
letter after the page number.
Example: Page 5-1a replaces page 5-1 in the Service
Manual.
Note:
• The production code and the serial number on the tape
deck do not correspond to the production code and the
serial number on the type plate.
Printed circuits
The sticker is generally located on the copper side of the
board.
Example:
AVR 01102
12345
Supplementary sheets should be inserted between existing
sheets in the Service Manual. These sheets are identified by
an additional figure after the page number.
Example: Page 5-1-1 should be inserted after page 5-1.
KW 015
123456
Serial number
Production week
Printed boardname
2.2.2
Modifications in the set
Factory code
All important parts of the set (such as the tape deck, the
printed circuits and modules) are equiped with a sticker.
Those stickers provide a number of important information.
MADE IN EUROPE
220-240 V ~
50Hz
A13 AA AAA BBB CCC DDD EEE FFF GGG
MODEL NO: VR120/02
PROD.NO: VN 37 0015 123456
SHOWVIEW IS A TRADEMARK APPLIED
FOR BY GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORP.
SHOWVIEW SYSTEM IS MANUFACTURED
UNDER LICENSE FROM
GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORP.
Type plate
The type plate is located on the back cover.
Range
Option codes (A-G)
Evolution code
Type number
Serial number
Production date
Production center (VN),
Production code
Note:
• In case of an important change in the set, the production
code on the type plate is incremented: E.g. 37 becomes
38.
• In case of a major change in the set, the evolution code
is incremented: E.g. AA becomes AB.
Note:
• The production code number might not always be
mentioned.
In case of an important modification, the last figure of the
factory code number (point number) is increased by one: E.g.
8502.1 becomes 8502.2
GB 12
3.
VR120
Direction for use
3. Direction for use
RT111
RT116
RT121
RT112
RT123
RT114
RT128
Direction for use
VR120
Remote control
SMART
STANDBY/ON m
SMART: To adjust the picture setting during playback
Switch off : To switch off set, interrupt menu function, interrupt a programmed recording
(TIMER)
CLEAR (CL) Delete : To delete last entry/Clear programmed recording (TIMER)
SELECT
CHILD LOCK
MONITOR
0-9
TURBO TIMER
TIMER k
MENU
Select: To select a function
Child Lock : To switch child lock on/off
TV monitor : To switch between TV reception and VCR playback
Number buttons: 0 - 9
TurboTimerAufnahmen programmieren mit der Funktion TurboTimer
TIMER: To make a manual TIMER programming or to alter or clear a programmed TIMER
Menu : To call up or end main menu
OK
Store/Confirm: To store or confirm entry
Q
Select: Cursor left
P
Select: Cursor right
;Pq
Select: To select a programme number
rP=
Select: To select a programme number
PLAY G
Playback : To play a recorded cassette
H
STOP h
I
Rewind : During STOP and STANDBY: rewind, during PLAYBACK: reverse scanning
Pause/Stop: To stop the tape, except while a TIMER-recording is being made
Forward wind: During STOP and STANDBY: forward wind, during PLAYBACK: forward
scanning
INDEX E
Index search: In combination with H / I : to search for previous or next recording
on the cassette.
RECORD n
Record: To record the programme selected
STILL R
Still picture : To stop the tape and show a still picture
Additional TV functions
Sq
TV volume: TV volume up
Sr
TV volume: TV volume down
TV y
TV sound off : To switch the sound on or off
TV m
Switch off : To switch off the TV
TV q
TV Programme number: TV programme number up
TV r
TV Programme number: TV programme number down
3.
GB 13
GB 14
3.
VR120
Direction for use
Set width 380 mm
VR120
VR402
VR520
VR170
VR570
VR572
VR220
VR420
VR270B
VR270W
VR670B
VR670W
VR620
VR622
VR627
-
+
SB140
SB145
SB445
SB645
SB745
20DV30
45DV30
65DV30
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 15
Set width 435 mm
VR720
VR870L
VR870CC
SAT
1
The precision tape drive from Philips provides short rewind times and automatic tape length
recognition.
Your video recorder can ascertain which channel is currently playing on your television and
record from it at the touch of a button.
Recordings made on your video recorder can be controlled by an external satellite receiver.
This function automatically transfers all the television channel settings onto your video recorder.
You can operate the main functions on your television using your video recorder remote control,
even if your television is not a Philips.
When you connect your video recorder to your television and plug it into the wall socket, you
will be welcomed with a screen menu. All you have to do is follow the instructions in the
'intelligent help line' for the next step. Enjoy the automatic TV channel search/save function and
the automatic time setting.
VR720/58
..................
MODEL NO.
PROD. NO.
VR120
This function allows you to save the playback settings that suit you best. Select your own personal
settings for this type of film you are currently watching.
Philips has developed a system which produces the best possible playback quality. For old and
often-used video cassettes, this system reduces interference. For new or high quality cassettes, it
emphasises the details.
So that you can identify your machine for service questions or in the event of theft, enter the
serial number here. The serial number (PROD.NO.) is printed on the type plate fixed at the
back of the device.
ShowView is a registered trademark of Gemstar Development Corporation. The ShowView
system is manufactured under licence from Gemstar Development Corporation.
Simple programming system for video recorders. Makes programming as easy as making a
telephone call. Simply enter the number code associated with your television programme. This
number is located in your favourite television listings magazine.
3.
Your PHILIPS video recorder is not just for recording and playing back VHS cassettes. It also has
a whole range of special functions which will make the day-to-day use of your new video
recorder much easier.
Special functions of your new video
recorder
Introduction
GB 16
Direction for use
When you are programming weekly recordings.
W
When the programme number of the programmed recording is shown.
When the end time of the programmed recording is shown.
PROG.
END
Tape position in seconds.
Display of programme number of the TV channel / tape position /
channel name / function.
Video Programming System / Programme Delivery Control: when a VPS
or PDC code is being transmitted.
When the start time of the programmed recording is shown.
START
VPS/PDC
When the date of the programmed recording is shown.
DATE
When you have put a cassette in the video recorder.
When you are programming daily recordings.
When you have programmed a recording or when a programmed
recording is being made.
When you are making a recording.
When you play a cassette that has been recorded with hifi sound, or
when a hifi sound is transmitted.
When a decoder has been allocated to the TV channel (currently
selected programme number on the video recorder) you have currently
selected on the video recorder.
When a satellite recording has been programmed.
When you have switched on the child lock.
When you have switched on the LP (Long Play) function or when you
play a tape that has been recorded in LP (Long Play).
This is where the current operating mode is shown as a symbol.
D
k
DEC
LP
These symbols can light up on your video recorder display:
The symbols on your video recorder
display
Take the remote control and the enclosed batteries (2 batteries).
2
'Connecting without a scart cable'
If you do not wish to use a scart cable.
VR120
'Connecting with a scart cable'
If your TV set has a scart socket and you are using a scart cable.
When you install your video recorder for the first time, select one of the following options:
The scart or Euro AV cable serves as the universal connector for picture,
sound and control signals. With this type of connection, there is practically no
loss of quality during the picture or sound transfer.
What is a scart cable?
The necessary cable connections must be made before you can record or playback TV
programmes using your video recorder.
We recommend that you use a scart cable to connect your TV set and video recorder.
Connecting your video recorder to the TV
set
The remote control is now ready to use. Its range is approximately 5 meters.
Open the remote control's battery compartment and place the
batteries in it as shown in the picture and close the battery
compartment.
1
The remote control and its batteries are packed separately in the original video recorder
packaging. You must install the batteries in the remote control before use - described in the
following section.
Preparing the remote control for
operation
Connecting the video recorder
B
Direction for use
3.
GB 17
Insert one end of the supplied aerial cable into the socket 3 at the
back of the video recorder and the other end into the aerial input
socket at the back of the TV set.
Plug one end of a scart cable into the scart socket EXT.1 AV 1 at
the back of the video recorder and the other end into the suitable
scart socket on your TV set (see your TV's operating instructions).
2
3
Switch on the TV set.
Insert one end of the supplied mains cable into the mains socket
4 at the back of the video recorder and the other end into the wall
socket.
If the connection was properly made and your TV was automatically
switched to the programme number for the scart socket, e.g. 'EXT',
'0', 'AV', you will see the following picture:
4
5
6
Select 'TV' as a connection source of this scart socket.
My TV offers me a selection menu for the scart socket.
Select that scart socket which is suited for the video output as well as for the
video input.
Insert one end of the supplied mains cable into the mains socket
4 at the back of the video recorder and the other end into the wall
socket.
5
To ensure the stability of the television picture during cassette playback
(prevention of waves or streaks), special programme numbers have been set
aside on the TV for the use of video recorders. This is usually the highest
possible programme number, e.g. '12', '16', '99' or even programme number
'0'. For more information, please see your TV's operating instructions.
Which programme number is used for video recorder operation?
Switch on your TV set and select the programme number used for
video playback on your TV set (see your TV's operating instructions).
4
Insert one end of the supplied aerial cable into the socket 3 at the
back of the video recorder and the other end into the aerial input
socket at the back of the TV set.
Remove the aerial cable plug from the aerial input socket of the TV
set. Insert it into the socket 2 at the back of the video recorder.
2
3
Switch off your TV set.
1
Have the following cables ready:
an aerial cable (1, supplied), a mains cable (2, supplied).
Connecting without a scart cable
Then, read the paragraph 'Initial installation' in the chapter 'Installing your video recorder'.
a My screen is empty
b Many TV sets are switched to the programme number for the scart socket
by way of a control signal sent through the scart cable.
b If the TV set does not automatically switch to the scart socket programme
number, manually change to the corresponding programme number on your
TV set (see your TV's operating instructions).
VR120
My TV set has several scart sockets. Which one should I use?
Remove the aerial cable plug from your TV set. Insert it into the
socket 2 at the back of the video recorder.
1
CONTINUEpOK
CONGRATULATIONS
YOU NOW OWN A NEW
PHILIPS
VIDEO RECORDER
3.
Have the following cables ready:
an aerial cable (1, supplied), a mains cable (2, supplied), a scart cable (3).
Connecting with a scart cable
GB 18
Direction for use
CONTINUEpOK
CONGRATULATIONS
YOU NOW OWN A NEW
PHILIPS
VIDEO RECORDER
You have now saved a programme number for use by your video recorder as
you would a regular TV channel. This programme number must now be used
in future for video recorder playback ('video recorder' TV channel).
Programme number for video recorder operation
Save this programme number setting on your TV set for video
recorder operation.
b The video recorder 'transmits' on the 591MHz frequency (channel 36)
Repeat the channel search on your TV set.
a I do not see a 'test screen'
b Check the cable connections.
Select this programme number and manually start the TV's channel
search as if you wanted to save a new TV channel until the 'test
image' appears.
You can connect additional devices such as decoders, satellite receivers, camcorders, etc. to the
socket EXT.2 AV 2 .
Two audio sockets AUDO OUT L R are located on the back of the video recorder (audio
signal output left/right). These can be used to connect stereo systems.
Connecting additional devices
You can find more details in chapter 'Initial Installation'.
7
6
When the automatic TV channel search is complete, 'STORED' will
briefly appear on the TV screen.
'YEAR', 'MONTH', 'DATE', 'TIME' will appear on the TV screen.
Check the year in line 'YEAR'. If required, please change the year with
the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
5
6
a The video recorder does not find any TV channels during the
search
b Select channel 1 on the TV set. Can you see the saved TV channel on the
TV set?
If not, check the cable connection of the aerial (aerial socket), video
recorder, TV set.
b Please have patience.
The video recorder searches the entire frequency range in order to find
and save the largest possible number of TV channels. It is possible that the
TV channels in your country are broadcast in a higher frequency range. As
soon as this range is reached during the search, the video recorder will find
the TV channels.
Select the country of your residence with P r= or ;qP .
If your country does not appear, select 'OTHERS'.
Confirm with OK .
4
3.
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
è 2001 p
01
01
20:00
ON
Confirm with OK .
3
The multi-language on-screen menu takes the mystery out of using your new
video recorder. All settings and/or functions are displayed on your TV screen
in the corresponding language.
What is an on screen menu?
Select the desired language for the on-screen menu by pressing
P r= or ;qP .
2
VR120
YEAR
MONTH
DATE
TIME
SMART CLOCK
CLOCK
Confirm the image on the TV screen by pressing the OK button on
the remote control.
1
After you have connected additional devices (satellite receiver, etc.) through
the aerial cable, switch them on. The automatic channel search will recognise
them and save them.
Connecting additional devices
In the following sections, you require the remote control for the first time.
When using, always aim the front of the remote control at the video recorder
and not at the TV set.
'Aim' correctly
This chapter shows you how to start the initial installation. The video recorder automatically
seeks out and stores all available TV channels.
Initial installation
Installing your video recording
C
Direction for use
GB 19
Check if the displayed settings for 'MONTH', 'DATE' and 'TIME' are
correct.
When all information is correct, save by pressing OK . 'STORED' will
briefly flash in the video recorder display.
8
9
Switch the TV on. If applicable, select the programme number for the
video recorder operation.
Use the buttons ;qP , P r= on the video recorder or the number
buttons 0-9 on the remote control to select the TV channel which
you would like to allocate the decoder to.
Press the button MENU on the remote control. The main menu will
appear.
1
2
3
Some TV channels transmit encoded TV signals which can only be viewed with a commercially
purchased or hired decoder without disturbances. You can connect such a decoder
(descrambler) to this video recorder. The following function will automatically activate the
connected decoder for the desired TV channel.
Decoder allocation
a Sound disruptions can occur on several TV channels
b If sound disruptions should occur for several saved TV channels or there is
no sound at all, it is possible that the incorrect TV system was saved for
this TV channel. In the chapter 'Manual TV channel search' you will find the
information on how to change the TV system.
If you are connecting a decoder, you must install it as described in the next
section.
p
è P01
NO
21
OFF
ON
AUTO
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
PROGRAMME NUMBER
S-CHANNEL
CHANNEL NUMBER
DECODER
NICAM
TV SYSTEM
MANUAL SEARCH
BBC1
Use the buttons P r= or ;qP to select the line 'DECODER'.
End with the button MENU .
Confirm with OK .
Use the button P on the screen to select 'OFF' (Decoder switched off).
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
3
Select line 'PROGRAMME NUMBER' using P r= or ;qP .
Select line 'MANUAL SEARCH' using P r= or ;qP and confirm with
OK .
2
Using Q or P , select the desired programme number that you
want to use for the TV channel, e.g. 'P01'.
In line 'S-CHANNEL', select the desired display using P .
4
Press MENU on the remote control.
The main menu will appear.
1
In some cases it could occur that all of the TV channels were not found and saved during the
initial installation. In this case, the missing or coded TV channels must be searched for and
stored manually.
Manual TV channel search
The decoder has now been allocated to this TV channel.
If this TV channel is chosen, the symbol 'DEC' will appear in the video recorder display.
8
7
6
How can I switch off the decoder?
Use the buttons Q or P to select 'ON' (Decoder switched on).
5
Use the buttons ;qP or P r= to select the line 'MANUAL
SEARCH' and confirm with OK .
5
6
VR120
Decoder
If you are connecting a satellite receiver, please read the section 'Using the
satellite receiver'.
Satellite receiver
è P01
NO
21
OFF
ON
AUTO
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
PROGRAMME NUMBER
S-CHANNEL
CHANNEL NUMBER
DECODER
NICAM
TV SYSTEM
MANUAL SEARCH
4
3.
The initial installation is now complete.
Select the next line with ;qP or P r= .
7
GB 20
Direction for use
Save the TV channel with OK . 'STORED' will briefly appear on the
TV screen.
To search for other TV channels, begin again at step 3 .
To end, press MENU .
9
0
In line 'TV SYSTEM', select the corresponding TV system using Q or
P until the picture/sound disruptions are minimised.
How can I change the TV transmission system of the TV channel?
NICAM is a digital sound transmission system. Using NICAM, you can
transmit either 1 stereo channel or 2 separate mono channels. However, if
you experience poor reception resulting in sound disruptions, you can turn off
NICAM.
In line 'NICAM', select 'OFF' using Q or P .
What is NICAM?
a I don't know the channels for my TV stations
b In this case, press P in line 'CHANNEL NUMBER' to start the automatic
channel search. A changing channel number will appear on the TV screen.
Continue the automatic search until you have found the desired TV
channel.
In line 'CHANNEL NUMBER', enter the channel of the desired TV
station using the number buttons 0-9 .
8
7
TV channels are transmitted in certain pre-defined frequency ranges. These
ranges are divided into channels. A specific frequency/channel is assigned to
each TV station. Certain frequency ranges are specified as special channels
(hyperband channels).
What is a special channel?
'NO': Display/Entry of channels
'YES': Display/Entry of special channels
What is hidden behind the settings?
TV01
MENU
CLOCK
AUTO TUNING
MANUAL SEARCH
FOLLOW TV
TV CHANNEL ALLOC.
RECORD SPEED
AUTO STANDBY
VIDEOSYSTEM
LANGUAGE
SPECIAL SETTINGS
________________________________
…EXITpMENU
OK
†HOTLINEpCL
Press the MENU button on the remote control. The main menu will
appear.
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
5
Select programme number '1' on the TV set.
Press the OK button. 'TV01' will appear in the video recorder display.
3
4
Select line 'FOLLOW TV' using P r= or ;qP and confirm with
OK .
2
1
When the automatic channel search function is activated, the TV channels are saved in a specific
order. This may vary from the order of TV channels on the TV set.
This function changes the order of TV channels saved in the video recorder to match that of the
TV set.
This only works if the video recorder (socket EXT.1 AV 1 ) and the TV set are connected
with a scart cable.
Sorting TV channels automatically
(Follow TV)
TV channels from a satellite receiver (connected to the scart socket EXT.2 AV 2 ) are received
on the video recorder on programme number 'E2'.
To do this, select programme number 'E1' with 0 on the remote control and then select
programme number 'E2' with P r= .
You should select the TV channels to be received by the satellite receiver directly on the
receiver itself.
Using the satellite receiver
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 21
Select the next programme number on the TV set, e.g. '2'.
Confirm with OK on the video recorder remote control.
8
9
Repeat steps 7 to 9 until you have assigned a programme number
to all TV channels.
To end, press MENU .
0
A
You can delete an incorrect TV channel sorting by pressing CLEAR (CL) .
Deleting sorting
Wait until the next number, e.g. 'TV02' appears in the display.
7
PLEASE WAIT...
ƒƒƒƒƒƒƒ__________________
00 TV CHANNELS FOUND
SEARCHING
AUTO TUNING
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
Press OK .
Select the country of your residence with ;qP or P r= .
If your country doesn't appear, select 'OTHERS'.
Press OK .
3
4
5
6
To end, press MENU .
When the TV channel search is complete, 'STORED' will briefly appear
on the TV screen.
You can switch back and forth between the TV picture and video recorder picture with
MONITOR . But this only works when you use a scart cable to connect the video recorder to
your TV set and your TV set responds to this switch-over.
Monitor function
You can read about how to search for a TV channel manually in the section 'Manual TV channel
search'.
9
8
The automatic TV channel search starts. This allows the video
recorder to save all available TV channels. This procedure may take
several minutes.
Select line 'AUTO TUNING' using P r= or ;qP .
2
7
Press the MENU button on the remote control. The main menu will
appear.
1
VR120
b Check your TV's operating instructions to see which scart socket is used
for video signals.
b If this does not help, it's not possible to use this function.
Please read the section 'Sorting TV channels manually'.
a 'NOTV' will appear in the display. The video recorder is not
receiving a video signal from the TV set.
b Check the plug on the scart cable.
Confirm with OK on the video recorder remote control. The video
recorder compares the TV channels on the TV set and the video
recorder.
If the video recorder finds the same TV channel as on the TV set,
then it stores it at 'P01'.
During installation, all available TV channels are searched for and saved. If the channel
assignments of your cable or satellite TV provider change or if you are reinstalling the video
recorder, e.g. after moving house, you can start this procedure again. This will replace the TV
channels already saved with the new ones.
Automatic TV channel search
3.
6
a I cannot switch my TV set to programme number '1'
b If you have connected additional devices to socket EXT.2 AV 2 , please
disconnect these devices. Because of other connected devices, the TV set
could switch to the programme number of the scart socket.
GB 22
Direction for use
P01
è CNN
p
________________________________
ALLOCATEpOK
EXITpMENU
ALLOCATE ON
TV CHANNEL
TV CHANNEL ALLOC.
Select line 'TV CHANNEL ALLOC.' using P r= or ;qP .
Confirm with OK .
Using Q or P , select the saved TV channel that you want to
assign to the programme number 'P01'.
3
4
5
Then the sorting for the next highest programme number will appear
on the screen, e.g. 'ALLOCATE ON P02'.
Confirm with OK . The following message will briefly appear on the
TV screen: 'STORED'.
Using CLEAR (CL) you can delete unwanted TV channels or those with
poor reception.
MENU
CLOCK
AUTO TUNING
MANUAL SEARCH
FOLLOW TV
TV CHANNEL ALLOC.
RECORD SPEED
AUTO STANDBY
VIDEOSYSTEM
LANGUAGE
SPECIAL SETTINGS
________________________________
…EXITpMENU
OK
†HOTLINEpCL
To assign other TV channels to a programme number, repeat steps
To exit the main menu, press MENU .
B
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
3
Select the desired language with P r= or ;qP and confirm with
OK .
'STORED' will appear briefly on the screen.
Select line 'LANGUAGE' and confirm with OK .
2
To end, press MENU .
4
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
1
You have the option of setting one of the displayed languages for the on-screen menu (OSD).
However, the video recorder display will only display English text regardless of this setting.
Setting on screen menu language
Confirm the assignment of the TV channel with MENU .
A
7 to 9 .
0
a The main menu will appear on the screen
b After you have confirmed the last channel that can be sorted, you will
automatically return to the main menu since no more TV channels can be
assigned.
5
VR120
9
8
Deleting TV channels
Using Q or P , select the saved TV channel that you want to
assign to this programme number, e.g. 'P02'.
7
Confirm with OK . The following message will briefly appear on the
TV screen: 'ALLOCATED ON P01'.
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
2
6
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
After you have performed the automatic channel search you may not agree with the sequence in
which the individual TV channels have been allocated to the programme positions (programme
numbers) of the video recorder. You can use this function to individually sort the TV channels
already saved or to delete unwanted TV channels or those with poor reception.
Sorting and clearing TV channels manually
Direction for use
3.
GB 23
è 2001 p
01
01
20:00
ON
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
YEAR
MONTH
DATE
TIME
SMART CLOCK
Check the year in line 'YEAR'. If required, please change the year with
the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
4
Select the next line with ;qP or P r= .
Select line 'CLOCK' using P r= or ;qP and confirm with OK .
3
Check the displayed settings and confirm with OK .
'STORED' will appear briefly on the screen.
To end, press MENU .
7
6
8
a Time/date is displayed incorrectly despite manual setting
b With Smart Clock, time/date is transferred from the TV channel saved on
'P01' and automatically corrected.
Switch off Smart Clock. In line 'SMART CLOCK', select 'OFF' using Q or
P.
You can switch on 'SMART CLOCK' again when you select 'ON'.
Check 'MONTH', 'DATE' and 'TIME' in the same way.
5
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
2
Channel information remains saved for up to 1 year, the time and timer information is saved for up
to 3 hours.
Energy consumption
Power outage/no
power
MENU
CLOCK
AUTO TUNING
MANUAL SEARCH
FOLLOW TV
TV CHANNEL ALLOC.
RECORD SPEED
AUTO STANDBY
VIDEOSYSTEM
LANGUAGE
SPECIAL SETTINGS
________________________________
…EXITpMENU
OK
†HOTLINEpCL
To end: with MENU .
To cancel: with STANDBY/ON m .
To save or confirm: with OK .
To enter or change your selection: with the number buttons 0-9 or with Q or P .
To select: with P r= or ;qP .
Call up the menu: with MENU .
You can check/change many functions and settings of your video recorder via the screen menu.
The individual functions are selected as follows:
Navigation in the screen menu
The video recorder and the remote control have the option of an 'Emergency exit'. You can use
the STANDBY/ON m button to interrupt any function or step during use.
You can operate your device without worry. There is no risk whatsoever of damaging the video
recorder by performing user steps incorrectly.
The video recorder should always be connected to the mains so as not to affect the use of the TV
or programmed recordings.
Your video recorder uses less than 4W (with clock display switched off).
Time in the display
Emergency exit
If you have switched the video recorder off with STANDBY/ON m , the time will show in the
display, e.g. '18:00'.
If the clock has not been set, '--:--' will appear.
When the video recorder is switched off and the time isn't shown in the video recorder display,
the clock display may be switched off. You will find more information in the chapter 'Additional
functions' section 'Switch off the clock display'.
If the video recorder is not used for several minutes, it switches itself off automatically. This
function can be deactivated (e.g. if you want to use the video recorder as a TV receiver). For more
information, please read the section 'Automatic switch-off' in chapter 'Additional functions'.
You can switch on the video recorder with the STANDBY/ON m button, the number buttons
0-9 or by putting in a cassette.
VR120
CLOCK
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
Automatic switch off
Switching on
3.
If the display shows an incorrect time or '--:--', the time and date must be reset manually.
If a TV channel which transmits TXT/PDC (teletext/PDC) is stored under programme number
'P01', time/date will automatically be taken from the TXT/PDC information. (SMART CLOCK)
Setting the time and date
Important notes for operation
D
GB 24
Direction for use
Tape List
E
Label the cassette to be inserted with a number from 1 to 9.
Insert the cassette into the video recorder.
'TAPE' will appear in the display.
Enter the cassette number using the 0-9 number buttons on the
remote control.
The video recorder will briefly check the cassette inserted.
'CHECKING CASSETTE' appears on the TV screen.
If the cassette is new (blank), no information will appear on the
screen.
2
3
4
5
On the screen after 'CHECKING CASSETTE' I see the message ''
There are already recordings on the cassette. This cassette is searched for
recordings and added to the Tape List.
a I see a cassette number and an overview of all recordings on this
cassette
b You have selected a number which has already been included in the Tape
Manager and contains a recording.
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
You can add any cassette to the 'Tape List'. Please note that the process for adding cassettes
that already have recordings on them lasts longer than with new (blank) cassettes.
Adding a cassette to the Tape List
Yes. Tape List can manage a maximum of 9 cassettes. However, there must be
recordings on the cassettes in order to copy them to the Tape List database.
Can I add cassettes that already have recordings on them to the
Tape List?
The 'Tape List is an integrated database in the video recorder that remembers all recordings
made by this video recorder. The Tape List helps you keep track of which film is on which
cassette. The 'Tape List' also gives you quick and easy access to recordings.
And: If desired, the video recorder will rewind to the beginning of the selected recording and
automatically start playback.
General information
Repeat step 3 and step 4 until you have made the desired changes.
Save the new title with OK .
If you want to change more titles, repeat step 3 through step 7 .
To end, press TAPE LIST .
6
7
8
To delete a symbol of a recording title, press CLEAR (CL) at the
corresponding symbol position.
Deleting symbols
Change the desired symbol using ;qP or P r= .
Using P or Q select the position where the letter/number/symbol
is to be changed or re-entered.
Using ;qP or P r= select the title to be edited and confirm with
P.
a I can see the message 'TAPE LIST- MEMORY EMPTY'
b There are no recordings saved in the Tape List. Therefore, it is not
possible to add or change a title.
Press TAPE LIST on the remote control. An overview of all saved
titles/cassettes from the Tape List appears on the screen.
5
4
3
2
1
In the Tape List, all recordings longer than 10 minutes are displayed with cassette number,
recording title and length of recording. The TV channel, time and date are saved as a title. The
title of this recording can only be changed after the recording has been completed.
To do this, the corresponding cassette does not have to be in the video recorder. In the
following, you will read how to customise the titles to your wishes.
Editing recording titles
You can store up to 9 cassettes. You can store a maximum number of 50
titles in the Tape Manager.
How many cassettes can I save in the Tape List?
When searching for available recordings, you will need to insert the
corresponding cassettes (cassette numbers).
Why must I note the cassette number?
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 25
4
Confirm with OK . The video recorder winds to the start of the
selected recording and automatically starts playback.
a I want to cancel the search
b If you want to cancel the search, press MENU .
a I see the message 'INSERT CASSETTE X' on the screen.
b The selected recording is located on the Tape List cassette with the
displayed cassette number. Please insert the corresponding cassette. After a
brief check, the video recorder will rewind to the beginning of the selected
recording and start playback.
Select the title that you want to play back with P r= or ;qP .
'CASS.' = Cassette number
'TITLE' = Title (TV channel, time, date)
'LENGTH' = Length of the recording
0:00:02
Press the Play button PLAY G to view the tape.
This will, for example, appear in the display:
a I see 'TAPE' in the display
b The video recorder is waiting for you to enter a cassette number from the
'Tape List'. You can find more information on the Tape List in the chapter
'Tape List'.
Put a cassette into the cassette slot.
The cassette is inserted automatically. ' v ' will appear on the display.
To stop the playback, press STOP h on the remote control or
STOP/EJECT ? on the video recorder.
To eject the cassette, press STOP/EJECT ? on the video
recorder when the video recorder stops the playback (STOP).
To eject a cassette, you can also use EJECT J on the remote
control.
4
a Picture/ sound quality is poor
b When playing rental videos or older, poorer quality cassettes, it may not be
possible to completely filter out picture and sound interference. This is not
a fault in your machine.
Please read the section 'Selecting the picture settings (SMART PICTURE)',
or the chapter 'Eliminating picture interference'.
b During playback the automatic TV system will switch-over automatically. If
picture/sound interference occurs, attempt to fix the problem by manually
switching the TV system. In that case, turn to chapter 'Additional functions'
section 'Switching the video (color) system'.
3
2
1
'Video Home System' (VHS) has become the world-wide standard for the
playback and recording of amateur video cassettes. This popular standard
continues to be improved. Super VHS (S-VHS) provides a sharper picture and
less noise. Digital VHS (D-VHS) only works with digital picture and sound
signals. Your video recorder can only record and play standard VHS cassettes.
What does VHS mean?
VR120
3
An overview of all recordings saved in Tape List appears on the
screen.
2
What do the displays on the screen mean?
Press TAPE LIST on the remote control.
You can use this video recorder to play back recorded VHS video cassettes. You can operate
the video recorder using the remote control or the buttons on the front of the video recorder.
Playing cassettes
3.
1
This function can be used to quickly and easily find and play back a recording saved in the Tape
List. The video recorder automatically rewinds to the beginning of the selected recording and
automatically starts playback.
Searching for a title in the Tape List
Playback
F
GB 26
Direction for use
You can set the counter to '0:00:00' using CLEAR (CL) .
When you put a cassette in the machine, the counter will automatically reset
to 0:00:00'.
How can I set the counter to '0:00:00'?
The display shows the tape position in hours, minutes and seconds. In addition, by pressing
OK you can show the present tape position on the TV screen.
The following information is displayed on the screen:
e.g.: 0:02:45 Shows the tape position in hours, minutes and seconds.
Moving/blinking arrow: This indicates the current tape position. The arrow moves in a line from
left (tape start) to right (tape end).
'REMAIN 0:06': will show the actual amount of playing/recording time left on the tape in hours
and minutes.
When you play an NTSC cassette, the video recorder will not show 'REMAIN 0:06'.
Displaying current tape position
Cassettes that have been recorded in the NTSC standard (for example, American cassettes) can
be played back using this video recorder. However, this only works on PAL-television sets which
are suitable for a picture frequency of 60Hz.
When you play an NTSC cassette '60HZ' will appear on the display.
Some special features (for example, still picture) are not possible while you are playing an NTSC
cassette.
Playing back NTSC cassettes
For playback, the correct recording speed 'SP' will automatically be selected.
For more information, please read the section 'Selecting the recording speed
(SP/LP)' in the chapter 'Manual recording'.
Do I need to change the playback speed when playing back LP
recordings?
Many functions (e.g. pause, still picture, search) switch themselves off
automatically after a short time in order to protect the cassette and to save
energy.
Automatic switch off of special functions
0:00:02
0:30:21
To stop at a certain place on the tape, press PLAY G .
2
During playback, press STILL R to stop the tape and display a still
picture. This will, for example, appear in the display:
Each time you press STILL R , the picture will advance one frame.
When you hold down the STILL R button, the tape will be played
in slow motion.
When you press I several times, you have a choice of several
playback speeds for slow motion.
To continue playback, press PLAY G .
1
2
3
4
5
Still picture / slow motion
Scanning interferes with the picture quality. The sound is switched off. This is
not a fault in your machine.
Decreased picture quality
While a cassette is playing, press H (reverse) or I (forward) one
or more times. This will, for example, appear in the display:
1
Searching for a tape position with picture
(scanning)
b This counter will automatically recognise the length of the tape. In addition,
when you put in a cassette the video recorder must first calculate the time
played. Therefore, '-:--' appears first and only after the tape has been
running for a few seconds will the correct playing time be shown.
a ' : ' is displayed in the 'REMAIN' counter
b If you rewind a cassette from the tape position '0:00:00', the counter will
show for instance, '-0:01:20' (the cassette will be rewound to 1 minute
and 20 seconds before '0:00:00').
a The display/the screen shows '-0:01:20'
a The counter does not move
b This occurs when there are no recordings on a portion of a tape.
Therefore, the video recorder cannot receive any information from the
tape. This is not a fault in your machine.
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 27
To stop at a certain place on the tape, press STOP h .
3
As soon as you release the button, the video recorder will
automatically switch back to rewind or wind.
2
To search for the previous marking, press INDEX E and then H .
For the next marking, press INDEX E and then I . This will, for
example, appear in the display for the next marking.
As soon as the video recorder finds this marking, it automatically
switches to playback.
1
2
3
Every time a tape is recorded an index marking is written on the tape. This marking can be
compared with a bookmark. These marked positions can be found again quickly and easily later
by pressing a button.
Automatic search for a tape position
(index search)
If you hold H (rewind) or I (wind) during wind or rewind, you
will switch to picture search.
1
With this function you can switch to picture search during wind and rewind.
Instant View
Press H (reverse) or I (forward). This will, for example, appear
in the display:
2
0:00:00
Press INDEX E . Then press STOP h . This will, for example,
appear in the display:
2
During playback, press SMART * . This will show the current
picture setting.
Press the SMART * button several times to select the
corresponding picture setting.
If the SMART * button is not been pressed after a few seconds,
the selected picture setting will be saved.
These picture settings will not change until you eject the cassette.
1
'NATURAL': Natural picture (standard setting)
'DISTINCT': Emphasises details (quick movements, sports)
'SOFT': Suppression of interference (when using rental cassettes)
'SHARP': Increase in sharpness (e.g. for animated films)
What types of picture settings are available to me?
Using SMART * , you can display and set many stored picture settings for playback.
Selecting picture settings (SMART
PICTURE)
a The cassette is ejected
b The video recorder was unable to find any blank space on the tape
inserted.
As soon as the video recorder finds the corresponding tape position,
it automatically switches to pause.
1
You can search for space on the tape (at least 1 minute of blank tape) for a new recording, for
example, after an existing recording on the tape.
2
3
VR120
0:30:02
0:30:21
Stop the tape with STOP h .
Automatic search for a blank space on the
tape
3.
1
Searching for tape position without
picture (forward wind and rewind)
GB 28
Direction for use
Wait a few seconds, until 'TRAC' disappears from the display.
3
When you release the button, 'JITT' will disappear.
2
a I cannot reach optimal quality for the still picture
b Interference which cannot be alleviated by this function can occur in
cassettes of poor quality or camcorder cassettes .
The video recorder will store these settings automatically.
During still picture, hold ;qP or P r= until the picture quality is at
its best.
'JITT' will appear in the display.
1
If the still picture vibrates vertically, you can improve the still picture as follows:
Optimising still picture
These selected picture settings will not change until you eject the cassette.
Hold down the buttons ;qP or P r= until the playback quality is
at its best.
2
;qP until 'TRAC' (TRACking)
While a cassette is playing, hold
appears in the display.
1
This video recorder has an automatic tracking function. In order for the video heads to optimally
read the video track of the newly inserted video cassette, the tape speed is slightly corrected
automatically.
In some cases however, interference will still occur.
The following section will explain how to manually adjust the tracking settings.
Optimising tracking
Eliminating picture interference
G
BBC1
BBC1
3
2
1
Using OK you can show the tape position in the display.
VR120
Displaying tape position
To start recording, press RECORD/OTR n on the remote control
or RECORD n on the video recorder. This will, for example, appear
in the display:
This programme number is used for recording from the audio and video front
sockets.
Programme number 'E3'
This programme number is provided for recording from external sources (via
the scart socket EXT.1 AV 1 , EXT.2 AV 2 ) .
Programme numbers 'E1' 'E2'
If a TV station transmits a station name, it will be shown in the display.
Station name
Use ;qP or P r= to select the programme number you want to
record, for example, 'P01'. This will appear on the display:
To save a recording in the 'Tape List' or to use a 'Tape List' cassette, enter
the cassette number using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
The cassette is being checked. You can find more information on the 'Tape
List' in the chapter 'Tape List'.
Using 'Tape List'
Insert a cassette.
Recording without automatic switch off
Read the section 'Automatic recording from a satellite receiver', if you want a recording to
be controlled automatically by a satellite receiver.
Read the section 'Direct record' if you want to record a programme currently being shown.
If you want to start a recording manually but have it stopped automatically, read the section
'Recording with automatic switch off'. (e.g. not to record to the end of the tape)
If you want to start and stop a recording manually, read the section 'Recording without
automatic switch off'.
Use 'Manual Recording' to make a spontaneous recording (for example, a programme currently
being shown).
General information
Manual recording
H
Direction for use
3.
GB 29
Stop recording with STOP h .
Press RECORD/OTR n on the remote control.
Each time you press RECORD/OTR n you will add 30 minutes to
the recording time.
3
4
All cassettes (except for rental and store cassettes) have a security tab on the back of the
cassette (see arrow).
To prevent recording over important recordings (erasing), you can remove this security tab or
slide it to the left.
If you later decide to record on a protected cassette, simply cover the hole with adhesive tape
or slide the tab to the right.
Preventing accidental erasing of cassettes
To delete an entry, press CLEAR (CL) while the display shows the
recording time.
How can I clear the recording time just setted?
Use ;qP or P r= to select the programme number you want to
record.
To save a recording in the 'Tape List' or to use a 'Tape List' cassette, enter
the cassette number using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
The cassette is being checked. You can find more information on the 'Tape
List' in the chapter 'Tape List'.
Using 'Tape List'
Insert a cassette.
Find the tape position of the old recording where you want to insert
the new recording.
Press STOP h on the remote control at the tape position where the
new recording is to go. 9 ' will appear on the display.
2
Stop recording with STOP h .
4
5
Select line 'RECORD SPEED' using P r= or ;qP and confirm with
OK .
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
2
4
'AUTO': AUTOmatic Long Play. If there is not enough space on the tape to
record a programmed recording in standard speed, the recording will
automatically be made in 'LP' (Longplay). Otherwise, the recording speed will
be 'SP' (Standardplay).
'LP': LongPlay (half recording speed, double recording time). 8 hours can be
recorded on a 4 hour cassette (E240) with a somewhat reduced picture
quality.
'SP': StandardPlay (normal recording speed) offers the usual first-class picture
quality.
'SP'/'LP' AUTO'
Select the required recording speed with Q or P .
3
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
You can reduce the recording speed by half. This makes it possible to record, for example,
eight-hours instead of four-hours on an 'E240' (four-hour) cassette.
For playback, the correct recording speed will automatically be selected.
Selecting the recording speed (SP or LP)
Now start recording as usual by pressing RECORD/OTR n on the
remote control.
3
Look at the last minute of the old recording (playback).
1
VR120
2
1
When you add a further recording to a cassette, which already has a recording on it, a short
blank (flicker) can appear between the old and the new recording or the picture itself can flicker.
To help reduce these from occurring, proceed as follows:
Lining up recordings (assemble cut)
3.
Recording with automatic switch off (OTR
One Touch Recording)
4
GB 30
Direction for use
è ON
OFF
OFF
ON
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OSD
CLOCK DISPLAY
REPEAT PLAY
DIRECT RECORD
SPECIAL SETTINGS
To end, press MENU .
6
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
Select line 'SPECIAL SETTINGS' using P r= or ;qP and confirm
with OK .
Select line 'RECORD LINK' using P r= or ;qP .
Select function 'ON' with Q or P .
2
3
4
5
Confirm with OK .
To end, press MENU .
Insert a cassette.
Use a scart cable to connect scart socket EXT.2 AV 2 on the video
recorder to the corresponding scart socket on the satellite receiver.
Programme the satellite receiver with the required information
(programme number of the TV channel, start time, end time).
If necessary, please see the operating instructions for your satellite
receiver.
Switch off the video recorder with STANDBY/ON m .
6
To switch off the function, select 'OFF'.
Switching off 'Record Link'
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
This function automatically starts recording on the switched-off video recorder when a video
signal is recognised through the connected scart cable. If your satellite receiver has a
programming function, the recording will start automatically (as long as the satellite receiver is
switched on).
Automatic controlled recording from a
satellite receiver (RECORD LINK)
Confirm with OK .
5
7
8
9
0
A
3
2
1
Stop recording with STOP h .
a 'NOTV' appears in the display
b This TV channel could not be found in the video recorder's memory.
Check that all TV channels saved on the TV set are available in the video
recorder. If required, save any missing channels. Please read the section
'Manual TV channel search'.
a A 'search symbol' appears in the display (a moving symbol)
b The video recorder is comparing its saved TV channels with those of the
TV set. Please do not change the TV channel on the TV set as long as the
'search symbol' (a moving symbol) is being displayed.
Press RECORD/OTR n with the video recorder switched off.
On the TV set, select the programme number you want make the
recording from.
Please do not change the TV channel on the TV set during the search so as
not to affect the process.
The video recorder compares the TV channel selected on the TV set with its
stored TV channels via the scart cable. If the same TV channel is found, it
switches the video recorder to the corresponding programme number and
starts recording.
How does Direct Record work?
Can you record the right TV channel in seconds when the video recorder is switched off? No
problem. If recording is started manually, the switched off video recorder uses the current TV
channel setted on the TV set.
You will find more information on how to switch 'Direct record' on or off in the next section
'Direct record'.
'Direct Record'
The video recorder is now ready to record. The beginning and end of the recording is
controlled via scart socket EXT.2 AV 2 .
When this function is switched on, ' x ' will appear on the video recorder display.
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 31
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
è ON
OFF
OFF
ON
Confirm with OK .
In line 'DIRECT RECORD', select 'OFF' (Direct Record off) or 'ON'
(Direct Record on) using Q or P .
4
To end, press MENU .
Switch off with STANDBY/ON m .
5
Select line 'SPECIAL SETTINGS' using P r= or ;qP and confirm
with OK .
3
6
7
è ON
OFF
OFF
ON
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OSD
CLOCK DISPLAY
REPEAT PLAY
DIRECT RECORD
SPECIAL SETTINGS
Position the satellite control on the Set Top Box so that the signal
window on the bottom of the satellite control protrudes beyond the
edge of the Set Top Box.
This allows the control signal (IR signal) to be transmitted and
received by the Set Top Box without interference.
Connect the satellite control to the socket IR SAT on the back of
the video recorder.
Press the MENU button on the video recorder remote control. The
main menu is displayed.
Select the line 'SPECIAL SETTINGS' with P r= or ;qP and
confirm with OK .
Select line 'SAT. IR-CODE NR.' with P r= or ;qP .
Enter the IR-code number that corresponds to your Set Top Box,
using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
A list of all available IR-code numbers is printed in the back of this
section.
3
4
5
6
After you have entered the last number, the Set Top Box will
automatically switch to programme number 12.
Switch on your TV set and select the programme number that you
have chosen for video playback.
2
7
Switch on the Set Top Box and select programme number 1 on your
Set Top Box.
1
Preparing the satellite control
2
1
Connecting the satellite control
VR120
OSD
CLOCK DISPLAY
REPEAT PLAY
DIRECT RECORD
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
2
This auxiliary device allows you to change the TV channels (programme numbers) of a connected
digital satellite receiver (Set Top Box) via the video recorder. This is necessary to programme
recordings which can only be made via a Set Top Box. A list of controllable Set Top Boxes is
printed at the end of this section.
3.
SPECIAL SETTINGS
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
Switching 'Direct Record' on or off
IR satellite control
I
GB 32
Direction for use
Affix the satellite control to the Set Top Box using the adhesive strip
on the bottom of the satellite control.
To end, press the MENU button.
9
0
Provider
AMSTRAD DRX 100 Sky Digibox
ASTON Xena 1500
CANAL+ Canalsatellite
ECHOSTAR D-2500-IP
GRUNDIG Digibox GDS200/1
HUMAXF1-AVCI
NOKIA D-Box
NOKIA 9200S
NOKIA 9850T
PACE DTR730-IM
PACE BSKYB 2200
PANASONIC TU-DSB30
PHILIPS DTX 6371
SAGEM ISD 3100
SAGEM ISD 3200
TPS Thomson
TPS Sagem
XCOM CDTV 2000
XCOM CDTV 350
UK
FR
FR
D, FR, UK
UK
D, FR, UK
D
FR, UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
UK
FR
FR
FR
FR
FR
FR
Country
3
13
1
11
3
2
5, 15
6
3
12
3
3
4
14
10
10
10
7
9
code number
Only one TV program of a TV channel can be controlled using 'VPS/PDC' at a
time. If you want to record two or more TV programmes on a TV channel
using 'VPS/PDC', you will need to programme these as two separate
recordings.
Usually the start time is the same as the VPS or PDC time. But if your TV
guide gives a VPS or PDC time which is different from the programme's start
time, e.g. '20.15 (VPS/PDC 20.14)', you must enter the VPS/PDC time
'20.14' exact to the minute as the start time.
If you want to programme a time that is different from the VPS or PDC time,
you must switch off VPS or PDC.
What do I need to know about 'VPS/PDC'?
'VPS' (Video Programming System)/ 'PDC' (Programme Delivery Control) are
used to control the start and duration of TV channel recordings. If a TV
programme starts earlier or ends later than was scheduled, the video recorder
will then turn on and off and the correct time.
What is 'VPS/PDC'?
This information is saved in a 'TIMER block'.
To make a programmed recording, your video recorder needs to know:
* the date you want to make the recording
* the programme number of the TV channel
* the start and stop time of the recording
* VPS or PDC on or off
Use programmed recording to automatically start and stop a recording at a later date. The video
recorder will switch to the right programme number and begin recording at the correct time.
With this video recorder, you can pre-programme up to six recordings within a period of one
month.
General information
VR120
The proper function of the satellite control can only be guaranteed for the listed combinations of
Set Top Boxes and providers in the respective countries. Other combinations could influence the
switching of the programme numbers or may not function properly.
Modifications of the technical specifications of the Set Top Boxes can cause the satellite control
to malfunction.
Sky
Canal+
Canal+
Free-to-Air
Sky
Free-to-Air
Premiere World
Free-to-Air
On Digital
On Digital
Sky
Sky
On Digital
TPS
TPS
TPS
TPS
TPS
TPS
Set Top Box
IR CODE table
The satellite control has now been successfully installed.
Further information regarding the use of the satellite control for programmed recordings is
included in chapter 'Programming a recording (TIMER)'.
Confirm the correct code number with OK .
8
b Also try other code numbers.
b Please make sure that the IR electronic eye on the Set Top Box is not
blocked.
b You may wish to reposition the SAT mouse (repeat steps 1 and 6 ).
a My Set Top Box does not switch to programme number 12
b Please check that you entered the correct code number. Repeat step 6 .
Programming a recording (TIMER)
J
Direction for use
3.
GB 33
REP.
èONCE
p
________________________________
REP.pSELECT
STOREpOK
TIMER LISTpTIMER
SHOWVIEW NUMBER
53124----
4
Enter the entire ShowView number. This number is up to 9 digits long
and can be found next to the start time of the TV programme in your
TV listings magazine.
e.g. 5-312-4 or 5 312 4
Enter 53124 for the ShowView-number.
If you make a mistake, you can clear your instructions with CLEAR
(CL) .
3
Confirm with OK .
Using SELECT , select from the following options:
'ONCE': Recording once
'MO-FR': Repeated daily recordings (Monday to Friday)
'WEEK.': Repeated weekly recordings (every week on the same day)
Selecting onetime/daily/weekly recordings
Press TIMER k on the remote control.
2
01
20:00
]
21:30
VPS
PROG. START PDC END
________________________________
REP.pSELECT
STOREpOK
21
Select the 'START' input field using TIMER k . Using SELECT switch on
'VPS/PDC' (']' lights up). If you press SELECT again, you will switch
'VPS/PDC' off (']' goes out).
Switching on 'VPS/PDC' in the 'START' input field
The decoded data appears after confirmation. You can go back at any
time to change the data.
8
Insert a cassette with an intact security tab (unprotected).
7
Switch off with STANDBY/ON m .
The programmed recording will only function when the video
recorder is switched off with STANDBY/ON m .
If any of the TIMER blocks are in use, ' k ' will light up on the video
recorder display.
To save a recording in the 'Tape List' or to use a 'Tape List' cassette, enter
the cassette number using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
The cassette is being checked. You can find more information on the 'Tape
List' in the chapter 'Tape List'.
Using 'Tape List'
When all information is displayed correctly, confirm with OK . The
programming information is stored in a TIMER block.
6
5
a The following message appears on the screen: 'MO-FR
PROGRAMMING NOT POSSIBLE FOR WEEKEND'
b A daily recording was entered for the wrong day. Daily programming can
only be used for recordings to be made from Monday to Friday.
b Check the time/date (see chapter 'Installing your video', section 'Setting the
time and date').
a The following message appears on the screen: 'SHOWVIEW NUMBER
NOT VALID'
b The entered ShowView number is incorrect. Correct your instructions or
end with MENU .
a The following message appears on the screen: 'SELECT PROG.
NR.'
b The programme number of the TV channel has not yet been assigned to
the ShowView number. Using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote
control, select the corresponding programme number (name) of the TV
channel and confirm with OK .
VR120
SHOWVIEW
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
REP.
MO-FR
DATE
TIMER
3.
Thanks to this programming system, you no longer need to do tediously enter the date,
programme number, start and end time. All the information needed for programming is
contained in the ShowView-programming number. This 9-digit ShowView number is found in
every TV listings magazine.
Programming a recording (with
'ShowView')
GB 34
Direction for use
Error message: 'ALL
TIMERS OCCUPIED'
Cassette was ejected
as soon as the
OK button was pressed
Error message: 'NO
CASSETTE' k ' will flash
in the video recorder
display
Cassette is ejected
during recording
'SWITCH TO
STANDBY- TIMER
RECORDING' flashes on
the TV screen
The video recorder
will not operate
PROBLEM
programmed. No more recordings can be programmed. If you want to clear a programmed
recording (TIMER block), select it with ;qP or P r= and then press CLEAR (CL) .
bIf this error message appears after pressing TIMER k , then all TIMER blocks are already
'Manual Recording', section 'Preventing accidental erasing of cassettes') or insert a different
cassette.
bA cassette was inserted with the security tab removed. Undo the erase protection (chapter
STANDBY/ON m .
bNo cassette was inserted. Insert a cassette and switch off the video recorder using
bThe end of the tape was reached during recording.
Switch off the video recorder with STANDBY/ON m . A programmed recording (timer) will
only function if the video recorder is switched off.
bThe video recorder was switched on several minutes before the start of a programmed recording.
If you want to cancel the programmed recording, press STANDBY/ON m .
bWhile a programmed recording is being made, you cannot operate your video recorder manually.
SOLUTION
Problems and solutions for programmed
recordings
MO-FR
REP.
01
20:00
]
21:30
VPS
PROG. START PDC END
________________________________
REP.pSELECT
STOREpOK
21
DATE
TIMER
With TIMER k , P or Q you can select 'DATE' (date), 'PROG.'
(programme number), 'START' (start time) and 'END' (end time).
Enter or change your information with ;qP or P r= , or with the
number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
Press TIMER k . The information will appear on the screen.
Press TIMER k on the remote control twice . A free TIMER block
will be highlighted.
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
When all information is displayed correctly, confirm with OK . The
programming information is stored in a TIMER block.
Insert a cassette with an intact security tab (unprotected).
6
Select the 'START' input field using TIMER k . Using SELECT switch on
'VPS/PDC' (']' lights up). If you press SELECT again, you will switch
'VPS/PDC' off (']' goes out).
'Switching on 'VPS/PDC' in the 'START' input field
You can also programme recordings from external sources via scart socket
EXT.1 AV 1 ('E1') or EXT.2 AV 2 ('E2').
Programme numbers of the 'E1' and 'E2' scart socket
In 'DATE' use SELECT to select from the following options:
'ONCE': Recording once
'MO-FR': Repeated daily recordings from Monday to Friday
'WEEK.': Repeated weekly recordings (every week on the same day)
Selecting onetime/daily/weekly recordings
5
4
3
2
1
Programming a recording (without
ShowView)
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 35
PROBLEM
The 'DATA ERROR'
message appears on
the screen.
Error message: 'ALL
TIMERS OCCUPIED'
The 'PROTECTED
CASSETTE' error
message appears
briefly on the screen
then the cassette is
ejected.
Error message: 'NO
CASSETTE' ' k ' will
flash in the video
recorder display
A cassette was
automatically ejected
during recording
'SWITCH TO
STANDBY- TIMER
RECORDING' flashes on
the TV screen
The video recorder
does not react
of the programmed recording.
bThe data for the recording could not be transferred. Please check date, start time and end time
programmed. No more recordings can be programmed. If you want to clear or check a
programmed recording (TIMER block), select it with ;qP or P r= .
bIf this error message appears after pressing TIMER k , then all TIMER blocks are already
'Manual Recording', section 'Preventing accidental erasing of cassettes') or insert a different
cassette.
bA cassette was inserted with the security tab removed. Undo the erase protection (chapter
STANDBY/ON m .
bNo cassette was inserted. Insert a cassette and switch off the video recorder using
bThe end of the tape was reached during recording.
Switch off the video recorder with STANDBY/ON m . A programmed recording (timer) will
only function if the video recorder is switched off.
bThe video recorder was switched on several minutes before the start of a programmed recording.
If you want to cancel the programmed recording, press STANDBY/ON m .
SOLUTION
bWhile a programmed recording is being made, you cannot operate your video recorder manually.
22:00
20:00
BBC1
Press TURBO TIMER .
The current time (= start time) will appear in the display, for instance,
'START 20:00'. If required, you can change this using ;qP or
P r= .
Using SELECT , you can change the input for a satellite TV channel.
'S---' will appear in the display. Enter the programme number for the
satellite TV channel using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
Attention: For this to work, the IR-Sat control must be installed correctly
(chapter 'IR Sat control', 'Connecting the Sat control'.
Controlling the satellite receiver (IR Sat control)
a 'CLK' will flash in the video recorder display
b This display means that the video recorder clock is not set correctly. Please
read the section 'Setting the time and date' in chapter 'Installing your video
recorder'
Press TURBO TIMER on the remote control.
The current set programme number will appear in the display, for
instance, 'PROG. 01'. If required, you can change this using ;qP or
P r= .
Press TURBO TIMER .
The end time will appear in the display, for instance, 'END 22:00'.
'END 22:00'. If required, you can change this using ;qP or P r= .
Insert a cassette with an intact security tab (unprotected).
4
5
Press TURBO TIMER .
'OK' will briefly appear in the video recorder display. Programming is
now complete.
3
2
1
With this function, programming a recording that takes place within the next 24 hours, will be
quick and easy. The following pre-set information will appear in the display when you programme
a recording using 'TURBO TIMER'.
Programme number = the programme number currently selected (TV channel)
Start time = current time
End time = current time +2 hours
VR120
Problem solving for programmed
recordings
Switch off with STANDBY/ON m .
The programmed recording will only function when the video
recorder is switched off with STANDBY/ON m .
If any of the TIMER blocks are in use, ' k ' will light up on the video
recorder display.
Programming a recording with 'TURBO
TIMER'
3.
7
To save a recording in the 'Tape List' or to use a 'Tape List' cassette, enter
the cassette number using the number buttons 0-9 on the remote control.
The cassette is being checked. You can find more information on the 'Tape
List' in the chapter 'Tape List'.
Using 'Tape List'
GB 36
Direction for use
PROBLEM
Error message: 'FULL'
The 'PROT' error
message appears
briefly in the display
then the cassette is
ejected.
Cassette is ejected
during recording.
' k ' will flash in the
video recorder display
The video recorder
does not react
Switch off with STANDBY/ON m .
The programmed recording will only function when the video
recorder is switched off with STANDBY/ON m .
If any of the TIMER blocks are in use, ' k ' will light up on the video
recorder display.
programmed. No more recordings can be programmed. If you want to clear or check a
programmed recording (TIMER block), select it with ;qP or P r= .
bIf this error message appears after pressing TIMER k , then all TIMER blocks are already
'Manual Recording', section 'Preventing accidental erasing of cassettes') or insert a different
cassette.
bA cassette was inserted with the security tab removed. Undo the erase protection (chapter
bThe end of the tape was reached during recording.
Switch off the video recorder with STANDBY/ON m . A programmed recording (timer) will
only function if the video recorder is switched off.
bNo cassette was inserted. Insert a cassette and switch off the video recorder using
STANDBY/ON m .
bThe video recorder was switched on several minutes before the start of a programmed recording.
If you want to cancel the programmed recording, press STANDBY/ON m .
bWhile a programmed recording is being made, you cannot operate your video recorder manually.
SOLUTION
Problems and solutions for programmed
recordings
6
Enter the cassette number with the number buttons 0-9 .
The cassette is being checked. You can find more information on the 'Tape
List' in the chapter 'Tape List'.
Using Tape List
Select the programmed recording (TIMER) you want to check, change
or delete with P r= or ;qP .
3
Press TIMER k .
Select the input field with Q or P .
If required, change the information with ;qP , P r= or the number
buttons 0-9 .
Press CLEAR (CL) .
'--' appears rather than the displayed values
To end, press MENU .
Confirm with OK .
Switch off with STANDBY/ON m .
5
4
Press TIMER k on the remote control twice .
2
Delete programmed recording
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
How to check, change or delete a
programmed recording (TIMER)
6
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 37
Select line 'VIDEOSYSTEM' using P r= or ;qP and confirm with
OK .
Select the TV (colour) system with the least disruptions using P or
Q.
If colour interference still occurs, you can switch to 'B/W' (black and
white).
Confirm with OK .
To end, press MENU .
2
3
4
5
If you eject the cassette, the video (colour) system for playback will switch
itself back to 'AUTO' (automatic switch-over).
If you change the programme number, the video (colour) system for recording
will switch itself back to 'AUTO' (automatic switch-over).
How can I change back to 'Automatic Switch over'?
Press MENU on the remote control before you start recording
or during playback. The main menu will appear.
Put away the remote control somewhere out of reach of children.
With the video recorder switched on, press CHILD LOCK on the
remote control for five seconds. ' { ' will appear on the video
recorder display.
3
a ' { ' will flash in the video recorder display
b This symbol flashes when a button is pressed when the child lock is active.
If you want to switch off the child lock, press CHILD LOCK again
for five seconds, with the video recorder switched on. ' { ' will
disappear from the video recorder display.
2
1
You can prevent unauthorised use of your video recorder with this function. When the child
lock is active, the buttons on the front of the device are blocked (will not function). You can
make programmed recordings while the child lock is on.
Child lock
VR120
1
Other countries, other video (colour) systems:
In central Europe transmissions are broadcast in the PAL system (Phase
Alternation Line) standard. France uses SECAM (Séquentiel à mémoire). In
some countries (USA and Japan), TV viewers receive their programmes as an
NTSC signal (National Television System Committee).
Video (colour) systems
If you playback recordings made on other video recorders or you want to record from external
sources (via the scart socket), the automatic video (colour) system switch-over may lead to
colour distortion.
You can switch off the automatic TV system switch-over as follows.
Changing the video (colour) system
Other functions
3.
MENU
CLOCK
AUTO TUNING
MANUAL SEARCH
FOLLOW TV
TV CHANNEL ALLOC.
RECORD SPEED
AUTO STANDBY
VIDEOSYSTEM
LANGUAGE
SPECIAL SETTINGS
________________________________
…EXITpMENU
OK
†HOTLINEpCL
K
GB 38
Direction for use
è ON
OFF
OFF
ON
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OSD
CLOCK DISPLAY
REPEAT PLAY
DIRECT RECORD
SPECIAL SETTINGS
Select line 'SPECIAL SETTINGS' using P r= or ;qP and confirm
with OK .
In the line 'OSD', select the desired setting with P .
3
4
Confirm with OK .
To end, press MENU .
6
'ON': Shows the OSD for a few seconds only.
'OFF': Switches off the OSD.
5
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
2
Which settings can I choose?
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
Along with the on screen menu, the OSD (On Screen Display) also displays information on the
current operating status (counter, playback, recording, TV channel, etc.) on the TV screen. You
can switch off the information about the operating status so that the on screen display (OSD) is
not recorded when copying video cassettes.
Switching the on screen display (OSD) off
or on
è ON
OFF
OFF
ON
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OSD
CLOCK DISPLAY
REPEAT PLAY
DIRECT RECORD
SPECIAL SETTINGS
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
3
6
5
To end, press MENU .
Confirm with OK .
'STORED' will briefly appear on the TV screen.
Select with Q 'ON' (time display switched on).
How can I switch on the clock display?
To switch off the time display on the video recorder, select in the line
'CLOCK DISPLAY' with P 'OFF'.
Select the line 'SPECIAL SETTINGS' with P r= or ;qP and
confirm with OK .
2
4
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
1
To save energy, you can switch off the clock display on the video recorder. Programmed
(TIMER) recordings will still take place.
Switch off the clock display
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 39
Press the SELECT button on the remote control. In addition, press
the number button 2 to change the remote control to 'VCR2'.
Confirm with OK .
The main menu will disappear. If you have switched the remote
control and the video recorder to 'VCR2', 'RESPONDS TO VCR2' will
appear on the TV screen.
3
4
a This will, for example, appear in the display: 'VCR2'
b Remote control and video recorder were not both changed. If you press a
button for a long time, the video recorder settings appear in the display. In
this case 'VCR2'. You need to also change the remote to 'VCR2' (button
SELECT and 2 ).
a The main menu will not disappear and no message appears.
b The remote control command was not recognised by the video recorder.
Repeat step 3 .
- Press MENU . The main menu will appear.
- Press the SELECT button on the remote control. Then press the number
button 1 to change the remote control to 'VCR1'.
- Confirm with OK on the remote control. The main menu will disappear.
This picture will appear on the screen: 'RESPONDS TO VCR1'
How can I change back to 'VCR1'?
After you change the batteries in the remote control, it will switch back to
'VCR1'.
You must always change both video recorder and remote control to the same
setting, e.g. video recorder and remote control to 'VCR1' or 'VCR2'.
What do I need to pay attention to when changing the remote
control and video recorder?
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
2
è ON
OFF
OFF
ON
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OSD
CLOCK DISPLAY
REPEAT PLAY
DIRECT RECORD
SPECIAL SETTINGS
Select line 'SPECIAL SETTINGS' using ;qP or P r= and confirm
with OK .
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
4
8
7
6
Start the continuous playback with the PLAY G playback button.
Enter the 'Tape List' cassette number with the number buttons 0-9 on the
remote control.
The cassette is being checked. You can find more information on the 'Tape
List' in the chapter 'Tape List'.
Using 'Tape List'
Insert a cassette.
To end, press MENU .
Confirm with OK .
'STORED' will appear briefly on the screen.
Select function 'ON' with Q or P .
If you select 'OFF', continuous playback will be switched off.
3
5
Select line 'REPEAT PLAY' using ;qP or P r= .
2
1
VR120
MENU
CLOCK
AUTO TUNING
MANUAL SEARCH
FOLLOW TV
TV CHANNEL ALLOC.
RECORD SPEED
AUTO STANDBY
VIDEOSYSTEM
LANGUAGE
SPECIAL SETTINGS
________________________________
…EXITpMENU
OK
†HOTLINEpCL
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
This function can be used to play a cassette over and over again. When the end of the cassette
is reached, the video recorder will rewind and start from the beginning again. This function is
activated or deactivated as follows.
Continuous playback
3.
If you use a second video recorder that reacts to the same remote control command (stop, play,
record, etc.) as this video recorder, then you can change the remote control and this video
recorder.
Switching the remote control command
GB 40
Direction for use
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
Press MENU on the remote control. The main menu will appear.
Select line 'AUTO STANDBY' using P r= or ;qP .
Select 'OFF' (no automatic switch-off) or 'ON' (automatic switch-off)
with the menu buttons P or Q .
Confirm with OK . 'STORED' will briefly appear on the TV screen.
To end, press MENU .
1
2
3
4
5
6
If you haven't used the video recorder for a few minutes in certain modes (e.g.: STOP), it will
switch to standby automatically. You can cancel this function to use the video recorder as a
television receiver.
Automatic switch off
Using the number buttons 0-9 , enter the code number that
corresponds to the make (manufacturer) of your TV set.
When you have entered the code number correctly, the TV set will
switch off.
2
increase the TV volume
decrease the TV volume
next programme number
previous programme number
To switch off the TV ( TV m ), press Sr and TV r at the same time.
qS
Sr
qTV
TV r
By using the TV buttons on the panel in the middle of the control,
you can::
a My TV set will not switch off.
b Also try to enter code numbers of other manufacturers.
b In some cases, it is possible that your TV set will not react to the selected
code numbers. If this is the case, you unfortunately cannot use this
function.
Hold down the Sr button.
1
With the enclosed multicode remote control you can control the main functions of your TV set.
To do this, you must first enter a code number that corresponds to the make of your TV set.
You will find a summary of all available remote control commands on the last page of this
manual.
Using your video recorder remote control
with your TV set
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 41
When dubbing video recordings, the mono (linear) sound track is recorded
with a new sound signal. The stereo (HIFI) sound track is kept. To hear the
dubbed section, you must select either 'MONO' or 'MIXED'.
Playing back an audio dubbing
If a TV channel does not transmit a stereo signal or if there is no stereo signal
recorded on the video cassette, the video recorder will automatically switch
to 'MONO'. You will not be able to select any other settings.
Automatic switch to 'MONO'
Keep pressing SELECT until the desired setting appears in the
display.
'STEREO':
Left and right stereo (HIFI) sound tracks can be heard.
'LEFT':
The left stereo (HIFI) sound track can be heard.
'RIGHT':
The right stereo (HIFI) sound track can be heard.
'MONO':
The mono (linear) sound track can be heard.
'MIXED':
The mono (linear) sound track can be heard at the same time as the stereo
(HIFI) sound tracks.
What goes on behind the settings?
Press SELECT . This will show the current sound setting.
591
ON
G
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OPTIMIZE FREQUENCY
MODULATOR
SOUND SYSTEM
OPTIMIZE MODULATOR
Confirm with OK .
'STORED' will appear briefly on the screen.
a Sound interference occurs
b The wrong sound system could have been selected.
In line 'SOUND SYSTEM', select the TV system with the least sound
disruptions using P or Q . 'G' (TV system PAL-B,G) or 'K' (TV system
SECAM-D,K).
Tune in the TV set to the new modulator frequency (channel 21 - 69)
shown in the video recorder display.
Select line 'OPTIMIZE FREQUENCY' using ;qP or P r= . Enter
the new modulator frequency with the number buttons 0-9 .
The video recorder will now transmit a test image on UHF channel
36/Frequency 591MHz.
Press the STOP h button on the remote control. Then press
STOP/EJECT ? until, e.g. 'M591' appears in the display.
Press STOP/EJECT ? to eject any cassette that might be in the
device.
Switch on the TV set. Select the programme number used for video
recorder playback (see TV operating instructions).
Optimising the modulator is now complete.
6
5
4
3
2
1
This frequency or channel indicates the frequency or channel on which the
audio or video signal is transmitted.
What is an modulator frequency?
This electronic component in the video recorder allows the device to transmit
audio and video signals via the aerial cable. These signals can be received TV
set just like TV channels.
What is a modulator?
VR120
2
1
In some reception locations it is possible that a TV channel will be sent on the same or similar
frequency as the video recorder.
Result: As soon as the video recorder is switched on, the reception quality for this or several
other TV channels will decreased.
The following steps will show you how to change the pre-set 'transmission' (modulator)
frequency on the video recorder.
Optimising the modulator
3.
You can select the desired sound channel during playback or while receiving TV channels via the
video recorder. This allows you to select a desired language for multi-language transmissions.
Selecting the sound channel
Suppressing interference
L
GB 42
Direction for use
591
ON
G
p
________________________________
EXITpMENU
STOREpOK
OPTIMIZE FREQUENCY
MODULATOR
SOUND SYSTEM
OPTIMIZE MODULATOR
Press the STOP h button on the remote control. Then press
STOP/EJECT ? until, e.g. 'M591' appears in the display.
Select the line 'MODULATOR' on the TV screen or 'MOD+' in the
display with ;qP or P r= .
3
4
Confirm with OK .
To end, press MENU .
7
In the display, select 'MOD+' (modulator on) with Q .
6
How can I switch the modulator back on?
On the screen select 'OFF' or in the display 'MOD-' (modulator off)
with Q .
Press STOP/EJECT ? to eject any cassette that might be in the
device.
2
5
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
If you cannot clear picture or sound interference despite optimisation, you can switch off the
built-in modulator.
Warning:
this is only possible if you have connected the video recorder to the TV set with a
scart cable. Without a scart cable you will not receive a picture from the video
recorder on the TV set when the modulator is switched off.
Switching the modulator on / off
Press CLEAR (CL) . The after-sales service telephone numbers will
appear on the screen.
To end, press MENU .
4
5
chapter 'Additional functions'.
bRemote control not pointed toward the video recorder: point it at the video recorder.
bThere is a technical problem: Take out the batteries, wait for 10 seconds and place them back.
bBatteries have run out: change the batteries.
bYou have given the wrong remote control command: read 'Switching remote control command' in
bDon't use force. Pull out the mains plug for a moment.
All the information stored (TV channels, time and date, TIMER) will be cleared.
1. Disconnect from the mains power supply.
2. Press and hold the STANDBY/ON m button on the device and reconnect to the mains power
supply.
3. Release the button when 'OSD' appears in the video recorder display.
bAttention:
connect again.
If this doesn't help, you could reset your video recorder to the default factory settings.
bChild lock active: switch the child lock off.
bThere is a technical problem: disconnect from the mains power supply for 30 seconds, then
with STANDBY/ON m .
bThere is no power supply: check the power supply.
bA programmed recording is currently being made: if desired, cancel the programmed recording
SOLUTION
Using OK , you can select more telephone numbers.
3
Press MENU . The main menu appears.
2
VR120
Remote control does
not work:
Cassette is jammed in
the video recorder:
Resetting devices to
default factory settings
Your video recorder
does not respond to
any button being
pressed:
PROBLEM
Switch on the TV set. If required, select the programme number for
the video recorder.
1
The telephone numbers for after-sales service (HOTLINE) are also saved in your video recorder.
To call them up, proceed as follows:
HOTLINE telephone numbers
If, contrary to expectation, you have any problems using this video recorder, it may be caused by
the following reasons.
You will find the phone number in the enclosed guarantee leaflet.
The telephone numbers can be found on the back of this instruction manual. Have the model
number (MODEL NO) and the production number (PROD.NO.) of your video recorder ready.
Before you call an engineer
M
Direction for use
3.
GB 43
There is picture or
sound interference on
TV reception:
The wrong TV channel
was decoded (entered)
after you programmed
a recording using
ShowView
Programmed
recording does not
work:
No recording possible:
recorder' section 'Manual TV channel search'.
bHave your aerial checked.
bYou will find information on how to switch the TV system in chapter 'Installing your video
on/off the modulator'.
bTurn to chapter 'Suppressing interference' and read 'Optimising the modulator' and 'Switching
2. Confirm with OK .
3. Check the programme number/channel name in the 'PROG.' input field
4. If this does not correspond to the desired TV channel, select the input field and change the
programme number/channel name.
5. Confirm with TIMER k .
b1. Enter the ShowView programming number of the desired TV channel.
cassette.
bYou have not set the TIMER properly: Check the programmed recordings (TIMER block).
bYou have put in a cassette that cannot be recorded on: undo the erase protection on the
CLOCK' off. Please read the section 'Setting the time and date' in the chapter 'Installing your
video recorder'.
bYou have programmed the wrong time or date: check time and date.
bCheck time and date. If time and date are wrong despite manual setting, you can switch 'SMART
Have your aerial checked.
b'VPS/PDC' switched on but 'VPS/PDCtime' wrong: 'enter 'VPS/PDCtime exactly to the minute.
cassette with an intact security tab or change cassette. For more information, please see the
section 'Preventing accidental erasing of cassettes' in chapter 'Manual Recording'.
bA cassette was inserted that does not have the security tab (cannot be used to record): Insert a
VR120
check TV channels stored.
bThe TV channel you want to record is not stored or you selected the wrong programme number:
functions' section 'Changing the video (colour) system'.
bRead the section 'Selecting the picture settings (SMART PICTURE)' in the chapter 'Playback'.
bYou haven't selected the correct video (colour) system for playback: Turn to chapter 'Additional
section 'Optimising tracking'.
bYour TV set is not properly adjusted.
bThe cassette is badly worn or of poor quality: use new cassette.
bTracking is not properly adjusted: turn to chapter 'Eliminating picture interference' and read the
bThe cable connecting the TV set and the video recorder has come loose: check the cable.
select the correct programme number for the video recorder.
bThere is no recording on the cassette: change the cassette.
bYou have selected the wrong programme number on the TV for playing cassette: on the TV,
SOLUTION
3.
Poor picture quality
when you play a
cassette:
No picture when you
play a cassette:
PROBLEM
GB 44
Direction for use
Direction for use
VR120
3.
GB 45
Remote control codes
Acura ............................................... 02
Adyson ...................................... 05, 20
Akai ............................................. 33,18
Akura ......................................... 21, 25
Alba .................................... 02, 21, 07
Allorgan .......................................... 28
Amplivision .................................... 20
Amstrad .......................................... 02
Anitech ........................................... 02
Arcam ............................................. 20
Asuka ............................................... 21
Audiosonic ..................................... 15
BPL ................................................... 26
BSR .................................................. 28
BTC ................................................. 21
Basic Line .................................. 02, 21
Baur ............................................ 33,03
Beko ................................................ 35
Binatone ......................................... 20
Blaupunkt ....................................... 17
Blue Sky .......................................... 21
Blue Star ......................................... 26
Bondstec ......................................... 23
Boots ............................................... 20
Brandt ............................................. 15
Bush ........ 21, 02, 07, 26, 28, 36, 42
CGE ................................................. 23
CTC ................................................. 23
Carrefour ....................................... 07
Cascade .......................................... 02
Cimline ............................................ 02
Clatronic .................................. 23, 35
Condor ..................................... 30, 35
Contec ...................................... 02, 07
Crown ................................ 35, 02, 38
Cybertron ...................................... 21
(Wwn N Nw nwN nwNWwn nNwWnNwn W) VR720/58
Daewoo .................................... 36, 02
Dainichi ........................................... 21
Dayton ............................................ 02
De Graaf ......................................... 18
Decca .............................................. 10
Dixi .................................................. 02
Dual ................................................. 42
Elite ............................................ 21, 30
Elta ................................................... 02
Emerson ......................................... 33
Ferguson ......................................... 15
Fidelity ............................................. 33
Finlandia .................................... 32, 18
Finlux .................................. 32, 13, 10
Firstline ................ 31, 02, 20, 23, 28
Fisher .................................. 20, 18, 35
Flint .................................................. 40
Formenti ......................................... 30
Frontech ................................... 23, 25
Fujitsu .............................................. 10
Funai .......................................... 28, 25
GEC ........................................... 10, 20
GPM ................................................. 21
Geloso ............................................ 02
Genexxa ......................................... 21
GoldStar ............................ 20, 15, 27
Goodmans ........... 10, 07, 20, 29, 36
Gorenje .......................................... 35
Graetz ............................................. 33
Granada ............................. 10, 18, 20
Grandin ........................................... 26
Grundig ........................................... 17
HCM .......................................... 02, 26
Hanseatic ........................... 33, 30, 01
Hinari ................................. 02, 07, 21
Hisawa ....................................... 26, 40
Hitachi .... 22, 15, 08, 05, 20, 07, 13
Huanyu ............................................ 36
Hypson ...................................... 25, 26
ICE ............................................. 20, 25
ICeS ................................................. 21
ITT ................................................... 33
Imperial .............................. 23, 38, 35
Inno Hit .......................................... 10
Interfunk ................................... 33, 23
Intervision ......................... 12, 20, 25
Isukai ............................................... 21
JVC ............................................. 09, 07
Kaisui ........................... 21, 20, 02, 26
Kathrein .......................................... 01
Koyoda ............................................ 02
Leyco .................................. 10, 25, 28
Lloytron .......................................... 05
Luxor ............................................... 33
M Electronic . 32,13,20,02,15,36,41
Magnadyne ............................... 12, 23
Magnafon ........................................ 12
Manesth ............................. 30, 20, 25
Marantz ........................................... 01
Matsui .. 02,39,18,20,04,06,07,10,28
Memorex ........................................ 02
Metz ................................................. 34
Mitsubishi .......................... 07, 14, 16
Mivar ............................................... 27
Multitech .................................. 02, 12
Neckermann .................................. 01
Nikkai ................... 06, 21, 05, 10, 25
Nobliko ........................................... 12
Nokia ......................................... 41, 33
Nordmende ................................... 15
Oceanic ........................................... 33
Orion .......................... 28, 30, 31, 39
Osaki .................... 05, 10, 20, 21, 25
Oso .................................................. 21
Osume ...................................... 05, 10
Otake .............................................. 29
Otto Versand ..... 03, 07, 20, 30, 01
Palladium .................................. 35, 38
Panama ...................................... 20, 25
Panasonic .................................. 24, 34
Pathe Cinema ................................ 30
Pausa ................................................ 02
Perdio .............................................. 30
Phase ............................................... 05
Philco ............................................... 23
Philips ........................................ 01, 36
Pioneer ............................................ 15
Profex ........................................ 02, 33
Proline ............................................. 31
Protech ......... 12, 02, 20, 23, 25, 38
Quelle ................................ 03, 04, 33
Questa ............................................ 07
Rank Arena .................................... 07
Rediffusion ..................................... 33
Rex ................................................... 25
Roadstar ..................... 02, 25, 21, 38
SEG ..................................... 20, 07, 25
SEI ....................................... 12, 03, 28
Saba ................................................. 15
Saisho ................................. 04, 02, 25
Salora .............................................. 33
Sambers .......................................... 12
Samsung ........ 20, 25, 27, 35, 02, 01
Sanyo ........................... 07, 18, 04, 10
Schaub Lorenz ............................... 33
Schneider .................................. 21, 23
Sentra .............................................. 06
Sharp ......................................... 11, 07
Shorai .............................................. 28
Siarem ............................................. 12
Siemens ........................................... 17
Silver ................................................ 07
Sinudyne ............................ 12, 03, 28
Solavox ........................................... 05
Sonitron .......................................... 18
Sonoko ............................................ 02
Sonolor ........................................... 18
Sony .................................... 04, 03, 07
Soundwave ..................................... 38
Standard ............................. 20, 21, 02
Sunkai ........................................ 28, 31
Susumu ............................................ 21
Tandy ................................. 21, 10, 20
Tashiko ..................................... 07, 20
Tatung ....................................... 10, 20
Tec ............................................. 20, 23
Technema ....................................... 30
Technics .......................................... 24
Telefunken ..................................... 15
Telemeister .................................... 30
Teletech .................................... 07, 20
Teleton ........................................... 20
Tensai .......................... 21, 28, 29, 30
Texet ............................................... 21
Thomson ........................................ 15
Thorn ................................. 06, 10, 33
Tomashi .......................................... 26
Toshiba ..................................... 06, 07
Uher ................................................ 30
Ultravox ......................................... 12
Universum .................. 13, 32, 25, 35
Videosat .......................................... 23
Videotechnic .................................. 20
Vision .............................................. 30
Waltham .........................................
Watson ...........................................
Watt Radio ....................................
Wega ...............................................
White Westinghouse ..................
20
30
12
07
30
Yoko .......................................... 20, 25
GB 46
4.
VR120
Dismantling instructions
4. Dismantling instructions
4.1
Dismantling instructions
A
A
General guidelines for dismantling housing components,
electronic parts and the drive mechanism
Always disconnect from mains before dismantling or
assembly.
Due to the supply voltages (hot circuit) on the primary side of
the switched-mode power supply, an isolating transformer is
required for the operation of the device.
S
The drive or the drive/motherboard unit must not be pulled
out by the cross struts!
A
A
Components placed below the tape deck has to be inserted
exactly.
The use of a regulating isolating transformer is
recommended for detecting faults around the power supply.
Figure 4-1
All screws of the video recorder can be removed or tightened
with a 10* torx screwdriver .
S
S
S
1. Housing cover (Figure 4-1)
– Remove the four screws (A).
– Push catch (S) inwards, lifting lid at the same time to
move out of groove.
– Slide housing cover back by approx. 1 cm.
– Push centre of housing cover sides on underside approx.
1 cm outwards and lift up the housing cover.
S
Assembly
Assemble in reverse order.
S
2. Base plate (Figure 4-2)
The base plate may not be removed from the frame!
S
Figure 4-2
3. Front panel (Figure 4-2)
Preparation
Dismantle the housing lid as described in section 1.
–
–
–
–
S
S
Position the device with the base plate facing upwards.
Undo the six catches (S) one after the other, starting from
the left or the right.
Remove the front panel by pulling it forwards.
For devices with shuttle print or socket print, disconnect
the cabling to the motherboard.
Assembly
Assemble in reverse order (device in operational position).
Important
– The lift flap lever should be connected to the lift flap
guide.
– Check that all catches are engaged.
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
for VR720, VR870x, 435 mm sets
S
Dismantling instructions
4.2
VR120
Dismantling of the motherboard/drive
combination (Figure 4-3 and 4-4)
K1
C
4.
K2
C
GB 47
K3
Preparation
Remove the housing cover as described in section 1.
Remove the front panel as described in section 3.
–
–
Move device into operational position (Figure 4-3).
Undo the two screws (B) of the stay and pull it up to
remove it.
– Push back the lift by 5 cm after releasing both lift stops.
– Undo and remove the four fastening screws (C) of the
drive.
– Detach the Cinch socket cable (K) and ground cable (M)
from the socket print (if present).
– Remove the cables (K1; K2; K3) from the guides on the
rear of the frame.
– Pull the Cinch socket holder with the socket and print up
and out of the frame (if present).
– Position the device with the base plate facing up.
– Undo the 8 catches (S) from the rear right to the rear front
and then from the rear left to the front left.
– After the weight of the motherboard/drive unit has
released it from the frame, the catch (S) at the mains
socket has to be released for a second time.
– The frame can be removed by lifting it off.
– Turn the motherboard/drive unit and move it into the
service position (Figure 4-6), if necessary.
– The device is operational in this position
”Eject” must NOT be used !!!
B
C
C
Caution:
Adjustments can not be made in the service position.
”Eject” must NOT be used !!!
Assembly
– Position the frame with the top open onto a level surface.
– Hold the drive on the side at the lift and insert the
motherboard/drive unit into the frame, pushing it down
lightly. Observe that the power Supply and Scart sockets
are positioned in openings.
– Check that all 8 catches (S) are engaged.
– Secure the drive with the four holding screws (C).
– Move the lift into the ”Eject” position.
– Push the stay onto the frame with the chamfered side
facing to the rear and secure with both screws (B).
– Insert the Cinch socket into the opening and ensure that
it engages.
– Connect the Cinch socket and the ground cable (K ; M)
(if present).
–
Insert the cables (K1; K2; K3) into the supports
provided in the frame.
–
Figure 4-3
Replace the front panel and the housing cover.
Figure 4-4
B
GB 48
4.3
4.
VR120
Dismantling instructions
Dismantling the drive (Figure 4-3, 4-5 and 4-6)
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
D
C
Preparation
Remove the housing cover as described in section 1.
Remove the front panel as described in section 3.
Undo the two screws (B) of the stay and pull it up to
remove it.
Push back lift by 5 cm after releasing both lift stops.
Undo and remove the four fastening screws (C) of the
drive.
Undo and remove the ground screw (D) at the rear.
(For this purpose, insert the screwdriver through the hole
in the back panel).
Remove the cables from the drive.
Bend back the guard of the scanner cable.
Remove the scanner cable from the socket.
Return the lift into the ”Eject” position.
Slightly lift the left rear side of the drive to undo the
connector to the capstan motor.
Press both catches (S) together with fine pliers and lift
the drive around the snapholders.
The drive may be separated from the motherboard.
C
S
C
C
S
Assembly
Assemble in reverse order.
Important
Observe that the cables (K1; K2; K3) are positioned in the
supports on the rear of the frame and that the ground screw
(D) is screwed in!
Figure 4-5
D
Service position
Figure 4-6
Service modes, Repair tips
VR120
5.
GB 49
5. Service modes, Repair tips
5.1
Special functions
5.1.1
Erasing the EEPROM
–
–
The display shows, for instance:
Disconnect from mains
Push and hold down the Standby key, reconnect to
mains and keep the Standby key depressed for a further
3 sec.
Product ID. No.
All EEPROM data will then be erased and initialised (timer
and transmitter channels). The internal processor RAM will
also be erased, but the option codes, deck parameters and
adjustment values are maintained.
5.1.2
Prod. ID No.
Central control
mask No.
Build No.
ident. No. for A 13 (31, 32, 37)
Centr. Contr. Mask No. µP mask No.
Build No.
continually state No.(software)
By pressing the SELECT key on the remote control, all step
modes may be left and the currently selected step number
appears and flashes.
After changing the EEPROM or Motherboard the
following steps must be carried out:
Step 40: Option code input
Step 51: Gap position adjustment
Step 52: Studio Picture control‘ adjustment
Step 53: Input of clock correction
Step 62: Adjustment of Audio Linear Playback Level
Step 99: Clock frequency output
5.2
Service test program
5.2.1
Introduction
Other service steps are selected with the UP and DOWN
keys or the numerical remote control keys. By pressing the
SELECT key on the remote control whilst the Step is flashing,
the respective mode can be entered or left.
If a step is selected to which no mode is assigned, the
displays shows - - and flashes.
The software program for the control, deck and operating
microprocessors includes a service test program. It was
divided into the following steps, with the following ‘modes‘:
Step 00: Display of mask version number
Step 01: Check of the drive positions
Step 02: Display of the deck - error codes
Step 03: Deck - sensors and manual tracking
Step 04: Display of operating hours counter
Step 05: Display of the IIC-Bus Communication
Step 10: Operation without drive - dummy mode
Step 40: Option code input
Adjustment Steps in the service test program:
Step 51: Gap position adjustment
Step 52: ‘Studio Picture control‘ adjustment
Step 53: Input of clock correction
Step 62: Adjustment of Audio Linear Playback Level
Step 98: Display test
Step 99: Clock frequency output
In the service test program, all drive functions apart from the
channel search and channel change mode can be carried
out. The program position set before entering the service
test program is maintained.
5.2.2
Activating the service test program
Press and hold down the STOP key on the remote control.
Then press the PLAY key on the recorder and keep it
depressed for at least 5 sec. The STOP key on the remote
control may be released whilst the PLAY key on the recorder
is pressed.
The service test program can be selected in any operating
mode apart from the channel search, install, clock set-up and
cassette length calculation mode. The recorder and all drive
functions are fully operational in the service mode.
To leave the service program, press the STAND-BY key or
disconnect recorder from mains.
5.2.3
Service mode functions
Endurance test
In the service test program, the recorder can be endurance
tested. For this purpose, use a cassette and activate “PLAY”
or “REC”. The functions are then repeated continuously. In
RECORD, the recorder does not move to EJECT at the tape
end, but to REWIND, after which it starts to RECORD again.
This test serves to detect intermittent faults. The last error is
stored in the EEPROM. (The fault remains stored even after
a power failure).
The endurance test is ended by pressing STOP or leaving
the service test program.
PLAY
TAPE END
RECORD
TAPE BEGIN
REWIND
TAPE BEGIN
GB 50
5.2.4
5.
VR120
Service modes, Repair tips
Description of steps with modes:
Step 00: Display of mask version number
After activating the service test program, step 00 and the
mask version number are automatically displayed.
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 0.5 s/Div
B: DC, 2 V/Div, 0.5 s/Div
A
Product ID. No.
Central control
mask No.
Build No.
The mode can be left again by pressing the SELECT key on
the remote control. The currently selected position number
appears and flashes on the display.
Init switch
B
FTA pulses
Play
Eject
Cass down
Index/
wind-rewind
Reverse
Step 02: Display of the deck error codes
By pressing the SELECT key whilst Step 02 is flashing, the
deck error code is shown on the display.
A step between 00 and 99 can now be selected
Step 01: Checking the drive positions
By pressing the SELECT key whilst Step 01 is flashing, the
drive position appears on the display.
The FTA signal from the photoelectric barriers which controls
the revolutions of the loading motor is used to check the drive
condition.
The drive position is shown as a 3-digit decimal number by
counting the FTA pulses on the display.
(e.g. 213 = Play)
Checking the drive function Loading and unloading time
The signal (FTA) of the photoelectric barrier which controls
the revolutions of the loading motor is used as a reference for
the loading and unloading time.
Stopping of supply or take-up reels
The tacho signals of the left (WTL) and right (WTR) winding
disks are used as control reference.
Stopping of head drum motor
This is monitored with the PG/FG signal. The signal is
discharged from the e.m.f. of the non-conducting spools of
the head cylinder motor, showing the position of the head
cylinder.
Capstan motor fault
This is monitored with the FGD signal.
If one of the above sensor signals is not available, the
recorder tries to put the lift into the “EJECT” position.
Table of drive positions:
Status
Position
Explanation of deck error codes and deck error status
The last error code is stored and remains in the EEPROM,
even if the recorder is disconnected from the mains.
The error code can be erased by pushing the CLEAR button
on the remote control.
The display shows, for instance:
(FTA dec)
Eject
007 +2/-2
Index
191 +0/-2
Stop
200 +4/-4
Play
213 +4/-4
Reverse
237 +2/-0
Function of the Init switch:
The diagram shows the function of the Init switch, depending
on the position of the deck. The number of FTA pulses is
important for the position of the drive.
The left digit shows the error:
(e.g.: Error 2 = Capstan error)
Service modes, Repair tips
Error table:
0
threading error
2
tape broken
4
no pulses left reel
5
no pulses right reel
6
GB 51
no capstan pulses
3
5.
Step 04: Display of the operating hours counter:
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 04 is flashing, the
operating hours counter shows how many hours the head
disk has turned. The hours are displayed as a 4-digit decimal
number.
no error
1
VR120
head motor error
The 3 digits on the right represent the deck error condition:
(e.g.: 053 = during Play )
The error code can be reset in this step with the CLEAR key.
Step 05: Display of the IIC - Bus Communication:
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 05 is flashing, the
available IIC- components will be displayed with symbols.
Functiontable:
012 Standby
114
VISS write
014 Autotracking
115
Viss erase
212/492
"
"
1/14
031 Play-3
125
Tuner - Stopout
215/495
"
"
1/7
126
Auto Remain Funct.
034 Slow_reverse
211/491 Slowmotion 1/24
216/496
"
"
1/2
041 Still Picture
130/410 ATTS Function
217/497
"
"
-1/24
042 Fast
168/448 Frame+
218/498
"
"
-1/14
v
VPS or VPO IC
SDA5650 or SDA5652
7502
044 Play-9
169/449 Frame-
219/499
"
"
-1/7
DEC
FM ST / NIC IC
MSP 3415D
7761
045 Eject
170/450 Play-11
220/500
"
"
-1/2
7760
046 Play9
171/451 Play-7
222/502 Edit Record
047 Play-1
172/452 Play-5
223/503 Align of Gap
Symbol Description
x
Component
Position
FM St IC
TDA 9873
W
Video switch IC
STV 6401
7904
D
FM Audio IC
TDA 9605H
7650
Tuner Philips
TP9xx
1701
173/453 Play5
050 Rewind
174/454 Play7
239/519 SPC align
052 Wind
175/455 Play11
246/526 Edit Pause
Tuner Alps
TMRxx/TCBZ4
1701
053 Play
196/456 Tuner - Eject
247/527 Slow motion 1/10
u
Modulator Phil
TP9xx
1701
054 Stop out
197/457 Standby Eject
248/528
"
"
1/18
LP
Modulator Alps
TMRxx/TCBZ4
1701
055 Record
199/459 Audio Dubbing
249/529
"
"
-1/10
112 Index next
202/482 Audio Dubb. Pause
250/530
"
"
-1/18
8
k
048 Pause
238/518 Pause
Signal electr. IC
LA71595M
7004
113 Index previous
206/486 Reset Tapecounter
253/533 Key Released
o
The following errors are visible in the display when the start
up routine of the set isn’t working properly.
Step 03: Deck sensors and manual tracking
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 03 is flashing, the
deck sensors will be displayed in one digit as either 1 or 0.
hnDC
are used to display the deck status
START
init switch (INIT)
END
record protection (RECP)
DEC
Loading pulses (FTA)
In the service test program, the tracking is always in the
centre position.
Only in this step can the value for the required tape running
setting be changed, manually in the PLAY function with the
UP / DOWN keys. After leaving the mode with the SELECT
key, the tracking value always resets itself to the centre
position and cannot be changed.
E000
E001
E002
IIC-Data line is low
IIC-Clock line is low
EEPROM give no acknowledgement
GB 52
5.
Service modes, Repair tips
VR120
Step 10: Operation without drive - dummy mode
Before activating this mode with the SELECT key, the
recorder must be in the EJECT position.
Enter the mode by pressing the SELECT key. The motors are
then switched off and the sensors will be ignored by the deck
microprocessor. The drive can now be dismantled from the
motherboard (see dismantling instructions). Only install
drive if recorder is disconnected from mains. For signal
tracking, the recorder can be set to all drive conditions, i.e.
signal electronics, audio and IO processing are switched to
the respective operating mode.
In case of an invalid entry (value & gt; 255) the activation of the
OK key causes the content of the last stored option to be
displayed and OK does not appear in the display.
Depending on the model, some bits are software or default
protected and cannot be changed by an entry. In this case,
the display shows OK, but the display returns to the default
value.
Step 98: Display Test
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 98 is flashing, all
segments of the display are illuminated.
The step is exited by pressing SELECT again.
hnDC
are used to display the deck status
START
init switch (INIT)
END
record protection (RECP)
DEC
Loading pulses (FTA)
Step 40: Option code input
If a new EEPROM is installed in the course of repairs, it must
be initialised.
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 40 is flashing, the
decimal option A appears in the display.
MADE IN EUROPE
220-240 V ~
50Hz
A13 AA AAA BBB CCC DDD EEE FFF GGG
MODEL NO: VR120/02
PROD.NO: VN 37 0015 123456
SHOWVIEW IS A TRADEMARK APPLIED
FOR BY GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORP.
SHOWVIEW SYSTEM IS MANUFACTURED
UNDER LICENSE FROM
GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORP.
By entering a 3-digit decimal code, the correct features are
set.
Range
Option codes (A-G)
Evolution code
Type number
Serial number
Production date
Production center (VN),
Production code
These codes are shown on the type-plate of the recorder.
After pressing the OK key on the remote control, the entered
code is saved. The display shows OK for approx. 3 sec. and
then the stored value in decimal format.
By pressing the UP and DOWN keys, the available options (A
to G) can be selected. The display shows the last stored
value in decimal format.
Service modes, Repair tips
5.3
Repair tips
5.3.1
VR120
5.
GB 53
Replacement procedure for leadless components (chip)
b. Using tweezers press down the part and solder both
electrodes as shown below.
Tweezers
The following procedures are recommended for replacing
leadless components used in this unit.
Soldering iron
1. Preparation for replacement
Solder
a. Soldering iron
Use a pencil-type soldering iron that uses less than 30W
b. Solder
Use Eutectic solder (Tin 63%, Lead 37%)
c. Soldering time
Maximum 4 seconds.
Note:
Do not glue the replacement component to the circuit board.
5.3.2
Note:
• Leadless components must not be re-used after removal.
• Excessive mechanical stress and rubbing of the
component electrode must be avoided.
How to remove/install the Flat Pack IC
How to remove the Flat Pack IC
•
Using a hot air Flat Pack IC unsoldering equipment
2. Removing the leadless components
Grasp the leadless component body with tweezers and
alternately apply heat to both electrodes. When the solder on
both electrodes has melted, remove leadless component
with a twisting motion.
Note:
• Do not attempt to lift the component off the board until the
component is completely disconnected from the board
with a twisting motion.
• Be careful not to break the copper foil on the printed
circuit board.
EXAMPLE
Figure 5-2
Tweezers
a. Prepare the hot air Flat Pack IC unsoldering equipment.
Then apply hot air to Flat Pack lC for 5 - 8 seconds.
Chip
b. Remove the Flat Pack lC with tweezers while applying the
hot air.
CAUTION:
To avoid damage, do not apply the hot air to the chip parts
around the Flat Pack lC for long periods.
Soldering iron
Figure 5-1
Hot air Flat Pack
IC unsoldering
equipment
C.B.A.
3. Installation of leadless components
a. Presolder the contact points on the circuit board
Masking
tape
Tweezers
Presolder
Flat Pack IC
Soldering iron
Figure 5-3
Put masking tape around the Flat Pack lC to protect adjacent
parts.
The Flat Pack IC is fixed to the P.C.B. with glue; therefore
take care not to break or damage any foil under the lC or on
each pin when removing it.
GB 54
•
5.
Service modes, Repair tips
VR120
Using a soldering iron
•
a. Use unsoldering braid to remove the solder from all
pins of the Flat Pack IC. Apply solder flux to all pins of the
Flat Pack IC, to allow easy removal.
a. Apply extra tin-lead solder onto the pins
Flat Pack IC
Unsoldering braid
Using a special removal device
b. Heat the IC to melt the glue which has been used to affix it
c. Use a solder removing device with a special punch which
matches the contours of the IC to remove the IC.
At the other corners there are printed conductors which may
be damaged!
Solder
removing
device
Soldering iron
b. Lift up each lead of the Flat Pack IC individually, using a
sharp pin or non-solder wire (iron wire), while heating the
pins using a fine tip soldering iron or a hot air blower.
Sharp iron
Soldering iron
Control µP
•
Using iron wire
a. Use unsoldering braid to remove the solder from all pins of
the Flat Pack IC. Apply solder flux to all pins of the Flat Pack
IC, to allow easy removal.
b. Affix the wire to workbench or solid mounting point ( see
figure 5-3 )
c. Pull up the wire as the solder melts in order to lift the IC
lead from the P.C.B. contact pad, while heating the pins
using a fine-tip soldering iron or hot air blower.
Solid mounting point
Hot air blower
PCB
Figure 5-5
How to install the Flat Pack IC
a. Use unsoldering braid to remove the solder from the foil of
each pin of the Flat Pack lC on the P.C.B. in order to install
the replacement Flat Pack IC more easily.
Iron wire
Pull up gently
to remove
b. The “dot” mark on the Flat Pack IC indicates pin 1.
Make sure this mark matches the 1 on the P.C.B. when
positioning for installation. Then pre-solder the four corners
of the d. Flat Pack IC. ( see figure 5-5 ).
... or soldering iro
Example
Figure 5-4
Note:
When using a soldering iron care must be taken to ensure
that the Flat Pack lC is not held by glue or the P.C.B. may be
damaged if force is used.
If the IC is glued, heat the IC with hot air to loosen the glue.
Pin 1 on Flat Pack IC is market by a " " .
Figure 5-6
Service modes, Repair tips
5.6
VR120
5.
GB 55
How to read wave forms
Presolder
1
2
3
4
Soldering iron
Connecting point
Aplitude
Time base
Operating mode of the VCR
4
C.B.A.
Flat Pack IC
Figure 5-7
c. Solder all pins of the Flat Pack IC. Make sure that none of
the pins have solder bridges between pins on the Flat Pack
IC.
Note
2
All integrated circuits and many other semiconductor devices
are electrostatically sensitive and therefore require the
special handling techniques described in the “SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS” section of this manual.
5.5
Voltage measurements
Figure 5-9
5.7
Color bar signal in SP REC and PB modes.
5.8
PLAY mode
REC mode
Voltage indication of Zener diodes
The Zener voltage of Zener diodes is indicated as such on
schematic diagrams:
Example: BZX79C20............Zener voltage: 20 Volts
Note:
Voltage indications for the REC. and PB mode on the
schematic diagrams are shown below:
REC and PLAY mode
(identical voltages for
both modes)
3
1
How to identify connectors on schematic
diagrams
Each connector is labeled with a connector number and a pin
number indicating to what component it is connected; in other
words, its counterpart.
Use the Connecting Wiring Diagram to find the connections
between associated connectors.
Example:
The connections between C.B.A.s are shown below:
Figure 5-8
Connector no.
and Pin no.
on PCB
PCB to which this
connector is connected
1913
1
1
1
1
1
MOT1
MOT3
MOT2
MOT0
POS
TO SCANNER MOTOR
1927
5.4
Connector no. to which
the left connector is
connected
Figure 5-10
GB 56
5.
VR120
Engineer's remarks:
Service modes, Repair tips
Block diagrams, Waveforms
VR120
6.
57
6. Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.1
Block diagram Video
SDA 5650
SDA 5652
Interconnections:
AF page 73
AL page 72
TDA9817
TDA9818
AIO1 page 66
AIO2 page 65
DE page 67
FM ST page 70
FM NIC-page 71
FV page 69
FOME page 78
I/O page 77
PS page 64
VPO page 76
VS page 75
VS_S page 74
Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.2
VR120
6.
Block diagram Audio Mono
58
Engineer's remarks:
Interconnections:
AF page 73
AL page 72
AIO1 page 66
AIO2 page 65
DE page 67
ADJ.
FM ST page 70
FM NIC-page 71
FV page 69
FOME page 78
I/O page 77
PS page 64
VPO page 76
VS page 75
VS_S page 74
Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.3
VR120
6.
59
Block diagram Audio Stereo
Interconnections:
AF page 73
AL page 72
AIO1 page 66
AIO2 page 65
DE page 67
FM ST page 70
FM NIC-page 71
FV page 69
FOME page 78
I/O page 77
PS page 64
VPO page 76
VS page 75
VS_S page 74
Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.4
VR120
6.
60
Supply voltages and Bus diagram
o
1941
SAT MOUSE
M63100BFP
Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.5
VR120
6.
61
Supply voltages and Bus diagram
Engineer's remarks:
Interconnections:
AF page 73
AL page 72
AIO1 page 66
AIO2 page 65
DE page 67
FM ST page 70
FM NIC-page 71
FV page 69
FOME page 78
I/O page 77
PS page 64
VPO page 76
VS page 75
VS_S page 74
Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.6
VR120
6.
62
Block diagram Central Control (AIO1, AIO2)
AC3P1 - xU
AC3P7 - xU
AC3B1 - xU
not used for M63100BFP
Interconnections:
AF page 73
AL page 72
AIO1 page 66
AIO2 page 65
DE page 67
FM ST page 70
FM NIC-page 71
FV page 69
FOME page 78
I/O page 77
PS page 64
VPO page 76
VS page 75
OPTION
VS_S page 74
Block diagrams, Waveforms
6.7
VR120
6.
63
Waveforms
PLAY
01
REC
11
OSD
20
0V
REC
34
0V
REC
46
0V
REC
56
REC
65
0V
REC
77
REC
86
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 10us/Div
T 7302 GATE
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7761 PIN30,31 AFL,AFR
PLAY
02
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7502 PIN17
REC
12
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 500us/Div
SCART 2 PIN1/3
OSD
21
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 10ms/Div
TP 9802 SYNC
E1
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20us/Div
IC7899-B PIN34 CAP_DIG
35
REC
47
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7704-A PIN76 AIN1
REC
57
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7072 PIN27 CSYNC
PLAY
70
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 10ms/Div
IC 7004-C PIN54
ETOE
78
REC
87
0V
0V
0V
A: DC, 100mV/Div, 10us/Div
IC 7303 PIN2
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7650 PIN6 - 9
PLAY
0V
0V
0V
03
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7502 PIN15 VOUT
REC
13
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 500us/Div
T7906 EMITTER AIN1
OSD
A: DC, 500mV/Div, 10ms/Div
TP9803 HP1
E2
22
36
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20us/Div
CON 1946 PIN6 CAP
REC
0V
0V
49
0V
A: AC, 50mV/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7004-B PIN94 ENVC
REC
58
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7004-B PIN29 VSB PAL
PLAY
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 1us/Div
T 7002 EMITTER FMPV
ETOE 78
71
REC
88
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
0V
A: DC, 10 V/Div, 10us/Div
TRAFO5301 PIN5
0V
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7650 PIN16,17 AOUT1
REC
05
REC
14
0V
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 500us/Div
T7905 EMITTER AIN2
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7502 PIN18 VSB
OSD
23
PLAY
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 10us/Div
IC 7899-B PIN35 DRUM_DIG
40
REC
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 500us/Div
CON 1946 PIN 4 FG
50
0V
0V
REC
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7004-B PIN29 VSB SECAM
A: DC, 500mV/Div, 20ms/Div
IC 7004-B PIN10 CROT/MTA
59
REC
MUTE 71
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 5ms/Div
T 7073 EMITTER (PAL)CSRP
79
0V
REC
88
2V
0V
0V
0V
A: DC, 500mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 1701 PIN17
A: AC, 1 V/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7650 PIN19,20 AOUT2
REC
06
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 200ns/Div
IC 7502 PIN3 2FSC
REC
15
OSD
A: DC, 5 V/Div, 5ms/Div
T 7804 COLLECTOR LED
24
0V
2V
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 200us/Div
IC 7463 PIN11 DRUM
PLAY
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 500ms/Div
T 7465 COLLECTOR WTL
41
0V
REC
51
0V
0V
REC
60
PLAY
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 5ms/Div
T 7703 EMITTER (SECAM L)
A: DC, 500mV/Div, 20us/Div
C 2075,2036 VREC
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20ms/Div
IC 7004-B PIN10 CROT/MTA
73
REC
81
0V
REC
0V
0V
0V
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7650 PIN15 AMCO
A: DC, 500mV/Div, 20us/Div
T7704 EMITTER VFV
REC
07
PLAY
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 5ms/Div
IC 7502 PIN9 OFP
16
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 5ms/Div
T 7462 COLLECTOR TAS
REC
30
0V
A: AC, 5 V/Div, 2ms/Div
CON 1948 PIN 1-3
PLAY
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 20ms/Div
IC 7463 PIN3 CTL1
42
0V
REC
52
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 20us/Div
T 7003 EMITTER
REC
61
0V
0V
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7704-B PIN38 VBS
REC
0V
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 500ns/Div
T7005 EMITTER FSC
REC
73
82
0V
0V
0V
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7705 PIN8 AFV MONO
A: AC, 50mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7650 PIN35,37 AH1/2
REC
08
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7904 PIN2 VIN1
REC
17
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 5ms/Div
T 7461 COLLECTOR TAE
REC
31
0V
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 10ms/Div
CON 1948 PIN 5 PG
LOAD
43
0V
A: DC, 10 V/Div, 5us/Div
R 3625 BIAS
REC
53
0V
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7004-C PIN45
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
T 7003 EMITTER
PLAY
62
0V
REC
74
0V
REC
83
0V
0V
0V
A: DC, 500mV/Div, 2us/Div
IC 7705 PIN12 SIF2
A: AC, 50mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7650 PIN36 AHC
ETOE
09
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
SCART1 PIN19
REC
18
0V
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
TUNER 1701 PIN1 VMOD
REC
10
32
0V
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7650 PIN21 AMLR
ETOE
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7899-B PIN33 THIO
PLAY
0V
LOAD
44
0V
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
SCART2 PIN19
19
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 1ms/Div
IC 7463 PIN6 PG/FG
LOAD
0V
33
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 200us/Div
IC 7650 PIN22 AMLP
REC
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 20ms/Div
T 7466 COLLECTOR FTA
REC
A: AC, 200mV/Div, 20us/Div
T 7008 EMITTER
45
FAST
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7004-A PIN80 AFV
REC
55
75
REC
REC
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20ms/Div
IC 7004-B PIN25 HSC
64
0V
A: AC, 50mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7004-C PIN52
PLAY
76
REC
0V
A: 6C, 100mV/Div, 500us/Div
IC 7004-A PIN78 AIN2
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 10ms/Div
IC 7004-B PIN26 FFP
85
0V
0V
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 200ms/Div
T 7464 COLLECTOR WTR
84
0V
0V
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20us/Div
T 7809 COLLECTOR CSYNC
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7004-C PIN46
0V
0V
A: DC, 200mV/Div, 500us/Div
SCART 1 PIN1/3
63
0V
0V
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 500us/Div
TUNER 1701 PIN3 AMCO
54
0V
A: DC, 2 V/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7463 PIN25 THIO
REC
A: AC, 500mV/Div, 1ms/Div
IC 7004-A PIN96 AMLP
A: AC, 100mV/Div, 20us/Div
IC 7004-C PIN51
89
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.
VR120
7.
64
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.1
Power supply (PS)
0040 B5
1300 G2
1301 H3
1302 H5
1304 E14
1306 G12
1308 E10
1309 A13
2300 A10
2301 C11
2302 C7
2303 C6
2304 C8
2305 C10
2306 C13
2307 D10
2308 D7
2309 E11
2310 F5
2311 F10
2312 G10
2313 G11
2314 G13
2315 G10
2316 H4
2317 H9
2318 H7
2319 A14
1
2325 G10
2327 B12
2328 F9
3300 A11
3301 B12
3302 A10
3303 A10
3304 H5
3305 G4
3306 B11
3307 C10
3308 C5
3309 C7
3310 C11
2
3311 C12
3312 D4
3314 E6
3315 D8
3316 E10
3318 F4
3319 G9
3320 G13
3321 G13
3322 D5
3324 I8
3325 I9
3326 H5
3327 B12
3328 A12
3329 A12
3330 B12
3331 E6
3332 B13
3333 C12
3334 E8
3
3336 B11
3343 C14
3344 D14
3345 D15
3347 D4
3350 E13
3351 F12
5301 B8
5302 C12
5303 D12
5304 G11
5305 H5
5306 E12
5307 E11
3352 F12
3353 F13
4302 B14
4303 A14
4305 E13
5009 E8
5300 C7
4
5308 C10
6300 C11
6301 C10
6302 D7
6303 D10
6304 D7
6305 E7
6306 E10
6307 E6
6308 E10
6309 G10
6310 G6
6311 G7
6312 H6
5
7303 A3
7304 D11
7305 D13
7306 G12
7307 G13
7308 A12
7309 B12
6313 H7
6315 B11
6316 B12
6317 B13
7300 A9
7301 B10
7302 C7
6
7310 D15
7315 D14
7316 C14
7350 E13
7351 F12
9000 H1
9001 H1
9002 H1
9003 H1
9004 H1
9005 I1
9006 I1
9007 I1
9301 G14
7
C300 G14
C301 I5
C303 I5
C304 I6
F300 G4
F301 C5
F302 C5
F303 C6
F304 C6
F305 C7
F306 C8
F307 C9
F308 C9
F309 D10
8
F310 A8
F311 A9
F312 A9
F313 C10
F314 C10
F315 C14
F316 C15
F317 C11
F318 C11
F319 C12
F320 C13
F321 C14
F322 D11
F323 D11
9
F342 E6
F343 A15
F344 F3
F345 F4
F346 F4
F347 F5
F348 G2
F331 E9
F332 E11
F333 F13
F338 D8
F339 D6
F340 E5
F341 A15
F324 E12
F325 E13
F326 E9
F327 E10
F328 E10
F329 E10
F330 E10
10
F356 G6
F357 G5
F358 H8
F359 I8
F360 I9
F361 H9
F362 G9
F349 G3
F350 H2
F351 H3
F352 H3
F353 H4
F354 H5
F355 H6
F363 G9
F364 G10
F365 G10
F366 G10
F367 E8
F368 G11
F369 G11
11
F377 A12
F378 B15
F379 G3
F380 H6
F381 G9
F382 E11
F385 E10
F370 G13
F371 G13
F372 G14
F373 F14
F374 F13
F375 F13
F376 E14
12
F386 E10
F387 A13
F388 A13
F389 A12
F390 E15
F391 E14
I301 C7
13
I321 D15
I326 H5
I327 F13
I328 F13
I329 E14
I343 D6
I344 I5
I314 A12
I315 B11
I316 B12
I317 B13
I318 F12
I319 C14
I320 D14
I302 A10
I303 A10
I304 A11
I307 C11
I308 C12
I309 E7
I310 G13
14
15
4
F311
10u
2319
6317
MCL4148
3327
1K8
100n
2327
3343
100K
F321
F322 F323
3345
0.2V
7315
BC847BW
330n
0.7V
D
I321
I320 3344
7305
BC847BW
5303
47K
CSW
22K
3310
2K2
2301
330u
14.1V
220n
7310
PDTC124EU
F324 F325
47u
3352
100K
7350
BC337-25
7351
-9.9V
BC857BW 5.2V
I318
I327
I328 3353
4.6V
10K
5.2V
-14.1V
F
F373
4K7
F333
100n
2328
5V_STBY
3350
2309
2311
12
F332 F382
-10.7V
1.25A
PSC
BYD33D
F347
F391
F329
F330
1308
E
HEHI
10K
6308
3
F
F376 F390
125mA MP
4305 -10.8V
3351
13 F331
5
9_14VM2
1304
-10.6V
5V_STBY
F367
not used
22u
I329
5307
22R
NFR25
F385
F386
5009
3316
18VNEG
120R
F342
BAV21
2310
I319
I308 2306
220R
BD438
7304
25V / ZL-Type
3315
1N4003
22K
6306
50V / ZL-Type
F346
3311
220R
7316
BC857BW
0u33
14 F326
F340
F345
3333
I307
C
14.7V
14.8V
5306
BYD33D
F344
10u
0V
3334
3318
F315 F316
F319 F320
5302
15
E
6307
14AL
0.7V
1
F327
F328
1R5
1R5
3314
3331
2
F378
4302
F309 6303
1N4003
1R
1R
for & lt; 1Watt 3K9 1% and 470R
6305 I309 6304
2308
F339
47n
I343
3347
B
I317
3332
14VM1
16V / ZL-Type
47p
2304
I301
SBYV27-200
BYT42M
3312
8.5V
150K not used
F317 F318
6301
16 F308
F338
D
7309
BC847BW
33V
47u
7
6302
3322
NC
9VASW
470R
6300
BYD33J
22R
NFR25
BYT42M
5.1V
CTRL 3
3307 F313 F314 5308
17 F307
33R
3309
3n3
1
4
4K7
ISENSE
2303
200 µA
47p
100R
GND
F306
100MHZ
10u
F305 5300
3308 F303 F304
F302
2307
7302
2SK2750
0.8V
5 F301
4303
3301
2302
DRIVER
200 µA
18.2V
2
1%
2
12.3V
9V
I316
BZX79-B3V9
6315
18
6316
I315
3
t
C
100n
BZX79-B4V7
3
10K
A
F343
I314
33K 1%
7301
TL431
5301
CT283D3
1
F341
3329
47K
4K7 1%
3336
270R
6
B
9.4V
F312 3302 I302 3303 I303 2300
3306
VCC
4K7
3300
2
3
F310
200 µA
F388
T100mA
19372
F389
13V
3330
DEMAG
F387 1309
9VA
33R
I304
7300
TCET1101G
100u
VI
1
10V / ZL-Type
1
8
4
2305
294V
7308
F377 BC327-25
3328
470R
7303
MC44608
A
HELO
F374 F375
1K
5V_STBY
F371 F370
G
5305
1301
T1,25AL
F353
F354
F380
18u
6313
6312
220R
DSP
9301
100n
5VA
G
3320
5V_1WSTBY
13.6V
330K
PDTC124EU
7307
F372
STBY
0V
F361
2n2
1302 I326 3326
2318
W1
I310
C300
1N4006GP
1N4006GP
H
2317
F355
100n
2316
F358
HF2022R
5VD
7306
BSH103
or SI2306DS
6311
6310
F350 F351
10n
1306
1.6A
PSC
1N4006GP
F356 1N4006GP
Mains
plug
10n
F365
10 F362
6
F369
3321
W2
2325
4R7
F357
F348 F349
2315
1m0
3319 F364
1300
2313
10u
2314
5304 F368
SB360 L
220K
F381 F363 6309 F366
6V3 / ZL-Type
11
560u
F300
3305
220K
2312
F379
H
* DISCHARGE POS 2318
BEFORE REPAIRING !
3304
F352
not used
V
I
DO NOT OPERATE WITHOUT CASE
..
OSCILLOGRAMS
C304
3324
3M3
I344
HOT CIRCUIT , BE CAREFUL AND USE AN
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER WHEN SERVICING
C303
C301
SIOV-S05K420GAS3
CAUTION : LETHAL POTENTIALS AT PRIMARY
GND
GNDD
GNDM1
F359
F360
3325
3M3
GNDLED
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
PS-8920-12
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
I
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.
65
Display control (AIO2)
F171
5
VPS/PDC
END PROG.
6
START
DATE
7
8
5V_1WSTBY
W D
DEC
45 44
9
LP
0005
DISPLAY HOLDER
18K
3171
100n
2184
HELO
7170
25U39143SAN
not used
BZX79-B4V7
470R
6172
3170
18VNEG
A
4
3
A
NC
41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5
2 1
5V_1WSTBY
GNDD
GNDD
5V_STBY
18VNEG
F2F1-
2
P16
P15
P14
P13
P12
P11
P10
P9
P8
P7
P6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1
1G
2G
3G
4G
5G
6G
7G
1
F2+
F1+
7.2
VR120
18VNEG
5V_STBY
F170
HEHI
B
B
5V_1WSTBY
5V_1WSTBY
AT-49
16M
47u
2182
220u
D
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
3175
22p
C170
10K
I195
22p
2178
I194
2177
15p
2176
I193
BAT85
F177
GNDD
2172
1R
220m
64
3173
72
2174 I198
ADGND
DGND
X2
X1
74
1171 2V
GNDD
18p
3174
STBY
73
2V
DT-38
32K768
47K
7173
PDTC124EU
77
1170 1.8V
10u
65 5.2V
2171
78
2.2V
Clock Adj.
71
5.2V
PB0|XT1
PB1|XT2
CLK
IRESET
76
I192
79
F174
80
2175
81
470n
I168 2183
D
TEST1
IRR
TEST2
TEST3
ADREF
C
5170
75 4.8V
100n
ITEST
F175
31 4.8V
2173
DVCC
100n
7899-A
TMP93CT76F
100n
AGC PIN
-17.8V
30
2181
PD0|G8
PC7|G7
29
VKK
GNDD
6171
18VNEG
28
PD1|G9
I199
F176
I190
27
PC6|G6
26
PC5|G5
25
PC4|G4
24
PC3|G3
23
I189
I188
I187
I186
PC1|G1
22
PC2|G2
I184
I185
21
PC0|G0
20
PF5|S13
19
PF4|S12
18
PF3|S11
17
I183
I182
I180
I181
16
PF2|S10
I179
15
PF1|S9
I178
14
PE7|S7
13
PF0|S8
I176
I177
12
PE5|S5
11
PE6|S6
I175
I174
10
PE4|S4
I173
9
PE3|S3
I171
I172
8
F173
DEM
INP
7
PE2|S2
3
BAND
PASS
6
PE1|S1
CTRL
CIRCUIT
1R
47u
GNDD
IR-Receiver
2
1
3176 I167
C
2170
F172
I170
6170
TSOP2236
PE0|S0
3172
220R
5V_1WSTBY
GNDD
5V_1WSTBY
5V_1WSTBY
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
GNDKEY
4.8V
I197
7172
PDTC124EU
2179
IPOR
470n
..
0E
470E
1K2
2K2
3K9
5K6
8K2
12K
2180
10K
18K
27K
47K
100K
E
I196
10n
E
GNDD
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
GNDD
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
F
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
AIO2 8920-4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
F
0005 A3
1170 D5
1171 D6
2170 C1
2171 D7
2172 D9
2173 D8
2174 D8
2175 E5
2176 E5
2177 E5
2178 E6
2179 E9
2180 F7
2181 D7
2182 D9
2183 D1
2184 A2
3170 A2
3171 A2
3172 C1
3173 D8
3174 E4
3175 E7
3176 D1
5170 C9
6170 C2
6171 C9
6172 A2
7170 A3
7172 E8
7173 E1
7899-A C5
C170 E7
F170 B3
F171 A1
F172 C1
F173 E7
F174 D4
F175 C8
F176 C6
F177 C9
I167 C1
I168 D1
I170 C3
I171 C3
I172 C3
I173 C3
I174 C3
I175 C4
I176 C4
I177 C4
I178 C4
I179 C4
I180 C4
I181 C4
I182 C5
I183 C5
I184 C5
I185 C5
I186 C5
I187 C5
I188 C5
I189 C6
I190 C6
I192 D5
I193 D5
I194 D5
I195 D6
I196 E7
I197 E8
I198 D8
I199 C6
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
66
I861
10K
I860
4.8V
97
98
TMO
3849
470R
I853
99
STBY
470R
3854
100
I851
22K
3827
3799
1K
10K
1
I871
3798
1K
2
I873
71
P80|CTLIN
P97|TPG11
P24
P96|TO1|TPG10
P95|HA
32
33
5.1V
34
2.7V
35
1.4V
36
4.8V
P94|CR
P93|TPG03
P92|TP1
41
15K
I836
39
1.4V
38
2
5
6
7
100n
2810
1u
2811
3852
2K2
3851
GNDD
F826
18K
SATCO
5VD
GNDD
GNDD GNDD
GNDD
GNDD
5.2V
PDTA124EU
7809
4R7
3802
47K
6805 I848
GNDD
I864 3883
CSYNC
22K
0.3V
GNDD
I
GND
9
I868
2K2
3803
100u
2809
BZX284-C6V8
6803
6802
GND
H
GNDD
F824
1
8
7807
BC847BW
1N4148
I863
1K5
7812
BC327-40
F823
2
24
0.1V
I869
0.7V
GNDD
YKB21-5130
G
7808
BC847BW
4.6V
47
46
GNDD
5VD
45
GND
4
IPOR
SDA_VS
1K
HP1
I866
I838
1K
F815
F816
F818
33p
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
3
10K
18K
3870
3897
for VPO only
3829
GNDD
F825
3796
HSC
OFP
GNDD
3828
3865
I837
40
F
F814
W_R
1941
DRUM
GNDD
470u
3863
I835
42
for Satmouse only
CAP
*
2K2
3000
SYNC
I834
3
GNDFOME
THIO
*
OSCILLOGRAMS
RMHI
*
..
FFP
68K
3895
68K
3894
68K
2812
1
GNDD
F813
1K
0E
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
2K2
TAE
3861
470R
43
BZX284-C6V8
/
I817
I815
3859
F812
IRR
GNDD
3893
68K
3892
......... for Shuttle only
F018
3825
F811
PG_FG
I833
44
2K2
10K
3898
* 1K2
3821
10n
CREV
I832
3858
2816
10K
3889
22K
3888
22K
3887
3884
3K9
3886
GND
3V
45
3856
I831
4K7
F8201
*
+ ......... for Keyprint only
*
5V
46
5VD
1
I
I830
47
3891
F829
E
FGD
470R
48
F8202
2
ENVC
F809
HP2
F8203
3
3853
18K
3885
F8204
4
I829
100R
+
5
2.6V
49
2K2
I867
49
I839
I840
I841
56
4K7
GND
10K
5VD
3896
6 F8205
I828
SCL
SDA
3879
3881
I852
BC847BW
3850
0.7V
50
AGC
3878
I842
3855
+
I827
not used
2K2
keyprint
1K
0E
3880
keyprint
1.3V
51
3873
GNDD
5VD
+ 7811
3848
37
43
7
2807
P81|DFGIN
GNDD
P47|AIN9
P82|RMTIN
P23
1.3V
5 P27
100R
I812
I810
F800
I811
P83|EXT|TO1
P22
10K
3871
1802
GNDD
I808
P21
1K
8 F8207
not used
TAS
3820
470R
10K
3819
470R
3817
3816
P20
1.4V
3 P25
1.4V
4 P26
I872
3797
P84|DPGIN
AC3P1-xU
AC3P7-xU
AC3B1-xU
P17
0V
I870
1K
5VD
P16
100R
10K
3832
3834
I826
53
3826
10K
F820
P85|CFGIN
4.9V
52
2n2
F821
VISS
P15
10K
2805
MTA_CROT
96
3844
1K
95
8K2
3846
3872
F822
MTA
8SC1
I824
I825
4.8V
54
10n
3857
3842
I865
2K2
CSW
KEY_IN
I823
4V
55
D
10K
10K
I854
P87|COMPIN
P86|CSYNCIN
AFC
10K
TRIA_ALM
5.2V
56
9803
3847
47K
P14
C
3837
3833
2806
F817
Central
Control-µP
P13
I818
I877
5.2V
94
P73|SDA0
I820
9802
I845
3864
P12
0.6V
58
I876
1K
1K
INIT
P74|SCL0
68p
2815
1N4148
F819
FOME
P11
GNDDE
59
1.6V
57
3899
5.1V
93
P75|AIN0|SDA1
7899-B
GNDDE
8SC2
10K
3840
I858
IREV
P10
B
GNDDE
68p
3890
10K
4.8V
92
P76|AIN1|SCL1
4
2814
10n
I859
P40|AIN2
P07
I850
1
10K
not used
2K2
90
P06
REF
8K2
4K7
4.4V
91
P41|AIN3
3835
I822
2804
I862
P05
CT
TRIV
3876
I847
3831
P42|AIN4
RESIN_
3
GND
3839
4K7
1K
4K7
P43|AIN5
P04
I821
10n
3860
CSI
3836
SENSORHOLDER
I819
61
4.6V
60
A
5
GNDDE
0020
GNDD
3875
88
4.8V
89
P45|AIN7
2.7V
62
not used
I855
SB1
SFS
P03
P46|AIN8
2808
3845
GNDDE
6
I816
GNDD
18K
1K
4.8V
87
PSS
I879
GNDD
3874
I857
86
VSS
47K
47K
P91|TPG01|VASWP
1K
WC_
RESET
SENSE RESETQ_
2
I849
5V_1WSTBY
3823
P44|AIN6
P90|TP0|TPG00
3841
85
PWM1
3843
I856
5
GNDD
MTA_CROT
I843
PWM0
1K
P50|INT4|TI3|TI5|SI
I844
P02
PA3|PWM2
3866
P01
SDA
SCL
4
7461
S298P
7802
BC847BW
VS
7
E1
4.6V
63
66
P51|INT3|TI2|TI4|SO
84
P52|INT2|TI1|TI0|SCK
5.2V
83
P53|INT1
I846
P00
4.7V
67
GNDDE
5007
I814
F808
F807
F806
F805
10K
4.8V
82
RM
0.9V
68
69
P54|INT0
3862
0.9V
70
PA0|PWM3|PV|PH
GNDD
I807
I806
3824
4.6V
10K
BC857BW
7803
*+
4.6V
8
VCC
5.1V
3822
GNDD
1K
F8208
GNDD
7
100n
E2
1K
7810
TL7705
8
E0
10K
GNDD
3869
3868
7801
BC847BW
5.2V
7462
S298P
F810
4.9V
GNDLED
F
470R
for & lt; 100sec only
10K
3867
33K
3815
3814
220R
5V_1WSTBY
for & lt; 1W only
5V_1WSTBY
100R
FTAD
IPOR
WTRD
WTLD
I874
9804
2802
220p
I804
4.6V
5VD
8SC1L
H
3
6
SENSORHOLDER
5.1V
8SC1M
* 1982
2
56K
5.2V
100K
220R
3830
I809
I805
for 16_9 only
+
1
3806
3838
G
42
0022
3804
47K
E
5VD
41
6K8
I878 3882
I803
GNDLED
D
5VD
GNDD
13
3877
3818
1801
I801
12.3V
7804
BC337-25
10K
I802 3812
0021
5V_1WSTBY
3813
3811
330R
3810
330R
330R
3809
5VD
SENSORHOLDER
C
2801
10R
6460
for TAE / TAS
40
I813
3807
7800
BC847BW
F828
V298PB
F827
12
2800
6804
F802
3808
330R
220u
2803
F804
11
7818
M24C08
for Tapelist .... M24C16
47K
F803
GNDLED
14VM1
5VD
10
5V_1WSTBY
BAT85
5V_1WSTBY
9
5V_1WSTBY
6801
3805
A
8
7
2n2
14VM1
6
27K
5VD
3801
5V_1WSTBY
5
4
10R
3800
14VM1
3
not used
2
10SC12
1
B
7.
Central control (AIO1)
820R
7.3
VR120
GNDD
GND
10
GND
AIO1 8920-2
11
12
13
0020 B10
0021 B1
0022 A8
0030 I13
0031 I13
0060 H12
0061 I12
0062 I12
1801 C4
1802 G1
1941 I8
1982 H1
2800 A11
2801 A3
2802 A5
2803 B1
2804 G10
2805 H13
2806 I11
2807 B8
2808 G9
2809 I10
2810 B13
2811 B12
2812 I6
2814 C12
2815 C12
2816 H7
3000 B11
3796 F12
3797 F5
3798 F5
3799 F5
3800 A1
3801 A4
3802 H10
3803 I10
3804 A8
3805 A1
3806 A9
3807 A4
3808 B1
3809 B1
3810 B1
3811 B2
3812 B2
3813 B2
3814 B3
3815 B3
3816 B6
3817 B6
3818 A4
3819 B7
3820 B7
3821 B11
3822 B8
3823 B9
3824 C5
3825 C10
3826 H13
3827 F5
3828 C11
3829 I7
3830 C1
3831 D5
3832 E5
3833 D10
3834 E5
3835 C10
3836 E3
3837 D10
3838 C5
3839 C10
3840 E5
3841 D5
3842 D10
3843 D5
3844 D10
3845 D5
3846 D10
3847 E5
3848 E10
3849 F5
3850 E10
3851 C12
3852 C12
3853 E10
3854 F5
3855 H2
3856 E10
3857 E5
3858 E10
3859 F10
3860 D5
3861 F10
3862 C5
3863 F10
3864 E5
3865 F10
3866 D5
3867 B4
3868 F1
3869 D5
3870 F10
3871 G5
3872 G12
3873 G8
3874 G8
3875 G9
3876 G10
3877 A13
3878 G8
3879 H12
3880 H1
3881 H5
3882 C5
3883 H13
3884 H6
3885 H2
3886 H6
3887 H6
3888 H7
3889 H7
3890 G10
3891 H8
3892 I1
3893 I2
3894 I2
3895 I2
3896 H6
3897 H9
3898 I9
3899 G11
5007 C11
6460 B1
6801 A4
6802 I9
6803 I9
6804 H10
6805 I10
7461 B10
7462 B9
7800 B3
7801 B8
7802 B9
7803 C2
7804 C1
7807 H12
7808 G13
7809 G12
7810 A12
7811 H2
7812 I10
7818 A10
7899-B E7
9802 G11
9803 G12
9804 A6
F018 C11
F800 C7
F802 A1
F803 A1
F804 A1
F805 A6
F806 A6
F807 A7
F808 A7
F809 E12
F810 B4
F811 E12
F812 F12
F813 F12
F814 F12
F815 I7
F816 I7
F817 E3
F818 I6
F819 E1
F820 E2
F8201 I1
F8202 I1
F8203 I1
F8204 H1
F8205 H1
F8207 H1
F8208 H1
F821 E2
F822 E5
F823 I9
F824 I9
F825 F12
F826 F12
F827 B1
F828 B1
F829 H2
I801 C1
I802 B2
I803 C1
I804 B3
I805 B3
I806 C5
I807 C6
I808 C6
I809 C1
I810 C7
I811 C7
I812 C7
I813 A4
I814 A8
I815 B9
I816 B10
I817 B11
I818 D8
I819 C8
I820 D8
I821 C8
I822 C8
I823 D8
I824 D8
I825 D8
I826 E8
I827 E8
I828 E8
I829 E8
I830 E8
I831 E8
I832 F8
I833 F8
I834 F8
I835 F8
I836 F8
I837 F8
I838 G7
I839 G7
I840 G7
I841 G6
I842 G6
I843 D5
I844 D5
I845 E5
I846 C5
I847 D5
I848 I10
I849 A12
I850 A13
I851 F5
I852 H2
I853 F5
I854 E5
I855 D5
I856 D5
I857 D5
I858 E5
I859 E5
I860 E5
I861 E5
I862 D5
I863 I10
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
I864 H13
I865 H12
I866 G8
I867 G7
I868 I10
I869 G13
I870 F5
I871 F5
I872 F5
I873 F5
I874 A6
I876 G11
I877 G11
I878 C5
I879 D1
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.
67
Deck control (DE)
6
7
14VM1
2 7VF4801
9401
2461
2R2
3464
32
5
1
41
4.8
470K
Threading Motor connector
to Threading Motor
2491
100n
100n
1R
3467
2474
10n
82K
I487
D
3471
4K7
4n7
60
CTL2
5VS1
GNDS
2M2
E
100u
59
3486
1.1V
I486
6
F4607
7
CREV
Interconnections:
1 7465
TCRT5000L
AIO1 page 66
AIO2 page 65
DE page 67
FM ST page 70
0007
FM NIC-page 71
for & lt; 100sec only
for & lt; 1W
FOME page 78
REELTABLE TACHO HOLDER
3550
C460
C462
I/O page 77
PS page 64
0008
VISS
FGD
WTLD
for & lt; 1W or fome
WTRD
6
FTAD
2.4V
10K
..
GNDDE
GND
GNDS
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
for & lt; 1W or fome
HOLDER FOR TCST1030+
TCRT5000L
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
VPO page 76
I
VS page 75
VS_S page 74
DE 8920-5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
H
FV page 69
1
7530-B
LM339D
1
G
AL page 72
GNDDE GNDDE GNDDE
9423
8
GNDM1 GNDDE
2483
10n
delete for & lt; 1W
4460
3548
390K
7
I
3547
10K
for & lt; 1W
18K
I489
F4606
14.4V
2
1.1V
4
5V_1WSTBY
3551
for & lt; 1W or fome
10K
3549
H
2.6V
F
AF page 73
3
I480
10K
5V_1WSTBY
5
57
I481 390R
GNDDE
5VD
33K
3480
GNDDE GNDDE
3481
5VD
G
F4605
100u
GNDDE
10n
4
F4604 4
5.2V
FG
2487
4n7
10K
1
2.5V
5VD
2486
2
1946
2
F4603 3
3484
I477
3
4K7
100n
CAP
1.1V
F4602
9_14VM2
2485 I471 3485
33K
3482
GNDS
55
2484
7464
TCRT5000L
GNDDE GNDDE
3489
3
GNDS
GNDDE
GNDS
I479 390R
1
5VD
2
I485
7466
TCST1030
5VD
4
F4601 1
CAPSTAN
58
GNDM1
100n
470K
2482
18K
W_R
3483
F471
47u
2489
2481
I472
I473
I474
I475
I488
5K6
3473
3475
I478
3472
330R
SYNC
54
C
CTL1
delete for & lt; 1W
F
3
4664
I470 3470
220R
40
GNDDE
2
4K7
2.6
I468
2.6V
3469
270K
4
2.6
3479
270K
CAPREV
GND2
35
2.6
3
1969
1
STBY
2n2
30
100K
5V_1WSTBY
E
VREF2
C4IN
C4OUT
37
3478
2478
2480
31
3477
2
F4703
100u
3474
38
C3IN
C3OUT
C2IN
C2OUT
33
5.1
3476
1947
1
2490
STBY 26
CTLFB 2
C1IN
C1OUT
GND1
5.2
F4701
I467
WRITE
AMPL
39
34
36
3468
13.8V
CTLI|O 3
GNDDE
3488
22k
3k9
10k
BIN 25
3V
B 24
AMPLIFIER
FILTER
DETECTOR
GNDDE
13.8V
A 22
TSD
FG CIRCUIT
44
GNDDE
CTL
B
THIO
RS2
AIN
VP2
23
100n
2469
21
27
IPOR
GNDDE
9_14VM2
F468
14.4V
V/V
CONV
POWER ON/
POWER OFF
DETECTOR
delete for & lt; 1Watt
22n
2459
100n
10
220R
5V_1WSTBY
2463
220u
11
VCTL
MGND
RS1
15
GND4
17
9
4.7V
F469
F465 F464
100n
2464
I466
F463 F462
1V
47K
4.7V28
5VD
GNDM1
2479
POFCAP
5V_1WSTBY
5VS
TMO
GNDDE
0.4V
FLT
MOT3
MOT2
MOT1
CIN
STARTER
50
GNDM1
VCC2
2.4V29
I482
3459
BACK
-EMF
DET
PULS
GEN
33n
IPOR
16
9_14VM2
A
5VS1
S-GND
I483
18
6 FGPGOUT FG/PG
OUT
5.2V 42
2477
19
5VD
5V_1WSTBY
DRUM
CTLDATA
GNDS
20
10
C461
GNDM1
W|RIN
100p
GNDDE
GNDS
10u
2488
100n
2476
F470
7V
GNDM1
22k
2.9V
PG_FG
5VS
7V
GNDM1
47k
2475
8 PGIN
22n
7V
CSOFT
COMMUTATION
GNDDE
2472
GNDDE
100n
2471
2470
100u
GNDDE
GNDDE
GND3
OSC
12 VCC1
14.4V
7
13
5.2V
I462
D
14
7463
M63100BFP
2.4V
VP1
2.2V
120DEG SW
MATRIX
GNDDE
5n6
220K
GNDM1
5VS1
53
I463
47n
2467
47n
2466
47n
2465
470R
3466
I461
GNDM1
3490
5VS1
I464 2468 I465
0R47
1 7V
C
2462
3465
GNDDE
5V_STBY
F467
0u33
3 7VF4802
GNDM1
F466
5460
9
100u
F461
4 7VF4803
B
8
GNDDE
22K
GNDDE
3460
GNDDE
2493
2492
3463
470R
51
3462
5
470R
52
3461
F4805
Mot. Adj.
GNDDE
6
I484
5
2473
4
GNDDE
1948
A
3
150p
2
2460
1
470R
7.4
VR120
8
9
10
0007 H8
0008 I8
0011 H9
1946 F10
1947 C10
1948 A1
1969 H8
2459 D1
2460 A4
2461 A7
2462 A6
2463 A7
2464 B5
2465 B2
2466 B2
2467 B3
2468 B4
2469 B8
2470 C1
2471 C2
2472 C2
2473 C8
2474 C9
2475 C2
2476 D1
2477 D2
2478 D9
2479 D8
2480 E9
2481 E6
2482 E7
2483 H7
2484 G3
2485 F8
2486 F8
2487 G9
2488 D2
2489 E6
2490 C9
2491 C9
2492 A3
2493 A3
3459 D2
3460 A4
3461 A2
3462 A2
3463 A3
3464 A7
3465 A6
3466 B1
3467 C8
3468 C8
3469 E9
3470 D8
3471 D9
3472 E1
3473 E1
3474 E8
3475 E3
3476 E4
3477 E4
3478 E5
3479 E6
3480 G8
3481 G7
3482 F3
3483 E7
3484 F3
3485 F9
3486 G7
3488 B9
3489 F2
3490 B3
3547 H3
3548 H3
3549 H2
3550 I1
3551 H2
4460 H4
4664 D9
5460 A7
7463 B3
7464 G2
7465 H8
7466 F1
7530-B I3
9401 A8
9423 H3
C460 I7
C461 A8
C462 I7
F4601 F10
F4602 F9
F4603 F10
F4604 F10
F4605 F9
F4606 F9
F4607 F9
F461 A5
F462 B6
F463 B6
F464 B6
F465 B6
F466 A7
F467 A8
F468 B7
F469 B7
F470 D2
F4701 C10
F4703 C10
F471 E6
F4801 B1
F4802 A1
F4803 A1
F4805 A1
I028 H8
I029 H8
I030 H8
I461 B1
I462 C2
I463 B4
I464 B4
I465 B4
I466 B5
I467 C9
I468 D8
I470 D8
I471 F8
I472 E6
I473 E5
I474 E4
I475 E4
I477 F3
I478 E1
I479 F2
I480 G7
I481 G8
I482 D3
I483 D3
I484 A2
I485 F2
I486 H1
I487 D9
I488 E4
I489 H2
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.5
VR120
7.
68
Variant List Frontend (FV)
PAL BG
PAL I
UHF only
PAL I fullband
PAL, BG/I,
SEC L/L’
PAL, SEC
BG/I/DK
PAL, SEC,
BG/DK
PAL,SEC DK PAL, BG/I/DK,
(K1)
SEC L/L’
PAL BG
PAL I fullband
PAL BG
PAL, SEC
BG/I/DK, L/L’
PAL,SEC
BG/DK
PAL,SEC DK
(K1)
/02
/05
/07
/39
/55
/58
/60
prepared
/02
/07
/13, /16
/39
/58
/60
Pos.
FM Interc.
FM Interc.
FM Interc.
FM, AM QSS
FM QSS
FM QSS
FM Interc.
FM, AM QSS
FM Interc.
FM, NICAM QSS
FM, NICAM QSS
FM, AM, NICAM
QSS
FM, NICAM QSS
FM, NICAM QSS
1701
1701
1701
1703
1704
TP916MKII
TMRG1-108A
TCBZ4-002A
G1961M
TP944MKII
TMRB1-102A
TCBB1-001A
J1980M
1705
TPS 5,5
double TRAP
TPW6,0/6,5
double TRAP
TPW6,0/6,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 6,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 5,5
double TRAP
TPW6,0/6,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 5,5
TPS 6,5
1706
1766
1707
2707
2712
2713
2714
2718
2719
2722
2795
3710
3711
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3701
3730
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
5701
5704
5710
6702
7701
7702
7705
7706
9701
9702
EFC 5,5
EFC 6,0
EFC 6,0
EFC 5,5
EFC 5,5
EFC 6,5
-
-
-
-
-
22n
22u
470p
220E
2k7
470E
1k
0E
0E
0E
10uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
0E
22n
22u
470p
220E
2k7
470E
1k
0E
0E
0E
10uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
0E
EFC 6,0
100n
1n
120p
220p
22n
22u
220E
3k3
100E
220E
2k2
2k7
2k2
6k8
470E
4k7
470E
5k6
5k6
39k
100k
10uH
41645
BA792
HEF4053
PDTC124EU
TDA 9818 T
BC847BW
0E
EFC 6,5
1n
22n
22u
470p
220E
3k3
220E
2k2
2k7
470E
470E
1k
0E
0E
10uH
HEF4053
TDA 9817 T
0E
22n
22u
EFC 5,5
EFC 6,5
EFC 6,0
100n
1n
120p
220p
22n
22u
220E
3k3
100E
220E
2k2
2k7
2k2
6k8
470E
4k7
470E
5k6
5k6
39k
100k
10uH
41645
BA792
HEF4053
PDTC124EU
TDA 9818 T
BC847BW
0E
-
22n
22u
470p
330E
2k7
470E
1k
0E
0E
0E
15uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
0E
EFC 5,5
EFC 6,5
EFC 6,0
1n
22n
22u
470p
220E
3k3
220E
2k2
2k7
470E
470E
1k
0E
0E
10uH
HEF4053
TDA 9817 T
0E
470p
15p
330E
1k
5k6
0E
0E
0E
15uH
39u
TDA 9817 T
0E
-
1n
470p
220E
1k
5k6
0E
0E
0E
10uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
-
1n
470p
330E
1k
5k6
0E
0E
0E
15uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
-
100n
1n
120p
220p
220E
3k3
100E
220E
2k2
2k2
6k8
4k7
5k6
5k6
5k6
39k
100k
0E
10uH
41645
BA792
HEF4053
PDTC124EU
TDA 9818 T
BC847BW
-
1n
470p
220E
3k3
220E
2k2
1k
5k6
0E
0E
0E
10uH
HEF4053
TDA 9817 T
-
1n
-
FUNCTION
TP926MKII
TP926MKII
TP926MKII
TP916MKII
TP916MKII
TP926MKII
TP926MKII TUMOD PHILIPS
TMRG1-110A TMRG2-104A TMRG1-203A TMRG1-203A TMRG2-104A TMRG2-104A TMRG1-108A TMRG1-110A TMRG1-108A TMRG2-104A TMRG1-203A TMRG2-104A TUMOD ALPS old
TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-004A TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-004A TCBZ4-004A TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-004A TCBZ4-002A TCBZ4-004A TUMOD ALPS new
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
K9656M
QSS Sound OFW
J1980M
K3953M
G3956M
G3956M
K2955M
K3953M
G1984M
K3953M
G3956M
K3953M
G3956M
G3956M
2. QSS Video OFW
270E
2k7
470E
1k
0E
0E
0E
15uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
0E
270E
1k
5k6
0E
0E
0E
15uH
TDA 9817 T
0E
-
Video-TRAP
1. Sound-Filter
1’. Sound filter DK
2. Sound-Filter
VIF AGC TDA 9818T only
QSS Sound OFW coupling
40,4 trap
40,4 trap
Deemphasis MONO
FM PLL Demodulator
sieve Audio Modulator IN
Video Trap widen
Video Trap Bypass
Video-Amplitude Multistdt.
40,4 trap
Video Trap resistor
Video Trap resistor
Deemphasis MONO
Sound OFW switch
Sound OFW switch
EFC resistor
Sound OFW switch
2. EFC resistor
Audio IN Modulator
Sound OFW switch
Sound OFW switch
Mute FM Demodulator
SEC band 1 Adj.
SEC band 1 Adj.
40,4 Falle Bypass
Intercarier switch
4053 Bypass
SIF to MSP
QSS OFW BG/I/DK select
Video trap coil
40,4 trap
Video trap widen
Sound OFW switch
EFC / TRAP switch
AFC L’
AV Demodulator
Sound OFW switch
4053 Bypass
MONO Audio to Modulator
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.
69
Frontend (FV)
1701 D1
1702 E1
1703 G7
1704 E7
1705 D13
1706 G10
2704 C8
2705 C12
2706 C12
2707 C9
2708 C9
2709 C10
1707 G10
1708 C1
2700 D5
2701 B10
2702 C11
2703 C3
2710 C14
2711 D13
2712 G6
2713 E7
2714 E6
2715 F9
2
1
5V_STBY
2722 G2
2723 G3
2724 G9
2725 H3
2726 H3
2727 F12
2716 G4
2717 G4
2718 G11
2719 G12
2720 G1
2721 G2
3716 E14
3717 F11
3718 G6
3719 G7
3720 G9
3721 G6
3710 C13
3711 C13
3712 C15
3713 D13
3714 D6
3715 D13
3704 B2
3705 B7
3706 C9
3707 C9
3708 C11
3709 C4
4
3
5VA
2728 F9
2795 D12
3700 H9
3701 B7
3702 B10
3703 B11
5
3722 H5
3723 H5
3724 H3
3725 H9
3726 H3
3727 H6
3728 H6
3729 F11
3730 A7
3731 H11
3732 D15
3733 D15
6
5701 D13
5702 B10
5703 C3
5704 E7
5705 D5
5706 B12
3734 E13
4701 D6
4702 G8
4703 F10
4704 H9
4705 G6
7
7701-A F13
7701-B C14
7701-C G11
7702 B6
7703 A11
7704 D15
5707 G1
5708 H4
5709 D12
5710 D13
6701 A10
6702 G7
8
7705 C10
7706 H7
9701 D14
9702 I3
9906 H1
F700 G3
F701 F1
F702 G4
F703 C11
F704 B4
F705 D13
F706 D5
10
9
F713 I5
F714 A11
F715 I9
F716 I9
I701 C13
I702 F5
F707 D5
F708 F2
F709 F3
F710 F3
F711 I3
F712 B13
I703 F5
I704 C3
I705 B6
I706 B8
I707 C9
I708 C9
11
I709 C9
I710 C9
I711 C9
I712 C10
I715 C14
I716 C14
I723 F10
I724 G10
I725 H10
I726 F10
I727 H10
I728 F9
I717 D13
I718 E13
I719 F12
I720 F12
I721 F11
I722 F11
12
I736 E6
I737 G7
I738 G7
I739 H6
I729 I5
I730 I5
I731 B14
I733 E7
I734 D6
I735 E6
13
14
15
AGC
7.6
VR120
33V
3702
5VA
B
6u8
2.1V
12.4V
18
17
21
19
2795
20
5710
3.2V
23
3
3.2V
10n
4705
4K7
3721
5
GND
I722
100p
100R
1K
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
3 Y1
3725 I725
1
4704
for STEREO onl;y
470R
7706
BC847BW
22u
22n
7
Interconnections:
8
for MONO only
2.5V
AL page 72
7 6
for BGIL
or BGDK only
AIO2 page 65
3
DE page 67
I727
470R
FM ST page 70
2
FM NIC-page 71
for BGDKMONO
or BGILMONO
L
L’
D/K
1
1
0
0
1
SB1
3731
F713
I
0
0
0
1
0
470R
B/G
8
I/O page 77
F715
F716
PS page 64
VPO page 76
0
1
1
1
1
SFS
33V
SFS
SIF2
PSS
SB1
SCL
SDA
AMLP
AMCO
VS page 75
VS_S page 74
FV-8920-10
1
2
3
4
5
H
FV page 69
FOME page 78
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
G
AIO1 page 66
PSS
10u
I730
6
1707
EFC
for BGIL
or BGDK only
I729
Y1 13
E Vee Vss
AF page 73
Z 4
Vss Vee E
8
for MONO only
5K6
3728
2u2
5708
2726
14 Z
Vdd 0V
S 9
5 Y0HEF4053BT
0.5V
F
16 7701-A
2719
3
2
3700
3723
100R
3722
22K
3724
5K6
0V
3732
I719
5VA
2.5V
1
4.1V
I739
3727
for MONO only
9702
150R
for mono only
1.9V
I721
7701-C 16
470R
100n
2725
1K
3726
F711
OSCILLOGRAMS
VMOD
I
..
3720
2
1.8V
3734
11
2.3V
2718
1703
1
4
I738
I726
EFC
2724
3719
2K2
3718
1n
2712
56p
not used
2717
56p
not used
2716
2723
470p
2722
100n
2721
5707
100u
2720
6u8
GNDVIO
10
2.3V
4703
1706 / 1766
at the same pos.
100n
F702
10
9906
GNDFV
9
2.5V
5K6
for stereo only
3
F700
9
2
5VA
I737
1
7
I720
5V_STBY
H
3729
100p
F710
4.1V
5VA
G
3
2
1
33.9V
2715
2
13
2V
I728
4702
3V
F708
11
3 SOUND A
D
E
12
I723
6K8
1 VIDEO
4.9V
F701
12
3
2.9 - 5V
4.8V
PLL_SUPPLY
15
5
I702
B
2.5V
AFV
2728
PLL
for BGIL only
F709
F
VCO
6702
AS
MOD
I703
C
+
1705
3
2.4V
SIF INTERCARRIER
AGC MODE SWITCH
s1
8
1702
8
QSS MIXER
INTERCARRIER MIXER
AM DEMODULATOR
FM-PLL DEMODULATOR
7
MIX
3715
I718
VIDEO DEMODULATOR
AND AMPLIFIER
SIF
AMPLIFIER
24
1.8V
5709
3716
2
16
VCO
TWD
FPLL
VIF
AMPLIFIER
5
I735
40,4MHz
1
3.3V
2
I733
NOTE: Not in TB916
RF-out
1704
2713
14
I’ III’ UHF’
3.3V
6
E
PLL
VCO
UHF
NOTE: UHF only for TP944
4
5704
UHF
loop through
100R
2714
13
1
7704
BC857BW
3713
F705
2V
120p
I734
2u2
UHF’
3714
220p
UHF
10p
5705
III
2700
I
passive
NOTE: Optional
F707
16
MIX
not used
I736
RF-in
delete for BGIL
or BGDK
5701
AFC
DETECTOR
delete for BGIL
2727
BPF
4701
1.8V
9701
VOLTAGE
REFERENCE
TUNER VIF
AGC
AGC
2K7
F706
17
14
3717
AGC MIX
AGC
100n
VFV
5V
7
2K7
3.5V 2.7V
6
2711
2.4V
III’
BPF
6
3733
2.6V
4
330R
3.1V
15
5
AGC MIX
BPF
C
2K2
for BGIL
or BGDK only
0.9V
I717
4
BPF
6
7
5VA
1.8V
3712
3K3
3711
220R
3710
0.7V
22
I’
D
Vss Vee E
8
I715
0V
I716
3708
7705
Z 15
1 Y1
1.9V
10
2710
10u
2706
I701
7701-B 16
HEF4053BT Vdd
Y0
S
0.9V
VCO
III
1.8V 2
8
F703
2708
AFC
for BGIL
or BGDK only
AFC-Adj.
I712
I711
220n
7
1
2705
I710
8p2
I731
F712
2
18K
2702
4
7KMY
3706
22K
2707
3707
III
I709
I
1701
I
470p
2704
3709
150K
22u
5
AGC
+B
100n
for BGIL only
2.4V
2709
3
s1
I708
MT2
4.9V
I707
6
19
MT1
2703
5703
18
GNDFV
330R
680R
I704
GNDVIO
6
I706
3705
33K
C
5702
AGC-Adj.
F704
3704
3703
1708
1
5VA
5706
2701
39K
2.5V
2u2
low leakage
3701
100K
I705
7702
PDTC124EU
0V
B
7703
BC847BW
3V
100K
3.5V
33V
5VA
5V_STBY
5.1V
10n
3730
for BGIL only
A
5VA
18K
Band 1 Adj.
100n
6701
A
BAS216
not used
F714
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
I
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.
70
FM stereo (FM-ST)
3
10n
2778
2.5V
EXTR
CDE2
40
11
OUTL 1
OUTR 2
AF SWITCH
AFL
2.5V
3776
AFR
470R
OUTM 43
5VA
12
11
1K
47p
2.4V
25 IFINT
7760
TDA9873HZ
17
attention for pos. 7760 solder direction!
POWER
SUPPLY
47u
4760
AGND 7 0V
VCC 28 5V
20
1.5V
AL page 72
AIO1 page 66
P2
P1
4761
21
MAD
SCL
SDA
CTRIG
CID
CAF1
XTAL
3V
AIO2 page 65
35
2.7V
34
30
29
2.5V
2.5V
37
DE page 67
2.5V
42
FM ST page 70
9602
3769
3766
100R
470n
100R
4n7
2779
100n
2780
FOME page 78
I/O page 77
PS page 64
GNDFMS
7K5
2783
AT-49
4M
1760
680p
FV page 69
C760
VPO page 76
GNDFV
VS page 75
9703
SCL
SDA
VS_S page 74
GNDFMS
GNDFV
..
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
for German stereo only
1
2
3
4
D
FM NIC-page 71
3771
I791
2763
5K6
31
2.6V
Interconnections:
AF page 73
IIC-BUS
TRANSCEIVER
3n3
2760 I792 3762
2772 /
E
1.4V
470n
12
11
4764
15
24
1.4V
2785
23 22
1
60
77
44
26
13
2.9V
470n
2770
18
2765
27
33
34
4768
CAF2
23
2780
AFR
D
LF2
36
AF AMPL. 2
LPF
FM DEMODULATOR
NARROW-BAND PLL
SC2
44
DGND
DIGITAL
IDENTIFICATION
PILOT
NARROW-BAND PLL
DIGITAL
ACQUISITION
OSCILLATOR
CLOCK
C
I770
19
22
not used
2784
5763
3770
SIF2
2786
C
2782
VREF 41 2.5V
470n
8
B
3775
2.5V
470R
STEREO DECODER
STEREO ADJUST
B/G, D/K, I, M(Korea)
STANDARD
16
39
4769
AF AMPL. 1
38
to AF
6
EXTL
3
CDE1
AF2I
2.5V
33 8
AF2O
AF1O
LF1
FM DEMODULATOR
NARROW-BAND PLL
SC1
9
2.8V 2.7V
2.5V
10 32
AF1I
2.5V
10n
3n3
2781
2.9V
5
A
470n
14
4
8
2775
470n
B
7
6
5K6
2773 I793
680p
2772
A
5
4
EXTM
2
3768
1
2789
7.7
VR120
5
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
FM-ST-8920-8
6
7
8
E
1760 E5
2760 E3
2763 E3
2770 D4
2772 A3
2773 A3
2775 A5
2778 A5
2779 E6
2780 E5
2781 A5
2782 C7
2783 E5
2784 C2
2785 D4
2786 D8
2789 A6
3762 E3
3766 E6
3768 A3
3769 E6
3770 C2
3771 E5
3775 B7
3776 B8
4760 C7
4761 D7
4769 C8
5763 C8
7760 C5
9602 E2
9703 E3
C760 E2
I770 C8
I791 E3
I792 E3
I793 A3
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.
71
FM Stereo + Nicam (FM-ST-NIC)
1
2
5VA
5VD
3
4
5
6
8
AF page 73
1N4148
9724
2761
100n
GNDFMS
Interconnections:
9VASW
GNDFMS
A
9
5VD
6760
3760
GNDFMS
9VASW
7
AL page 72
AIO1 page 66
2764
10n
2766
DE page 67
10u
I790
4
5.2V
7
C
1.5V 2
DEMODULATOR
ANA_IN1+
I2SL/R
I2SL/R
S1...4
FM1
FM2
NICAM A
NICAM B
26
DACM-R
D/A
LOUDSPEAKER R
I764 3.8V
43
2774
I766
IDENT
IDENT
41
3.8V
3V40
37
2780
23
SCART-R
A/D
HEADPHONE R
HEADPHONE L
I783
I782
10u
10u
3.7V
24
11
GNDFMS
SCART-R
D/A
4767
AFL
SCART 1
SC1-OUT-L 31 3.8V
SC2-IN-R
SCART-L
AFR
4768
SC1-OUT-R 30 3.8V
SC1-IN-L
D
D/A
SC2-IN-L
SCART Switching Facilities
E
12
5.1V
5762
5 2.4V
I775 1761
14
15
TP
GNDFMS
16
HC-49/U
18M432
3p3
10n
2787
2791
10u
10u
6 6.2V
I776
TP
3p3
F761
2790
4765
GNDFMS
1
I774
2788
20
100u
17 21 28
4764
4762
44
5761
39
I768
F760
2772 /
4764
35
29
25
TP
I772
11
NC NC NC NC
4763
23
47K
DFP
SCART 1
SCART 2
22
61
77
44
2765
SC1-IN-R
1
34 33
E
5760
18 I784
SCART-L
A/D
38
4768
10n
2768
C
2793
GNDFMS
3764
D/A
MONO
MONO-IN
2777
attention for pos. 7761 solder direction!
10u
27
DACM-L
LOUDSPEAKER L
36
D
GNDFMS GNDFMS
LOUDSPEAKER
TP
7
VS_S page 74
1.5V 3
47p
AFV
VS page 75
100n
I763
2792
SIF2
I785 5.1V
VPO page 76
2767
22
B
PS page 64
19 I786 5.1V
47p
8
I/O page 77
1n
GNDFMS
TP
4u7
I762
FOME page 78
11 5.16V
MSP3415D
100R
2771
TP
I789
34
2765
SDA
7761
13
TP
32
33
1n
I761
TP
FV page 69
8V
2.6V
42
FM ST page 70
FM NIC-page 71
2794
100R
3767
12
9
2769
I760
8
2776
B
3765
SCL
ADR.-SEL
10
MCL4148
I787
I788
GNDFMS
6761
9VASW
3763
5VD
4759
5VA
A
AIO2 page 65
GNDFMS
to AF
7.8
VR120
F
..
GNDFMS
GNDFMS
GNDFMS
GNDFMS
GNDFMS
GNDFMS
F
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
5VA
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
FM-ST-NIC 8920-7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1761 E6
2761 A6
2764 A6
2765 D8
2766 A6
2767 B8
2768 B8
2769 B7
2771 C2
2774 D2
2776 D7
2777 D2
2787 F5
2788 F6
2790 F5
2791 F5
2792 C2
2793 E7
2794 E8
3760 A6
3763 A7
3764 A8
3765 B2
3767 B2
4759 A5
4762 F3
4763 F3
4764 F3
4765 F4
4767 D8
4768 E8
5760 A8
5761 F5
5762 E5
6760 A6
6761 A7
7761 B3
9724 A8
F760 E3
F761 E5
I760 B2
I761 B2
I762 B2
I763 C2
I764 C2
I766 D2
I768 E3
I772 E4
I774 E5
I775 E6
I776 E6
I782 D7
I783 D7
I784 C7
I785 B7
I786 B7
I787 A6
I788 A6
I789 B7
I790 B5
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.9
VR120
7.
72
Audio Linear (AL)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
F608
AIN1
9
I603
3601
F609
I601
3602
2601
14AL
47K
14VM1
100
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
TD1
Audio
Erase
Head
GNDAL
1
2
3
4
GNDAL
7
10n
33K
3635
680R
3641
560R
C601
GNDEO
I640 C603
Sync
Head
6
10u
GNDAL
GNDAL
5
2630
4n7
47K
2626
2633
1u
2632
NP0 2%
60
AL 8920-3
3634
3640
2K2
I639
22K
7
I614
I616
2n2
2617
5603
2.6V 6
CTL1
I617
12K
I618
0.1V 5
E
I612
2n2
3636
R/PB
Head
4
F6507
GNDEO GNDEO
CTL2
3.8V
3n9
2631
390K
FE-BT-VK-N
2
F6506
1
3.7V
9 3.7V
10n
3.8V 3
F6505
GNDEO
LP,EP
8 3.7V
7 3.7V
3642
F6503
3.8V 1
1.2V
6 1.8V
2627
2619 I622 3633
2625
2
1965
F6501
GNDEO
47n
X7R
3
5 0.09V
2621
GNDAL
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
8K2
4
7
..
3.6V
3627
5605
F6504
F
5602
2623
GNDEO
Erase
Oscillator
I615
3.7V
12K
3630
2618
3638 I613
0.1V
GNDEO
5600
6
27n
ECQB(M)
I636
1R5
47u
2620
8
0.5V
3.6V
3632
1n
10R
GNDEO
I611
4 3.8V
2628 I630
3637
47K
10V
PH-B
F61022
3 3.8V
3629
3626 I635 2616
SP
D
2 3.7V
100MHZ
1
F614
REC:EP/LP
PB:EP
3.6V
1n
IREV
+
-
REC
AMP
100n
AMP
BIAS
PB/EE
PB
EQ
1 3.7V
1961
C
VREFA
AUTO
BIAS
not used
I633
GNDEO
I605
9601
71
PB.EE
5601
100K
3620
330p
MTA-CROT
( AIO1)
0.9V 7.6V
99
3625
10
820p
4K7
3617
10u
ALC
DET
98
100MHZ
I620
2615
PB
3.8V 3.7V
GNDAL
BIAS Adj.
I629
47K
MTA(from PIN10)
61
E
ALC
97
2611
GNDAL
7608
BC817-40
LINE
AMP
MUTE
3.7V
7606
BC847BW
B
7004-A
LA71595BM
AUDIO_LIN.
IN1
IN3
100MHZ
2K2
96
75 7.6V 2V
AVCC
REC/EE
5604
1.1V
AGND
3.7V
1u
100n
7607
GNDAL
BC846B
95
2612
18K
76
3.7V
VREFA
100MHZ
6601
47u
Switch
3623
GNDVS
12K
Erase
Oscillator
Switch
4M7
2613
PB
0.9V
1V
3639
D
7604
BC846B
4K7
10u
2614
2.7V
GNDEO
10K
I632 3619
220K
3615
I609
I610
2624
BZM55-C12
6602
GNDEO
I641
2610
3614
3616
7603
BC327-40
I631
delete for stereo
I645
100n
1.1V
IN2
F603
for stereo only
100K
GNDEO GNDEO
7602
BC856B
7.6V
0.5V
100u
I608
22R
33R
1V
12.2V
3631
10n
62
4603 I638
3644
GNDAL1
0V
80 3.7V 79 3.8V 78 3.7V 77
delete for Stereo
GND
3612
not used
I606 3613
9412
3K3
2608
11.5V
C
10K
10u
47u
3611
7601
BC847BW
not used
14.4V
I604
5610
2609
4602
2607
3610
14VM1
B
14VM1
14AL
2606
65
3.7V
150R
120R
3622
120R
22K
560R
2605
100n
GNDVS
delete for Stereo
F601
GNDVS
I602
22u
3609
BZM55-B7V5
3608 I600
3621
3624
A
delete for Stereo
100n
I637
I607
3K3
27K
14AL
3607
AFV
47u
2604
3606
2603
F605
63
2M2
GNDVS
for 2Scart only
2602
GNDAL1
F607
22u
for Stereo only
AMLP
8K2
GNDVS GNDVS
64
3605
100n
8K2
A
3604
47K
4601
AMLR
3603
AINF_AIN2
8
C602
GNDVS
9
F
GNDAIO
I642
GNDAL1
0010 E1
0200 F2
1961 D5
1965 F5
2601 A6
2602 A7
2603 A7
2604 A6
2605 A8
2606 B8
2607 B4
2608 B3
2609 B2
2610 B6
2611 C6
2612 C6
2613 C4
2614 D6
2615 D3
2616 E3
2617 E8
2618 F3
2619 F8
2620 E1
2621 E7
2623 E6
2624 C1
2625 F4
2626 D9
2627 E9
2628 F7
2630 E9
2631 E9
2632 F8
2633 F9
3601 A8
3602 A5
3603 A8
3604 A6
3605 A8
3606 A5
3607 A6
3608 B2
3609 B3
3610 B3
3611 B2
3612 C4
3613 B2
3614 C5
3615 C1
3616 C3
3617 C5
3619 C2
3620 D4
3621 C5
3622 C5
3623 C3
3624 B1
3625 D4
3626 E2
3627 E7
3629 E7
3630 E2
3631 C1
3632 E6
3633 F8
3634 D9
3635 E9
3636 E7
3637 F7
3638 F2
3639 D1
3640 E9
3641 E9
3642 F8
3644 B5
4601 A2
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
4602 B1
4603 B6
5600 E3
5601 D6
5602 D7
5603 D7
5604 D8
5605 E5
5610 B1
6601 B4
6602 C1
7004-A B9
7601 C1
7602 C3
7603 C2
7604 C4
7606 D2
7607 C4
7608 E2
9412 C1
9601 B7
C601 F9
C602 F9
C603 F9
F601 B5
F603 B6
F605 A5
F607 A5
F608 A5
F609 A5
F6102 E5
F614 E2
F6501 F5
F6503 F5
F6504 F5
F6505 F5
F6506 F5
F6507 F5
I600 B2
I601 A6
I602 A7
I603 A8
I604 B2
I605 B8
I606 C2
I607 A5
I608 C1
I609 C1
I610 D1
I611 E4
I612 E9
I613 E2
I614 E9
I615 F2
I616 E8
I617 E7
I618 E7
I620 D4
I622 F8
I629 D2
I630 F7
I631 C2
I632 C2
I633 D3
I635 E3
I636 E2
I637 B7
I638 B6
I639 F9
I640 F9
I641 C4
I642 F9
I645 B5
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
73
7.10 FM - Audio (AF)
5
100n
3658
2652
AHC
F668
2657
2658
220n
I661
220n
2659
I660
D
2661
220n
AFR
AINFL
AINFR
220n
3.8V
2666
E
DUB
I652
I651
C651
SDA
I669
100R
100n
7 E1R
16
E2L
NILevel
N
M
Out Sel
M
C650
+
E2L
E2R
M
E2R
18
+
Dec.Sel
4.6V
19
EOS+REC
DUB
DCL
Normal Sel
TUL
E1L
SAP
GNDVS
GNDAF
I663 6n8
2655
GNDAF
GNDAF
2656
47u
GNDAF
DCR
MUTE
AOUT1L
2u2
2663
AOUT1R
F660 2u2
14
F658
2667
AOUT2L
E
4.6V
20
TUR
E1R
SAP
D
2660
2u2
M
F659
2668
AOUT2R
2u2
M
3.9V
Auto-mute
13
M
GND
2653
2K7
F657
17 4.6V
i/o control
SAP
3657
15
+
N
TUL
TUR
33K
HID
+
+
11 AUXR
C
10u
13
4.6V
Line Sel
+
R
10 AUXL
GNDAF
10u
M
3.8V
GNDAF
2651
F653
+1dB 12V
9 E2R
GNDAF
47u
10u
audio
clipper
Volume R
3.8V
2650
F654
M
8 E2L
30 0.7V
Reduction
M
6 E1L
3.8V
3654
SDA
SCL
1K
2678
3653
not used
F672
2677
F666
RMHID
3651
F665
3650
2u2
39K
noise
suppr.
2681 6n8
GNDAF
31 3.9V
Noise
I662 2680
F664
32 3.9V 3.8V F655
audio
clipper
CCO
1.7Mhz
1.8Mhz
3655
2K7
F651
33 3.9V 3.8V F656
Reduction
audio LPF
10u
26 0.8V 0.7V F650
Noise
FM (de-)modulator
+
Input Sel
C652
I667
5 CIR
3.8V
12
1.3Mhz
1.4Mhz
CCO
audio LPF
M
L
3.8V
GNDAF
3.6V
25 3.9V
noise
suppr.
2679
F652
HIFI - AUDIO - IC
I2C
4 CIL
3.8V
I653
220n
Volume L
N
3.8V
I654
220n
AIN2R
2 TUL
B
24 3.9V
PLL
HF
limiter
HF
LPF
3.8V
I664
2665
220n
AIN2L
I657
220n
AIN1R
1 SAP
I655 3.8V 3 TUR
2662
2664
AIN1L
RM
3.8V
I656
AFL
F667
head amplifier
BPF
1,7/1,8
9VA
7650
TDA9605H/N2
DOC
PLL
A
43 4.0V
23
level
detect
M +
I659
11
HF
LPF
38
42
EOS+Pb
DCL
DCR
HF
limiter
BPF
1,7/1,8
RM
36
4.2V
470R
10n
pb amp
rec curr
4.0V
level
detect
+
HFAGC
0V
4.2V
2682
AH1
37
5VA
GNDAF
44 2V 0.5V
410.8V
Iref
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
HiFi DET
LPF
HID
35
0V 4.3V
GNDVS
..
9VA
5VA
33K
0V 4.3V
Vref
9
3656
GNDVS
GND VCC
GNDAF
3.8V
28
active standby
passive standby
39
GNDVS
2654
VCCH
1u
2676
47u
2675
GNDAF
17
7.8V
29
34
carrier ratio
22u
GNDAF
AH2
C
F671
22n
2674
100u
GNDAF
GNDAF
27
I666 1.2V 40
16
2672
6u8
5650
2673
F674
F669
9.1V
5651
B
F670
8
I658
9010
125mA
MP
1501
F673
A
9VA
7
I670
5VA
6
SCL
4
100R
3652
3
TRIA_ALM
2
RMHI
1
15
F661
AMCO
100n
14
GNDAIO
2669
AMLP
220n
BAS216
GNDAF
GNDAF
18
I665
19
2671
2670
2
3
4
5
6
7
F
GNDAIO GNDAIO
GNDAF GNDAF
1
100K
F662
6651
3660
12
22
4M7
3.8V
3659
21
F663
AMLR
10u
4.6V
F
100K
3661
RFC Mute
AF 8920-1
8
9
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
1501 A1
2650 C9
2651 C9
2652 C2
2653 C9
2654 C1
2655 D9
2656 D9
2657 D2
2658 D1
2659 D2
2660 D9
2661 D1
2662 D2
2663 D8
2664 E1
2665 E2
2666 E1
2667 E9
2668 E8
2669 E8
2670 F4
2671 F7
2672 A4
2673 A2
2674 A2
2675 B1
2676 B2
2677 A4
2678 A5
2679 B9
2680 C9
2681 C9
2682 C2
3650 A4
3651 A6
3652 A6
3653 A5
3654 B8
3655 C9
3656 C8
3657 C9
3658 C2
3659 F7
3660 F9
3661 F9
5650 A2
5651 B1
6651 F6
7650 B3
9010 A5
C650 E2
C651 E1
C652 E1
F650 C8
F651 C8
F652 B8
F653 C8
F654 D8
F655 C8
F656 C8
F657 D8
F658 E8
F659 E8
F660 D8
F661 E8
F662 F7
F663 F2
F664 C8
F665 A5
F666 A4
F667 D1
F668 D1
F669 A3
F670 A3
F671 A4
F672 B5
F673 A1
F674 B1
I651 E2
I652 E2
I653 E2
I654 D2
I655 D2
I656 D2
I657 D2
I658 A5
I659 D2
I660 D1
I661 D1
I662 C9
I663 C9
I664 D2
I665 F5
I666 B2
I667 A4
I669 B6
I670 B6
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
74
7.11 Video Signal Processing - SECAM (VS-SEC)
2
3
4
5
6
5VA
BC857BW
7071
8K2
3073
6u8
150p
5071
10n
2072
2071
1K5
3072
5VA
I087
8
PBH
47K
2.6V
F079
A
79
10n
2075
5VA
100n
2076
100u
2073
10u
CSYNC
VREC
F076
10K
3075
I071
5072
15K
3076
5VA
3074
9
F078
3071
2V
4.3V
I074
I072
5VA
7
2.6V
100K
1
2096
REC
4.3MHz
OSC
SECAM
DET.
PB
MUTE
CA
F0
ADJ.
4.3MHz
BPF-B
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
3.1V
1.1V
82p
10p
2097
100p
2080
PB-IN
3095
I095
E
680R
470n
10u
2V
2.4V
I079
2.2V
1K
2084
7077
BC847BW
22u
0.4V
CHROMA
CURR.
ADJ.
I091
12 4.3V 13 2.6V 14 3.1V
F086
I084
D
5.2V
5.1V
0.8V
3V
5074
11 3V
3083
3K3
REG
REC_OUT
IREF1
8K2
27u
3091
680p
5075
BC847BW
2.6V F088 7075
REG
4.3V
B
10 2.2V
AGC
DET
AGC
AMP
I082
1K
3087
3082 F087
2082
10n
2081
2.6V
2087
220p
22n
2090
2089
2.6V
I086
F090
1u
9 2.5V
22K
2.6V
3085
27K
2K7
3086
2088
VREF1
8 2.5V
7
F089
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
REC
PB
1-1MHz_BELL
GND
6 3.9V
3088
5
5VA
I080
F
22K
3084
10n
..
DC_OFFSET_ADJ
4-3MHz_OFFSET
4 0.4V
F091
F077
FSC
89
3 3.9V
5VA
1/4
PB
IREF
10n
2 2V
SYNC
GATE
REC
MUTE
1.1MHz
OSC
4.5V
CSI
2083
CLKIN
MODE
1 4.4V
BGP_TIMING
AFC_FILTER
GNDVIO
B
I089
F0
OFFSET
4,43MHz
VCO
VA
10K
Filter
Adj.
CA
REC
1.1MHz
BPF
3089
F0
ADJ.
LIM
PB
AGC_FILTER
x2
2085 F085
2.2MHz
BPF
x2
AFC
F092
C
SYNC
GATE
CONTROL
LOGIC
E
B
VA
4.3MHz
BPF-A
to MUTE
CTL
GNDVPO
CSRP
REC
REC
GNDSEC
88
F081
to PB AGC
to REC KILLER
MODE
C072
7073
BC847BW
PB
to MUTE
to SYNC GATE
BGP
GEN
C071
5073
REC
/PB
B
5.2V
5.1V
2V
2.4V
I077
IREF
SYNC GATE GEN
/V-SEP
I064
2079
17 0.9V 16 1.1V 15 2.7V
I090
1K
680R
4.3V
2.7V
3070
2.7V
0.5V
56u
100n
2.1V
18
REC_IN
2.3V
19
I076
3079
PB_H
2.6V
20
F080
PB_OUT
VCC
S|H_C2
2.6V
21
22
I075
LIM_EXC
5.1V
23
S|H_C1
24
25
DET_C
SECAM_Det_OUT
7072
LA7339A
26
SYNC_IN
SYNC_GATE_TIMING
27
F075 2077
0.2V
28
IREF4
2.9V
2.8V
VREF4
I073
4-3MHz_BELL
220p
18K
F073
77
PB
F072
F074 3078
100n
2074
87
I081
3,3MHz
ADJ.
2086
F084
FMPV
I088
10n
3092
47K
3094
I085
I083
12K
VS-SEC-8920-15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
F
2071 A4
2072 A4
2073 A3
2074 B2
2075 A6
2076 A4
2077 B5
2079 B7
2080 E7
2081 E4
2082 E4
2083 E1
2084 F6
2085 F6
2086 F7
2087 F4
2088 F3
2089 F3
2090 F3
2096 A9
2097 B8
3070 B7
3071 A6
3072 A2
3073 A5
3074 A2
3075 A5
3076 A5
3078 B5
3079 B7
3082 E5
3083 F5
3084 F2
3085 F4
3086 F3
3087 F4
3088 F5
3089 F5
3091 F4
3092 F6
3094 F6
3095 E7
5071 A5
5072 A3
5073 B7
5074 E7
5075 F4
7071 A6
7072 B2
7073 B8
7075 F5
7077 E8
C071 D1
C072 D1
F072 B2
F073 B4
F074 B5
F075 B5
F076 A6
F077 E2
F078 A8
F079 A8
F080 B6
F081 B9
F084 F8
F085 E6
F086 E5
F087 E5
F088 F4
F089 F4
F090 F4
F091 E3
F092 E1
I064 D1
I071 A4
I072 A2
I073 B4
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
I074 A5
I075 B6
I076 B7
I077 B7
I079 E7
I080 F3
I081 F7
I082 F5
I083 F5
I084 F5
I085 F5
I086 F5
I087 A6
I088 F5
I089 E1
I090 B8
I091 D7
I095 E6
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
75
7.12 Video Signal Processing (VS)
6
5
7
8
10
3001
10n
10n
100R
3012
100R
0.3V
1.7V
1.8V
10u
5000
10u
2006
2005
100n
10u
5001
10u
1K
3005
2019
I058
F007
GNDVS
10n
2053
GNDVS GNDVS
F002
31
5V
1.2V
3K9
I061 2033
I338
10n
2035
470n
2034
1n
G
32
2.9V
2.1V
1.5V
79
75
76
77
78
VREC
2045
3017
H
5.2V
5V
1.2V
4.8V
I041
F008
IREV
7009
PDTA124EU
2M2
10n
5.2V
1.2V
I
GNDVS GNDVS
330p
GNDVS GNDVS GNDVS
VS-8920-14
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
F
GNDVS GNDVS
3007 I049 2031
2036
F019
22p
680R
I062
22u
30
GNDVS
2052
2051
47K
1K
GNDVS GNDVS
GNDVS
33
220R
0.3V
29
I052
GNDVS
2018
100n
1.5V
1.35V
AGC_TC2
I050
7008
BC847BW
GNDVS
I051
47p
100n
34
3025
28
6
2029
35
I337
27
0V
1K8
2.5V
2.4V
I053
I335
3019
7010
BC847BW
3026
100n
10u
2050 180p
1.7V
26
F011
25
5V
3018
1.7V
2.3V
F004
F003
10n
2013
10n
2012
1u
I060
10n
2017
22n
EE_AGC
74
3021
3022 I055
CCD_VCC
CLK_IN
1u
I059 2011 GNDVS
1K
3004 I014 2010 GNDVS
22n
1K8
I057 2008 GNDVS
I342 3002
1u
8K2
BEFORE
24
F001
GNDVS
3011
2041
10n
2040
F013
1u
10n
390R
3015
GNDVS
2.3V
2V
36
VID3_IN
6DB_AMP
SDA_VS
GNDVIO
2.5V
2.4V
1.8V
3023
100n
VBS
EQ_CTL
23
22
SCL
GNDVS
220p
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
VS_S page 74
21
3V
4p7
27p
5006
390R
3013
73
HP1
C001
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
VS page 75
7003
BFS20
OSCILLOGRAMS
MTA_CROT
VPO page 76
I048
2.4V
1.7V
2K7
47K
5V
150R
1V
C002
2039
2038
1u
2037
2M2
1.7V
..
R
2047
GNDVS
4.1V
I/O page 77
3016
2026
2028
AFC
CLAMP
20
3028
E
VFV
R
IIC
1.8V
0.2V
3V
I040
100n
38
3.4V
3.3V
F.B.C.
1/2
CLAMP
18 2.4V 19
GNDVS GNDVS GNDVS
FOME page 78
PS page 64
5V
2042
Y/C_MIX
Y-GND
17
81
10n
P
NON_LIN
EMP
R
47u
37
SYNC_DET
PLL
SYNC_DET
3008
P
I339
2025
4.8V
R
GNDVPO
1u
2024
150R
VID1/SEPC_IN
PIC_CTL
ANR
2.3V
1.9V
16
2.3
2046 I056 100u
I046
FV page 69
56u
GNDVS GNDVS
15
1.5V
1.4V
1.8V
1.4V
5004
1K
FM NIC-page 71
I047 2032
10u
GNDVS
14
100n
2.6V
5V
47
13
for sec. or DK
for LA71595AM only
0.8V
3010
FM ST page 70
12
100n
DE page 67
71
2044
AIO2 page 65
10u
AIO1 page 66
5VA
2043 I063 5003
Attention for pos. 7004-B!
If on pos.7004-B a LA71595AM
version is inserted and will be replaced by
a LA71595BM, then remove also
pos. 3030 (33K) and pos. 3031 (2M2)
and carry out the SPC adjustment!
AL page 72
11
F014
(LA71595AM)
AF page 73
R
1.8V
2.1V
VID2/SEPY_IN
Y_VCC
RF_HA_SW
10
F015
Interconnections:
MTA/CROT
0.7V
SYNC
SEP
Y_LPF
R
REC:EE-AGC_TC1
3031
7004-B
LA71595BM
P
ACC
ACC
DET
N.C.1 N.C.2
BLUE CHARA
BACK INSERT
PB:M.C.BALANCER
70
B-UP
AMP
R
PB-EQ
40
D
GNDVS
2023
39
REG
NON_LIN
DE_EMP
Y.N.R.
P
P
2054
F017
ENVC
10u
5V
VCC
IIC_SW
SEPP_IN
2049
GNDVS
R
F009
P
DOUBLE
LIMITER
2022
2.9V
F010
only for LA71595AM
W.D.
CLIP
FM
MOD
REC
FM EQ
GNDVS
41
YD
FFP
REC
FM_AGC1
VCA
CLAMP
42
7006
BC857BW
1.6V
I340
BPF1
NON_COR
MESECAM
COMP_IN
HSC
FM
AGC
I334
10n
2030
SVHS:OPEN
3024
33K
GND
I875 3030
94
43
3.1V
DETAIL
ENHANCER
V/I
CONVERT
PBH
2V
PB_BGA
BEFORE
P
FM-DEM
GNDVS GNDVS
2.2V
TO:
MES_DET
P
4.3V
4.1V
44
PB H Out
D.E.
COR
C
56
NTSC_H/
2FSC
S.L.D.
P
+
COMP_OUT
0.5V
57
D.E.
SUB_LPF
AGC_DET
93
3.4V
58
4.1V
BALANCER
BPF2
0.3V
0.5V
9801
+
59
GNDVS
REC_FM
AGC2
3.3V
3.4V
CSYNC
REC_H
MAIN
CONV
R
R
REC
BGA
5.1V
5V
C_VCC
COMB
AMP
GNDVS GNDVS
F005
60
320/321
FH_VCO
5VA
GNDVS GNDVS
ENV
DET
3.1V
TRIV
C_LPF
R
91
F016
3.4V
61
B
F006
86
84
100n
RF_SW
HPLL
90
P
KIL
B.D.
2V
4.2V
1u
3.4V
62
LPF
R
AFTER
HA_SW
HPLL
89
1.9V
4.1V
NAP
HA_SW
PB_BGA
AFTER
PHASE
ALT P
REC PB REC
APC APC AFC
ID_DET
HPLL
P
D.E.
KIL
92 REC_FM
63
55 5.1V
2.5V
GNDVS
5VA
VSB
REC_H
BPF
1.9V
4.1V
F
1M
PILOT
BG
KIL_DET
P
RF_SW
HPLL
0.3V
1.7V
64
2.1V
65
GNDVS
54
2.5V
85
R
REC_H
88
I054
2.7V
66
MES_DET
1.9V
4.2V
GNDVS
68
1.8V
53
2056
69
VXO2
5.1V
5V
E
3006 I015 2009 GNDVS
47n
70
390p
100n
GND
86
87
2027
4V
3.9V
67
1V
0.9V
2V
71
52
1M
2.5V
72
Noncorrel./
ACC Out
73
2.3V
Y_DELAY
51
GNDVS
0.4V
0.25V
PAL Pulse
Out
3.4V
3.2V
2.5V
74
50
0.8V
0V
0.8V
45 5V
C_COMB
49
10n
REC APC
DET
81
C-GND
VCC
GNDVS
10u
2021
2014
10u
I300 5002
I331
1R
3027
D
1.8V
3.9V
0.8V
82
REC_H
I332
2020
0.8V
83
85
I333
FE-BT-VK-N
GNDVS GNDVS
FE-BT-VK-NAW
0.8V
84
0V
0.8V
2048
1
1911
for 4/2 Head only
GNDVS
3020
1
1912
for mono only
GNDVS
4K7
F1101
10U
2
HC-49/U
4M433619
5005
F1102
2
F1103
1001
F012
3
680R
4
3
GNDVS
GNDVS
4u7
4
C
2007
5VA
1K
F1104
4001/ 3032
5
10n
10n
5
delete for secam or bg/dk
F1105
3029
F1106
6
GNDVS
for secam or
bg/dk only
7
6
88
2015
7
46
CCD_GND
2016
F1107
47
LA71595BM-MPB
2004
I336
8
27p
10u
1.5V
7004-C
GNDVS
F1108
8
2002
2.1V
3.9V
I044
9
A
GNDVS
100n
2001
2K2
89
1%
9
2055
2003
I341
9.4V
48
3.2V
for Secam only
F1109
1K
10
B
82
GNDVS
for SECAM only
F1110
3009
11
GNDVS
83
F1111
I
13
2.1V
3003
7002
BFS20
5V
4.9V
I045
2000
2.7V
3K9
3014
GNDVS
GNDVS
7005
BC847BW
AH1
F083
H
12
5.1V
I001
1K5
G
11
87
AH2
AHC
A
9
2FSC
4
FSC
3
CSRP
2
FMPV
1
9
10
11
12
13
0050 D1
0051 E1
1001 C8
1911 B2
1912 B1
2000 A8
2001 A10
2002 A10
2003 A11
2004 B9
2005 C13
2006 C13
2007 C7
2008 C8
2009 C9
2010 C9
2011 C10
2012 C10
2013 C11
2014 C7
2015 C7
2016 C10
2017 C10
2018 C12
2019 C13
2020 D4
2021 D4
2022 D12
2023 D12
2024 E12
2025 E12
2026 E13
2027 F4
2028 F12
2029 F13
2030 F4
2031 F13
2032 H6
2033 F12
2034 F13
2035 G12
2036 G11
2037 G6
2038 G6
2039 G6
2040 G7
2041 H8
2042 H7
2043 H4
2044 H5
2045 H10
2046 I6
2047 H7
2048 I8
2049 I11
2050 I8
2051 I7
2052 I8
2053 D13
2054 H7
2055 A12
2056 D12
3001 A6
3002 C8
3003 A8
3004 C9
3005 C13
3006 C9
3007 F13
3008 I11
3009 C6
3010 H5
3011 H9
3012 H9
3013 I5
3014 A6
3015 H6
3016 G7
3017 H8
3018 I8
3019 I7
3020 I8
3021 I7
3022 I7
3023 H7
3024 I7
3025 G11
3026 E12
3027 D4
3028 E12
3029 C8
3030 F2
3031 G5
4001/3032 I8
5000 B13
5001 C13
5002 C4
5003 H4
5004 I6
5005 I8
5006 I6
7002 B6
7003 I6
7004-B G4
7004-C B9
7005 A8
7006 D13
7008 H8
7009 I11
7010 I7
9801 F2
C001 I2
C002 I2
F001 G8
F002 F13
F003 B12
F004 B12
F005 C11
F006 B13
F007 D12
F008 H12
F009 G10
F010 G10
F011 G9
F012 G8
F013 G7
F014 G5
F015 G5
F016 F4
F017 G2
F019 I9
F083 A6
F1101 C2
F1102 C2
F1103 C2
F1104 C2
F1105 C2
F1106 C2
F1107 B2
F1108 B2
F1109 B2
F1110 B2
F1111 B2
I001 A7
I014 C9
I015 C9
I040 H7
I041 I9
I044 B6
I045 B5
I046 I5
I047 H5
I048 I6
I049 F13
I050 H8
I051 I8
I052 I7
I053 H8
I054 E4
I055 I7
I056 I6
I057 C8
I058 D13
I059 C10
I060 C10
I061 F12
I062 F12
I063 H4
I300 C4
I331 C4
I332 D4
I333 D4
I334 I7
I335 H7
I336 G8
I337 G11
I338 G12
I339 E12
I340 D12
I341 A11
I342 C8
I875 F2
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
76
7.13 VPS/PDC & OSD Part (VPO)
2500 B6
2501 B6
2502 B8
2503 B4
2504 B2
2505 E3
2506 E4
2507 D2
2508 D9
2509 E8
2510 E9
2511 E10
2512 E3
3502 B4
3503 B2
1
3504 B9
3505 C9
3506 C2
3507 E3
3508 C3
3509 E4
2
3513 D8
3515 E10
3516 E9
3510 D1
3511 D9
3512 D2
3
3517 E8
3518 E2
3519 E3
3520 B3
3521 D1
4501 D8
4
4502 A7
4503 E4
4504 C4
4505 D2
4507 B1
4508 E9
5500 A6
5501 A7
5502 D3
5
7502 C7
7503 E9
C500 E1
5503 E10
5504 A8
7501 C2
6
F502 D8
F503 E7
I501 B2
C501 E1
F500 B7
F501 B7
7
I502 C1
I504 E3
I505 E4
I506 B4
I509 C4
I510 D4
I511 D3
I512 D4
I513 B8
8
9
10
5VA
5V_STBY
..
10u
for VPS only
5504
5501
10u
5500
10u
for VPO only
5VA
A
I518 E9
I519 E10
I542 C2
5V_STBY
5VA
for VPO only
I514 C8
I516 E8
I517 D8
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
A
470K
for VPS only
3520
I506
Data/Sync-
17 CVBS_SLICER
820R
I509
270K
4504
I510
I514
3505
SCL
100R
C
SDA5652 for VPO
SDA5650 for VPS
and OSD Information
10 DAVN|EHB
24
(512 Byte)
13 SECAM_BY
21
Encoder
SYNC1 9
Character
Generator
15 CVBS_OUT
OFP
Display Timing
5VA
5VA
SYNC2 7
Sync/Pixelclock
D
23
F503
3511
220K
I518
7503
BC847BW
I519
2510
3515
2FSC
2K2
1n
47p
8
6u8
2511
2
5503
VSSD
I516
1
100n
3516
not for VPS
VSSA
2508
F502
150K
for VPS only
4503
3K3
100n
33n for VPS 6k8 for VPS
1M
3519
I505 3509
2506
for VPS only
3K3
6k8 for VPS
3507
I504
2505
2n2
for VPS only
47n
for VPO only
1M
for VPS only
2512
3518
C500
FSC|OSC_IN 3
not used
E
1K
for VPO only
4501
for VPS only
I517
OSC_OUT 6
ROM
1n
18 CVBS_IN
100R
Character
I512
3517
47R
3513
Generation
22
3512
C501
GNDVPO
SDA
SCL 4
11 HT_BLANK
E
3504
100R
7502
CVBS
4505
I513
Acquisition
10u
120p
B
SDA 5
Interface
Memory for sliced Data
2507 I511 5502
100n
F501
2502
2501
100n
I2C - Bus
12 PD1|VCO1
for VPS only
3508
I542 3506
VSB
19
Data-
14 PD2|VCO2
7501
BC857BW
47R
3510
3521
D
100R
delete for VPO
VOUT
Timing
5V_STBY
VDDD
ACQ. PLL
470n
I502
Acquisition
Slicer and
20
C
220u
F500
16 IREF
100n
2504
I501
20
VDDA
2503
5VA
for VPO only
2509
VREC
820R
3503
B
4507
for VPS only
68K
100k for VPS
3502
5VA
2500
4502
for VPS
only
4508
for VPO only
GNDVIO
VPO-8920-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
77
7.14 In/Out Part (IO)
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
13
14VM1
18VNEG
AudOutR
9VASW
SDA 9
SCL 11
1
GNDAIO
BZX284-C6V8
47u
100K
3955
3917
100K
3919
4K7
2918
470p
2920
F5208
6901
100n
2902
3908
V
3965
100R
GNDAIO
2901
F5202
GNDAIO
GNDAIO
F902
BZM55-C12
for Stereo only
3925
220R
for Stereo only
3924
220R
220R
for 2Scart only
220R
for Stereo only
3922
V
V
3958
6913
100K
3954
10u
2922
BZM55-C12
BZX284-C6V8
6
GNDAIO
F
7VNEG
I931
47R
3947
16 7911-C
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 5
9 S
I927
0V
G
0V
Y1 3 0V
4 Z
F913
100R
3948
I919
7
GNDAIO
GNDD
E Vee Vss
6
14
GNDVIO
8
GNDAIO
GND
4K7
GNDD
Z 15 0V
7
8
F911
17
GNDVIO
1 Y1
I920
100R
1
0V
E
7911-B 16 5.1V
HEF4053BT Vdd
S 10
2 Y0
Vss Vee E
5V_STBY
7914
BC847BW
GND
6905
6908
BZX284-C6V8
68K
GNDVIO
3946
O3 15 2.2V I921
BUS
0V
I908
3943
7913
BC817-40
I922
BUS
NC
5V_STBY
1956
JPJ8318
0V
0V
6K8
O2 16 1.7V
3944
GNDD
0.8V
I923
1.2V
3949
68p
13 DB3
GNDFV
4K7
3927
100K
3926
3933
220R
3932
220R
220R
3931
220R
3957
3942
2908
100n
10u
PVCC3
PVCC2
0.7V
I918
7 DB2
F906
F5602
I932
1.7V
5 DB1
F5603
I928
F914
6K8
16 7911-A
Vdd HEF4053BT
Y0 12
11 S
I929
6K8
3966
H
3962
H
GNDAIO
2930
2928
GNDAIO
2931
0V
14 Z
I925
Y1 13
E Vee Vss
I926 2915
2929
1u
1n
0V
0V
5V_STBY
7917
BC847C
1u
6
I930
7
8
2925
I
100K
3956
4K7
100p
3952
100K
C901
3953
10u
C903
1n
GND
AOUT2R
AIN2R
AIN2L
AOUT2L
AMLP
AINF_AIN2
AFV
8SC2
AIN1
AOUT1L
GNDAIO
AOUT1R
7VNEG
AIN1L
8SC1
8SC1M
VBS
GNDAIO
8SC1L
GNDVARI
AIN1R
4951
GNDAIO
10SC12
GNDVIO
SDA
GNDFV
C902
SCL
VIN1
VOUT
VFV
VMOD
AINFR
9704
AINFL
I
D
F905
I907
0V
3945
1.9V
7912
BC847BW
I924
10
12
F5601
100u
3941
220R
GNDVIOGNDVIO
O1 2
BUS
DECODER
100n
8
1.4V
1.8V
2.1V
2V
1.4V
0.4V
SWITCHES
2913 I917
100n
6
DIGITAL
BUFFERS
2914
4
PVCC1
VCC
2911 I915
100n
I916
CLAMPS
I914
5904
4905
2907
220u
100n
2923
2909
100n
F903
220R
3940
F908
I905 820R
10K
100n
I936
2910
7VNEG
F904
3939
I913
10u
F
C
10u
GNDAIO
F907
5V_STBY
20 19 18
I904
GNDAIO
7VNEG
390R
150R
4904
3
36
2903
0V
100p
6K8
F5216
F5101
F5102
F5103
F5106
F5108
F5116
3930
GNDAIO
7905
BC847C
0V
2926
100p
B
GNDAIO
5V_STBY
3916
10u
6K8
GNDAIO
6K8
2904
I902
2K2
3901
5.1V
I903
3914
GNDAIO
0V
2927
470p
GNDAIO
35
7906
BC847C
0V
F910
7904
STV6401
for 2scart only
6904
5.1V
I901
F909
I906
F5501
GNDVIO
V
2919
5V_STBY
0V
GNDVIO
GNDVIO
3907
GNDAIO
470p
470p
0.5V
5.1V
V
3923
470p
2917
7910
BC847BW
GNDVIO
5901
3906
F901
GNDAIO
14.2V
0V
F5503
3 GNDAIO
V
GNDAIO
2916
GNDAIO
5 GNDVIO
1K
3938
7909
BC857BW
3909
A
18VNEG
7VNEG
34
100R
3964
18VNEG
5V_STBY
F5201
2
AudInR
AudOutL
3967
100R
F5203
4
3
AudInL
5
6
3963
100R
F5206
8 Swtching
blue
blanking
7
16
blue
17
green
I935
green
13
11
I934
red
I933
9
15
14
red|c
VideoOut
18
19
VideoIn
10
7135D
20
1952
GNDAIO
GNDAIO
GNDAIO
GNDAIO
BZM55-C12
6907
GNDAIO
GNDAIO
BZX284-C6V8
6906
75R
470p
75R
3929
I911
1.8V
47R
2912
21
AudOutR
1
2
AudInR
3 AudOutL
F5104
5
4
AudInL
Swtching
8
6
blue
7
16
17
blue
blanking
green
red
green
11
13
9
15
14
red|c
VideoOut
18
19
7133
VideoIn
10
20
100p
6910
V
470R
47R
3937 I912
6
2924
4903
14VM1
GNDVIO
2921
10K
1955
3961
V
14VM1
14VM1
3935
3936
3934
I910
G
GNDAIO
4901
7908
BC847BW
2.2V
FE-BT-VK-N
V
3905
3918
5V_STBY
7907
BC847BW
1
3904
GNDVIO
I909
3.7V
9VASW
2
V
GNDVIO
3903
6K8
3920
470R
4908
V
4907
V
3960
22p
GNDVIO
3928
2906
100n
4
F5210
4902
GNDVIO
GNDVIO
5.1V
3959
3921
5V_STBY 5V_STBY
2905
3.1V
E
MTZJ12C
6903
6909
1
GNDVARI
D
75R
2933
3913
75R
100p
3912
5V_STBY
C
F5110
BZM55-C12
5906
3911
GNDVARI GNDVARI
GNDAIO
31
GNDVIO
GNDVIO
2
1954-B
32
3915
100K
3 F5401
GNDVIO
9VASW
F5219
100K 3910
F5402
MTZJ12C
6902
GNDVIO
B
F5120
33
F5220
BZM55-C12
GNDVARI
F5114
GNDVIO
F5119
2932
5905
6
4
7VNEG
F5505
GNDVARI
BZX284-C6V8
F5405
5
BZX284-C6V8
GNDVIO
GNDVIO
6912
75R
7
1954-C
7VNEG
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
6911
1954-A
3902
A
OSCILLOGRAMS
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
21
..
F5506
8
1951
5V_STBY
IO-8920-11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1951 A4
1952 A9
1954-A A1
1954-B C1
1954-C B1
1955 D1
1956 E10
2901 B13
2902 B14
2903 C14
2904 C10
2905 C2
2906 C2
2907 F4
2908 F4
2909 F2
2910 F2
2911 F2
2912 E1
2913 G2
2914 G2
2915 I8
2916 B8
2917 B8
2918 C13
2919 B13
2920 C12
2921 B7
2922 F12
2923 F3
2924 G1
2925 I7
2926 C14
2927 C9
2928 I7
2929 I7
2930 I1
2931 I1
2932 B3
2933 B4
3901 B14
3902 A1
3903 B7
3904 B8
3905 B8
3906 B12
3907 B13
3908 B13
3909 B12
3910 B2
3911 B1
3912 B3
3913 B4
3914 C13
3915 B7
3916 C13
3917 C14
3918 C8
3919 C13
3920 C8
3921 C5
3922 D11
3923 D12
3924 D12
3925 D13
3926 C9
3927 C9
3928 C3
3929 C4
3930 D6
3931 D7
3932 D7
3933 D8
3934 C3
3935 D3
3936 D5
3937 D2
3938 D4
3939 D6
3940 E9
3941 E9
3942 E5
3943 F6
3944 F6
3945 G7
3946 G8
3947 G10
3948 G4
3949 H4
3952 I7
3953 I7
3954 F12
3955 C14
3956 I8
3957 E9
3958 E10
3959 C1
3960 C1
3961 E1
3962 H1
3963 A11
3964 A12
3965 A13
3966 H1
3967 A12
4901 C8
4902 B6
4903 A12
4904 E4
4905 E7
4907 C1
4908 C1
4951 I3
5901 E3
5904 D9
5905 B1
5906 B1
6901 B14
6902 A3
6903 A4
6904 B11
6905 F8
6906 B5
6907 B6
6908 F7
6909 C4
6910 C4
6911 A1
6912 B1
6913 F10
7904 F3
7905 C14
7906 C9
7907 C2
7908 C4
7909 D3
7910 D6
7911-A H12
7911-B E12
7911-C G12
7912 E5
7913 F7
7914 G5
7917 I7
9704 I2
C901 I3
C902 I3
C903 I3
F5101 C8
F5102 C7
F5103 C7
F5104 A7
F5106 C6
F5108 C6
F5110 B5
F5114 A5
F5116 C6
F5119 A5
F5120 A4
F5201 A13
F5202 A12
F5203 A12
F5206 A11
F5208 C11
F5210 B9
F5216 C11
F5219 B9
F5220 B9
F5401 C1
F5402 B1
F5405 A1
F5501 E1
F5503 D1
F5505 A2
F5506 A1
F5601 D10
F5602 E10
F5603 E10
F901 A14
F902 D14
F903 D14
F904 D14
F905 D14
F906 E14
F907 D8
F908 E8
F909 D8
F910 E8
F911 H5
F913 G5
F914 H2
I901 C9
I902 C10
I903 C13
I904 C14
I905 E6
I906 E5
I907 E6
I908 F7
I909 C2
I910 D3
I911 D4
I912 D3
I913 E4
I914 F3
I915 F3
I916 F3
I917 G3
I918 G3
I919 G4
I920 G4
I921 G4
I922 F4
I923 F4
I924 G6
I925 I7
I926 I8
I927 G11
I928 H11
I929 H11
I930 I11
I931 G12
I932 E12
I933 A10
I934 A11
I935 A11
I936 F1
14
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
78
7.15 FOLLOW ME Part (FOME)
Engineer's remarks:
1
3
FOME
2
5V_1WSTBY
for FOME or & lt; 1W only
2530
100n
3531
12
5V_1WSTBY
5
4
3
5V_1WSTBY
7530-A
LM339D
2
4K7
A
100K
3530
I537
3533
I536
3532
15K
2531
22K
7532
BC847BW
10u
B
I535
I534
C
2K2
9
10
4K7
C530
GNDVIO
..
GNDFOME
VFV
VIN1
6
1u
OSCILLOGRAMS
I541
F530
30
1u
33K
2537
I530
3546
33K
..V MEASURED IN RECORD MODE
180p
3543
33K
10M
3545
2536
E
3542
33K
3541
180p
2535
..V MEASURED IN PLAYBACK MODE
10M
I540
3540
33K
2534
D
2533
2n2
33K
I531
5V_1WSTBY
2n2
3539
I539
2532
3544
I532
11
14
LM339D
7530-C
2K2
13
LM339D
7530-D
3538
3537
D
5V_1WSTBY
4K7
I533
3536
8
5V_1WSTBY 5V_1WSTBY
C
3535
4K7
B
7531
BC847BW
3534
A
FoMe-8920-9
1
2
3
Interconnections:
AF page 73 AL page 72
AIO1 page 66 AIO2 page 65 DE page 67 FM ST page 70 FM NIC-page 71
VPO page 76 VS page 75
FV page 69 FOME page 78 I/O page 77 PS page 64
VS_S page 74
E
2530 A1
2531 B3
2532 D1
2533 D3
2534 D1
2535 D3
2536 E1
2537 E3
3530 A1
3531 A2
3532 B1
3533 B3
3534 B1
3535 C1
3536 C1
3537 C1
3538 C2
3539 D1
3540 D2
3541 E1
3542 E1
3543 E3
3544 E3
3545 E2
3546 E3
7530-A A2
7530-C D1
7530-D D3
7531 B1
7532 B2
C530 E2
F530 E2
I530 E1
I531 D1
I532 D1
I533 C1
I534 C2
I535 C2
I536 B2
I537 A2
I539 D3
I540 D3
I541 E3
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
79
7.16 Wiring Diagram
Motherboard
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
80
7.17 Mother board - solder side
CLOCK ADJUST
7172
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
81
Engineer's remarks:
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
Engineer's remarks:
VR120
7.
82
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.18 Mother board - component side
VR120
7.
83
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
84
7.21 Connector print lay out (ACP10)
7.19 Connector print (ACP10)
ACP10
1
ACP10
+12V
100n
2406
100n
4K7
3406
3405
1M
3402
470p
2401
c
+12V
b e
3407
470K
GNDA
1
2405
220u
7002
BC847C
1u
V
3421
2
GNDA
GNDA
+12V
GNDA
5002
GNDA
3
4K7
3409
3408
680K
1M
3403
470p
2404
5004
GNDV
GNDV
5
+12V
+12V
6
VIDEO
1950
GNDESD GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
to AMB
1955
GNDA
3410
1
2412
BZX284-C12
3000
GNDESD
1970
BLM21
75R
3401
BZX284-C12
GNDV
GNDESD
V
6003
150R
2
6002
AUDIO_L
16
100U
6001
3
1951 3
AUDIO_R
2
GNDA
4
BZX284-C12
1952
2402
7001
GNDA
BC847C
GNDA
GNDESD GNDA
1
470K
3404
V
3420
5003
6000
3
100U
BZX284-C12
2
1953
1u
16
c
b e
2403
220u
+12V
680K
5001
1
6
6
+12V
+12V
1
GNDESD
GNDV
7.22 Connector print lay out (ACP1)
+12V
+12V
+12V
2402
+12V
2406
7.20 Connector print (ACP1)
1u
220u
100n
100n
4K7
AUDIO_R
2
GNDA
GNDA
3
AUDIO_L
4K7
3409
680K
3408
1M
3403
470P
2404
100U
5004
GNDV
GNDV
5
+12V
+12V
6
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
I016
VIDEO
to AMB
1955
3410
1
GNDV
V
GNDESD
75R
I017
3401
6003
I019
BZX79-C12
BZX79-C12
GNDESD
2412
150R
I014
2
6002
680K
16
I015
3
3406
1u
7002
BC847C
I013
1950
GNDESD
Cinch
1951
HLEM
1
I012
4
BZX79-C12
6001
2405
V
3421
I009
3
3405
3407
GNDA
I010 5002 I011
1
I008
+12V
470K
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
+12V
GNDESD
2
7001
BC847C
GNDA
I005
I003
Cinch
1952
I006
1M
3402
470P
2401
16
100U
3420
5003
3
6000
Cinch
1953
BZX79-C12
I001
2
2403
220u
V
I002 5001 I004
1
470K
3404
I007
GNDV
3000
BLM21
GNDESD
I018
1970
1
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
85
7.23 Connector print (QBOE1, QBOG1)
6
5003
100u
GNDA
GNDA
+12V
GNDA
2
6
VFR
1u
50V
100n
2406
7002
BC848C
C
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
3901
2403
3405
5001
3402
2401
7
110
3401
110
6
6
110
110
7
5003
40672
D
110
5002
8
110
8
5004
QBOE1
00-01-20
4k7
680k
3409
50V
470p
2404
1M
3403
GNDA
3409
3406
2406
6000
2412
16V
5004
100u
6001
2405
AUDIO R
470p
2411
3
BZX55-C12
E
5002
220u
470k
3407
GNDA
1
D
GNDA
12VA
TO 1955 MOBO
ESD
3408
C
6000
BZX55-C12
5
3408
3403
GNDV
7002
2410
B
GNDVSIO
3404
2404
+12V
2405
4k7
680k
3406
3405
50V
470p
2401
AINFL
4
3903
0005
3902
7001
2411
GNDA
3
3407
50V
100n
GNDAIO
GNDA
16V
1M
AINFR
1103
2402
6001
7001
BC848C
1u
3402
3
1
2
2403
AUDIO L
470p
2410
B
5001
220u
1103
1103
6002
2
2402
1
470k
A
3404
A
F5
C6
B3
A5
B4
D3
D4
C5
B1
D1
F2
F3
B3
D3
A4
B4
B4
C4
D4
D4
F4
B2
D2
C1
D1
F5
C1
E1
G2
G2
B4
D4
5005
+12V
0005
1103
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2410
2411
2412
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
6000
6001
6002
6003
7001
7002
6003
5
3410
4
QBOE1
3
00-01-20
2
40672
1
7.24 Connector print (QBOE1)
GNDA
7.25 Connector print (QBOG1)
ESD
E
GNDA
1
2
2
0005 A 1
1
2401 A 1
1103 A 2
2402 A 1
1106 B 1
VIDEO IN
2
2403 A 1
1107 B 1
3410
6001
2404 A 2
1108 B 2
2405 A 2
3901 A 2
5002
3405
2403
3402
2401
2404
3402 A 1
3404 A 1
3403 A 1
3405 A 1
QBOG1(40662)
5
6
B
B
1108
2410
2411
3408 A 2
1107
3409 A 2
1106
3410 A 2
B 5005 A 1
7001 A 1
7002 A 2
97-03-05
H
ESD
3407 A 2
3401
1108
6003
1107
6002
5001
6003
BZX55-C12
6002
1106
40662
H
4
7001
3406 A 2
G
3
2411 B 1
2412 B 2
A 3401 B 2
2412
B
ESD
2405
to QMB1
QBOG1
BZX55-C12
6003 B 2
0005
600E
2
3409
3408
6001 A 1
5005
2406
3403
6000 A 1
1103
6002 B 2
1
1
A
3404
3410
A 5004 A 1
3901
5004
5003
A
2410 B 1
3407
0005
F
2406 A 1
2402
7002
5002 B 1
5003 A 1
5005
ESD
3406
5001 B 1
6000
GNDV
GNDV
G
75E
F
3401
1
470p
2412
150E
1103
2
QBOG1
97-03-05
40662
2
1
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
86
7.26 Connector print (ACP35)
1141 E2
1142 E3
1143 E3
1144 E3
1941 A1
1942 C1
1943 D1
1944 B4
1945 E2
1946 D4
2141 A3
2142 A2
3143 A2
3144 A2
3145 A3
3146 B2
3147 C1
3148 C2
2143 A2
2144 B3
2145 B2
2146 C2
3141 A2
3142 A1
3149 C2
3150 C3
3151 D2
3153 D2
3154 E2
3155 E3
1
3156 E3
4140 B1
5141 A2
5142 A1
5143 B2
5144 C1
5145 E1
6140 D1
6141 B1
6142 C1
6143 D1
6144 D1
6145 D3
7141 A3
7142 B3
F401 A1
F402 A1
F403 B1
2
F410 C4
F411 C4
F412 C4
F413 E1
F414 E1
F415 D4
F404 C1
F405 D1
F406 D1
F407 B4
F408 C4
F409 C4
3
+12V
I404 C2
I405 D1
I406 E2
I407 E3
I408 E3
F416 E4
F417 E4
F418 E4
I401 A2
I402 A2
I403 B2
4
+12V
F401
2 F402
1u
GNDA
GNDA
GNDESD
4K7
B
470K
100n
F407 1
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
GNDA
4K7
3150
680K
3149
1M
470p
3148
I404
V
GNDA
1944
Audio right
F408 2
+12V
GNDV
7142
BC847C
GNDA
2145
1u
2146
5144
not used
3
+12V
3146
I403
220u
not used
3147
2 F404
GNDA
2144
5143
1
6142
not used
4140
F403
C
3145
GNDA
+12V
B
Audio left
680K
3144
1M
3143
470p
2143
100u
5142
BZM55-C12
GNDA
GNDESD
Cinch
1942
A
3
6141
Cinch
1941
220u
3142
1
not used
GNDA
7141
BC847C
2142
I402
A
I401
5141
V
Audio right
470K
3141
2141
F410 4
GNDA
F409 3
Audio left
GNDV
F411 5
F412
GNDA
+12V
6
C
Video
TO 1955 MOBO
FE-ST-VK-N
F405
BLM21
75R
LTL-1CHPE
Record-KEY
6145
1946
1
F415 2
GND
EVQ-11
5VD
F417 4
F418 5
N.C.
KEY_LED
AN1
GND
5VD
TO 1948 AKP35
47K
EVQ-11
EVQ-11
Stby
1144
3156 I408
F414 1945
470R
5155
Up
1143
3155 I407
F413
D
F416 3
Down
1142
E
GNDV
EVQ-11
GNDESD
5VD
100K
GNDESD
150R
Record
1141
3154 I406
6144
GNDV
I405
3
BZM55-C12
Cinch
1943
6143
D
6140
2 F406
3153
1
BZM55-C6V8
3151
BZM55-C6V8
Video
1 ESD-GND
GNDESD
GND
GND
GND
GND
ACP35-8927
1
2
3
4
E
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
87
7.27 Key print (AKP35)
1145 A7
1146 A4
1147 A5
1148 A8
1948 B10
1949 B1
3161 A4
3162 A5
3163 B4
3164 B5
3165 B7
3166 B9
1
3167 C3
3168 C5
3169 C6
3170 C8
3171 D3
3172 D4
2
3173 D5
3174 D5
3175 D6
6146 C7
6147 C4
6148 C5
3176 D7
3177 D8
3178 D9
3
6149 C8
7162 C4
7163 C5
7164 C7
7165 C9
F420 B1
4
3161
F421 B1
F422 B1
F423 C1
F424 C1
F425 C1
F426 C1
5
I421
F428 B10
F429 B10
FXXX C1
I421 A4
I422 B4
I423 B5
I424 B7
I425 C4
I426 C5
6
I427 C7
I428 C9
I429 C3
I430 C5
I431 C6
I432 C8
7
I433 D4
I434 D5
I435 D7
I436 D9
I437 B9
8
9
10
3162
150R
330R
1148
EVQ-11
I437
3166
18K
1145
EVQ-11
I424
3165
5K6
1147
I423
3164
GND
GND
GND
GND
AN1
4
GND
5
5VD
LTL-1CHEE
TO 1946 ACP35
C
3170
I432
7165
BC847BW
6K8
GND
3178
2K2
GND
D
GND
AKP35-8927-2
1
2
3
4
5
6
B
I428
6149
KEY_LED
I436
7164
BC847BW
I435
GND
3
100R
6146
LTL-1CHEE
I431
6K8
3177
3174
2K2
3173
3172
3169
7163
BC847BW
3176
I430
6K8
100R
3168
I433
GND
100R
2K2
3171
D
I427
I426
7162
BC847BW
2K2
I429
6K8
3175
3167
FE-ST-VK-N
I434
TO 1982 MOBO
LTL-1CHEE
6148
FXXX
5VD
5VD
100R
b2
F425
F426
8
b3
5VD
5VD
6147
6
7
b1
GND
N.C.
2
F429
5VD
F424
GND
GND
I425
C
F423
5
b4
F422
4
AN1
1948
1
F421
3
GND
LTL-1CHEE
2
GND
F420
GND
1
5VD
STOP/
EJECT
F428
1949
KEY_LED
8K2
3163
5VD
B
WIND
3K9
1146
REW
I422
PLAY
EVQ-11
A
EVQ-11
A
7
8
9
10
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
88
7.28 Illumination print (AKP13)
4
5VD
6189
I814
I813
I812
SML-210
6186
SML-210
I810
I808
I809
6185
SML-210
6184
SML-210
I807
100R
6183
I821
3193
3192
100R
I811
7186
BC847BW
7185
BC847BW
100R
3188
100R
3187
100R
3186
6K8
I800
D
7181
BC847BW
I804
3181
100R
3180
I803
7180
BC847BW
E
SML-210
5VD
D
7182
BC847BW
100R
6180
FE-BT-VK-NAW
5VD
5VD
6182
8
I802
7
100R
3185
3189
F804
C
I815
I805
6
F803
3182
NC
7184
BC847BW
B
F802
SML-210
b3
5
100R
b1
4
6181
b4
5VD
F801
I801
NC
2
3
SML-210
GND
F800
9
5VD
5VD
7183
BC847BW
2K2
NC
1
5VD
6K8
3190
C
To 1982 Motherboard
5VD
7189
BC847BW
2K2
1980
8
A
I822
3194
3195
5VD
I820
I819
3191
B
7
I818
7188
BC847BW
7187
BC847BW
6
5VD
I817
I816
6188
6187
SML-210
5VD
A
5
SML-210
3
SML-210
2
100R
1
1
2
I806
3183
7
E
8 1980
2K2
3184
6K8
AKP13-8926
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1980 B1
3180 E3
3181 E4
3182 E5
3183 E2
3184 E2
3185 C6
3186 C7
3187 C8
3188 C9
3189 C2
3190 C2
3191 B3
3192 B4
3193 B5
3194 B2
3195 C2
6180 D3
6181 D4
6182 D5
6183 B6
6184 B7
6185 B8
6186 B9
6187 A3
6188 A4
6189 A5
7180 D3
7181 D4
7182 D5
7183 B6
7184 B7
7185 B8
7186 B9
7187 A3
7188 A4
7189 A5
F800 B1
F801 C1
F802 C1
F803 C1
F804 C1
I800 D3
I801 D4
I802 D5
I803 E3
I804 E4
I805 E5
I806 E2
I807 B6
I808 B7
I809 B8
I810 B9
I811 C6
I812 C7
I813 C8
I814 C9
I815 C2
I816 A3
I817 A4
I818 A5
I819 B3
I820 B4
I821 B5
I822 B2
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
7.29 Key print (AKP36)
1190 A2
1191 A2
1192 A3
1990 A1
3195 B2
3196 B2
VR120
7.
89
7.30 Shuttle board (ASP10)
3197 B3
I990 B2
I991 B2
I992 B3
7.31 Shuttle board (QKP21)
I993 A1
I994 A1
1
1200 B4
1
2
3
1201 A2
1202 A2
1
2
3
4
5
6
1001 C 3
1901 C 1
7200 C 4
1901 A1
2
3
A
4
A
SHUTTLE b2
8
1990
1
NC
REW
WIND
SHUTTLE b1
6
SHUTTLE b4
B
5
4
3
1001
GND
2
C
STILL
C
5DDC
1
GND
1901
7200
1
4
1200
5
1
2
7
5K6
3197
3K9
3196
8K2
3195
7
5VD
6
B
FE-ST-VK-N
1201
to
AMB
1945
I992
I991
I990
8
NC
A
1
3
7
NC
1901
A
EVQ-11
PLAY
1192
6
NC
1190
5
NC
1202
2
EVQ-11
4
A
I993
1191
GND
I994
EVQ-11
3
AN2
3
8
4
5
B
6
7
b1
2
JOG SHUTTLE
EVQ WM7 001
5DDC
b2
b3
b4
3
D
D
4
b4
B
5
b3
com
a
SHUTTLE
6
7
b2
b1
b
E
E
QKP21(40552)
1
2
3
4
5
6
AKP36 8928
3
1200 C3
1201 F1
1202 A5
1901 B2
1
2
3
1001 A 2
1901 A 2
7200 B 2
1202
ST I L L
1901
1001
1
97- 01- 27
8
A
72
A
00
B
B
40552
2
7
1201
97- 01- 27
1
QKP2 1
B
5VD
2
NC
A
B
TO 1982 MOBO
SHUTTLE b3
1
S OL DER- DI RE CT I ON
AKP36 8928
1
2
3
Circuit diagrams and PWB layouts, Wiring diagram
VR120
7.
90
7.32 Test point overview
TP
DUMMY for
2 head sets
BIAS
1965
1961
MOT1
ADJ.
1948
MOTOR
ADJ.
+
-
2613
1
3625
2492
5600
1911, 1912
1947
1
9417
9869
21
M63100BFP
7463
9762
100 1
34
81
22
7911
STV6401
7904
44
30
1
80
1 4
31
12 11
TDA9605
7650
M24C08
7818
51 50
LA71595M
7004 A-C
CINCH
rear
1941
1956
MAIN
9802
9801
SYNC
TRIV
1301
22
42
23
SATcontr.
not used for M63100BFP
1
33
DRUM
5VS1
DECKCONTROL
(DE)
8
5
7303
MC44608
8 5
4
1
7302
G
D
VPO
FMPV
9021
1
1955
20
1
1308
10
8
SDA5620 for VPO
SDA5650 for VPS
7502
11
2
3
S
7300
TCET1101G
14
6
LM339
7530
7
4
5
3
1
MP125
T1.25A
1
12
3.3 MHz
ADJ.
5704
3730
40.4 MHz
ADJ.
BAND I
ADJ.
AFC
ADJ.
5702
3089
3088
7072
14
9719
3707
17
1
LA7339A
15
AGC
ADJ.
1802
28
DECKCONTROL
AIO1
1801
3.3 MHz
STEREO
(ST)
1309
1306
T1.6A
CLOCK ADJUST
REC.
PROT
TMP93CT76F
SP
M
80
81
D
1
61
7899A-B
1
1
34
23
22
33
50
11
44
1
77
30
DISPLAY- CONTROL- AIO2
44
1
12
33 34
11
61
77
60
31
12
23
MP13
T125mA
100
51
22
T100mA 1304
MP160
HP1
15
34
77
TD
A
98
73
77
H
60
Z
SEC-CHROMA
CURRENT
13
24
9763
CSRP
9803
9713
7705
1
1704
ZF-out
9034
5301
DISPLAY
1982
1307
MP13
T125mA
Electrical alignments
VR120
8.
GB 91
8. Electrical alignments
8.1
Measuring instruments
8.3
The following instruments are required to carry out the
electrical setting work:
1. Dual trace oscilloscope
Voltage range
: 0.001 ~ 50V/Div.
Frequency range
: DC ~ 50 MHz
Probe
: 10:1; 1:1
2. Digital Multimeter
3. Frequency meter
4. Sine-wave generator
: 0 ~ 50MHz
5. Test pattern generator
6. Plastic adjustment tool
7. Isolating transformer (regulating transformer)
8. VHS test cassette 4822 397 30103
SPC test cassette 4822 397 30268
Video signal processing (VS-SEC)
Service tasks after replacement of ICs 7004, 7072:
Before commencing adjustment:
Call the service test program and enter Step 10 (Dummy
mode). Remove the drive from the motherboard.
8.3.1
3.3 MHz adjustment [3089] (for SECAM)
Purpose:
To adjust the mixing oscillator
Consequences of incorrect settings:
Cross patterns in coloured areas, coloured noise.
VHS test cassette
PB
0V
Counter Reading Start
0
0040 ±8
0310 ±12
Video
Color Bars
Audio
8.2
Blank B & W Pattern
Blank 6kHz (mono)
40Hz, 3kHz, 15kHz (Mono & Stereo)
A: AC, 50mV/Div, 50ns/Div
IC 7072 Pin 17
Setting instructions
Operating mode:
Example: SP, Record & Play
Record video signal and play
Test point: Connection
point for the measuring
instrument (signal)
8.3.2
back section just recorded
Required test signal and
signal input:
Example: White picture
video signal to SCART
The element
to be set
input
TP
ADJ.
MODE
INPUT
Emitter
7513
R3045
SP.Record &
Playback
SCART-Input
White picture
TAPE
MEAS. EQ
SPEC.
Blank tape
Oscilloscope,
Video Pattern
Generator
1Vpp
±40mV
Tape required for the
setting work
Measuring
instrument
Required value
SECAM chrominance record current adjustment [3088]:
Purpose:
To set the optimum record SECAM chroma level.
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
If the record level is too high, beats may appear on the
picture. If the level is too low, the colour may be degraded.
GB 92
8.
Electrical alignments
VR120
Notes:
With varying frame amplitudes, the setting is made for the
greatest amplitude.
8.4.2
HF - AGC adjustment [3707]:
Service tasks after replacement of ICs 7705, or TUMOD:
Purpose:
Set amplifier control.
REC
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
Picture jitter if input level is too low and picture distortion if
input level is too high.
A
A: AC, 50mV/Div, 20us/Div
8.4
Front End (FV)
Service tasks after replacement of IC 7705, coil L5702 and
TUMOD:
8.4.1
AFC Adjustment:
Purpose:
Correct adjustment of demodulator AFC - circuit
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
Bad or disturbed TV channel reception.
PAL - AFC adjustment [5702]:
8.4.3
Attenuating the 40.4 MHz [5704]: (SECAM only)
Service tasks after replacement of coil 5704:
Purpose:
To attenuate the band I carrier rests.
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
Bad picture quality when the filter attenuates the picture
carrier (38.9MHz).
SECAM band 1 - AFC adjustment [3730]: (SECAM L / L’
only)
Before commencing adjustment:
– Switch to a band 1 SECAM L’ preset.
– Is the system switch, in the menu ‘MANUAL
SEARCHING’, not possible, press the right cursor key of
the remote in the ‘CHANNEL NUMBER’ line for a short
moment.
– A fine-tuning will be done and the system will switch to
the ‘AUTO’ function.
If the adjustment is correct the signal at pin 1 of SFW [1704]
must be smaller than the input signal amplitude by at least 5
dB.
Electrical alignments
8.5
VR120
8.
GB 93
Deck electronics (DE)
Service tasks after replacement of IC 7463:
8.5.1
Motor frequency - adjustment [2492] (OPTION):
Purpose:
To adjust the working frequency of the head motor driver
(not necessary for M63100 BFP).
Result of an incorrect adjustment:
Head motor doesn’t start correctly.
After a correct adjustment, the display shows 1;0 when
incorrect. In case of unsuccessful tuning the VCR ejects the
cassette. To leave the step, press SELECT.
Before commencing adjustment:
– bring VCR in to EJECT state
– disconnect set from main power source
– remove cable 8004 from connector 1948
– connect test point DRUM [9417] with 5VS1 [9869] (wires
on component side)
– reconnect to main power source
Causes of incorrect adjustment :
Incorrect standard video signal.
Scanner fault.
Microprocessor fault.
8.6.2
”Studio Picture control” adjustment (SPC):
Purpose:
Adjustment of the reference level for the SPC.
Symptom if incorrectly set:
The picture is played back at a lower resolution than would
be possible.
0V
A: DC, 5V/DIV, 50ms/Div
Connector 1948 PIN1-3
2e 1e 2e 1e
–
–
& gt;
153.6 ms = 6e
8.6
Servo System (AIO1)
Service tasks after replacement of the head drum SYCA
7004-B or EEPROM.
8.6.1
Setting the gap position (GAP):
–
–
–
Video signal via Scart or aerial
Enter the service test program and, whilst the step is
flashing, input the step number 52, using the numerical
keys.
Insert SPC Alignment Tape 4822 397 30268.
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 52 is flashing,
the recorder makes a recording in SP mode (approx. 10
sec.) and in LP mode (approx. 10 sec.), rewinds and
carries out a playback with automatic adjustment.
After a correct adjustment the display shows 1, and 0 for
incorrect adjustments. In case of unsuccessful tuning the
VCR ejects the cassette.
Purpose:
To determine the correct head switching point during
playback.
Symptom if incorrectly set:
Head switching fault and/or vertical picture flickers.
–
–
–
Enter the service test program and, whilst step display is
flashing, enter the step number 51, using the numerical
keys.
Insert a test cassette (e.g. 4822 397 30103) with the
standard video signal in the VCR.
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 51 is flashing,
the automatic adjustment is triggered and stored in the
EEPROM .
To leave the step press SELECT.
GB 94
8.7
8.
VR120
Electrical alignments
Audio linear - ( AL)
Service tasks after replacement of coil L5600, IC7004 or the
audio heads:
8.7.1
Adjusting the erasing frequency [5600]:
Purpose:
To set the correct recording erasing frequency.
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
Erasing frequency or its harmonics cause audio faults.
By pressing the SELECT button whilst step 62 is flashing, the
output select is switched to Mono and the display shows, for
instance:
–
–
8.7.2
Adjustment of bias current [3625]:
–
Purpose:
To set the optimum record bias current.
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
If the audio level is too high, the higher frequencies of the
linear sound are too low.
If the level is too low, the higher frequencies are too strong
and sound distortions increase.
–
–
–
8.8
Make a recording of the audio signal on E1.
Connect the millivoltmeter to Scart1 Pin1(Audio out) and
play the recording back.
The level on Scart 1, Pin1 (Audio out) can be adjusted to
the set value by pressing the UP (value increases) or
DOWN keys (value decreases).
(The amplitude changes by 1 dB each time the key is
pressed).
The range is shown in the display by the numbers 0...31.
The value is automatically stored in the EE-PROM each
time the button is pressed.
Display Control (AIO2)
Service tasks after replacement of the clock quartz [1170] or
the EEPROM:
8.8.1
Clock frequency output
Purpose:
Setting the exact clock function.
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
The clock is too fast or too slow.
Checking the ’bias’ adjustment:
Apply a sine-wave signal with an amplitude of 50mVeff to the
SCART audio input. Record the 1kHz signal and 10kHz
signal for 30 seconds each. Play back the recording and
check that the amplitude difference is in the ±3dB range. If
this is not the case, correct the value for the magnetic biasing
current. If the treble is too low, the bias current should be
reduced slightly. If the distortion is too great, the bias current
should be increased slightly.
(approximate value: +1V = -1dB Treble).
8.7.3
Remove the Motherboard from the frame and bring it into the
service position.
Enter the service test program and, whilst step display is
flashing, enter the step number 99, using the numerical
keys.
Adjustment of the audio linear playback amplitude [IICbus]:
Purpose:
To set audio part amplification LA71595 [7004-A]
Symptom, if incorrectly set:
Playback sounds too low or too loud.
Enter the service test program and, whilst step display is
flashing, enter the step number 62, using the numerical keys.
After entering with SELECT, the display is switched off and
the watch symbol is flashing, no further function can be
carried out. At the CLOCK ADJUST measuring point [7899A, pin 71], the uncorrected clock frequency of approx. 8192
Hz is always output.
Measure the output frequency with the calibrated counter
(minimum resolution of 6 digits) and note down the value
(fmess).
Electrical alignments
Determining the deviation (in ppm):
fmess..... measured frequency
fnom........target frequency (8192,00 Hz)
Deviation = 1x106 x (fmess - fnom) / fnom
Determining the correction value for Step 53:
Correction value = Deviation / 0.763 + 128 (round off to whole
number)
The calculated correction value must be between 0 and 255
(change quartz otherwise), and must be entered in Step 53
and saved.
This step can either be exited by performing a main power
source reset, after which the service program must be
entered again or by pressing any key on the set, before
step 53 can be entered.
Example:
fmess=8191.97Hz
fnom =8192.00Hz
Deviation = 1x106 x (8191.97 - 8192.00) / 8192.00 = -3.662
Correction value = -3.662 / 0.763 + 128 = 123.20 = 123
8.8.2
Inputing the clock correction
Before carrying out step 53, the correction value must be
established in step 99.
By pressing the SELECT key whilst step 53 is flashing, the
display shows, for instance (128 is the default value of an
empty EEPROM):
Using the numerical keys of the remote control, the
established correction value from Step 99 is entered as a 3digit number (value must be between 0 and 255).
After pressing the OK key on the remote control, the entered
code is stored, the display shows OK for approx. 3 seconds
and then the stored value in decimal format.
In case of an invalid entry (value & gt; 255), the activation of the
OK key causes the content of the last stored value to be
displayed and OK does not appear in the display.
To leave the step press Select.
VR120
8.
GB 95
GB 96
8.
Electrical alignments
VR120
Adjustment table of the clock frequency:
Measured frequency in Hertz:
measured
clock
frequency
pos. 7899-A
pin 71
[Hz]
8192,00
8191,98
8191,96
8191,94
8191,92
8191,90
8191,88
8191,86
8191,84
8191,82
8191,80
8191,78
8191,76
8191,74
8191,72
8191,70
8191,68
8191,66
8191,64
8191,62
8191,60
8191,58
8191,56
8191,54
8191,52
8191,50
8191,48
8191,46
8191,44
8191,42
8191,40
8191,38
8191,36
8191,34
8191,32
8191,30
8191,28
8191,26
8191,24
8191,22
8191,20
corrected
value
for Step 53
input
Time
deviation
minutes /
year
128
125
122
118
115
112
109
106
102
99
96
93
90
86
83
80
77
74
70
67
64
61
58
54
51
48
45
42
38
35
32
29
26
22
19
16
13
10
6
3
0
0,0
-1,2
-2,4
-3,7
-4,9
-6,1
-7,3
-8,5
-9,8
-11,0
-12,2
-13,4
-14,6
-15,9
-17,1
-18,3
-19,5
-20,8
-22,0
-23,2
-24,4
-25,6
-26,9
-28,1
-29,3
-30,5
-31,7
-33,0
-34,2
-35,4
-36,6
-37,8
-39,1
-40,3
-41,5
-42,7
-43,9
-45,2
-46,4
-47,6
-48,8
measured
clock
corrected
frequency
value
pos. 7899-A for Step 53
pin 71
input
[Hz]
8192,00
8192,02
8192,04
8192,06
8192,08
8192,10
8192,12
8192,14
8192,16
8192,18
8192,20
8192,22
8192,24
8192,26
8192,28
8192,30
8192,32
8192,34
8192,36
8192,38
8192,40
8192,42
8192,44
8192,46
8192,48
8192,50
8192,52
8192,54
8192,56
8192,58
8192,60
8192,62
8192,64
8192,66
8192,68
8192,70
8192,72
8192,74
8192,76
8192,78
128
131
134
138
141
144
147
150
154
157
160
163
166
170
173
176
179
182
186
189
192
195
198
202
205
208
211
214
218
221
224
227
230
234
237
240
243
246
250
253
Time
deviation
minutes /
year
0,0
1,2
2,4
3,7
4,9
6,1
7,3
8,5
9,8
11,0
12,2
13,4
14,6
15,9
17,1
18,3
19,5
20,8
22,0
23,2
24,4
25,6
26,9
28,1
29,3
30,5
31,7
33,0
34,2
35,4
36,6
37,8
39,1
40,3
41,5
42,7
43,9
45,2
46,4
47,6
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
VR120
9.
GB 97
9. Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
9.1
Switched-mode power supply PS (PS Part)
9.1.1
Technical data:
Mains voltage
Maximum output
9.1.3
The supply voltage part extends from the mains socket
[1300] to the capacitor [2318]. Using the diodes [6310, 6311,
6312 and 6313] the a.c. supply voltage is rectified and
buffered using the capacitor [2318]. The line reactor [5305]
and capacitor [2316] create a filter to keep interference
arising in the power supply away from the mains.
Components [1302], [3326] and [3323] protect the power
supply against short-term overvoltages in the mains, e.g.
caused by indirect effects from lightning.
: 195-264 Vrms
: 15W / 40W
(continuous /
maximum output)
: 40 kHz
: approx. 75 % at
maximum output
Operating frequency
Efficiency
9.1.4
Six different direct voltages are supplied on the power supply
outputs.
9.1.2
Supply voltage part
Start-up with Mains-on:
Following connection to the mains, the capacitor [2310] is
loaded via the start-up resistor [3318] and a current source
between pin 8 and pin 6 on the IC [7303]. Once the voltage
on [2310] and therefore the supply voltage Vcc on the IC
[7303] has reached approx. 13V, the IC starts up and issues
pulses to its output on pin 5. These pulses are used to control
the gate on the power transistor [7302] ( see figure 9-2 ). The
frequency has a fixed setting in the IC (approx. 40 kHz). The
current input on the IC is approx. 5 mA in normal mode.
If Vcc drops to below approx. 10V (e.g. with power limitation)
or if Vcc exceeds around 15V (interruption of the control
loop), the output on the IC [7303, pin 5] is blocked. All output
voltages on the power supply, and therefore also Vcc,
decrease. Once Vcc has dropped to below approx. 6.5V, a
new start-up cycle begins. (See also “Overload, Power
Limitation, Burst Mode“ section)
Functional principle:
This power supply functions in a similar way to a blocking
oscillator. In the supply voltage part [1300 to 2318], the mains
voltage is rectified and buffered in the capacitor [2318]. From
this direct voltage [2318] energy is transferred into the
transformer [5301, pins 1-3] during the conductive phase of
the switching transistor [7302] and is stored there as
magnetic energy. This energy is passed to the secondary
outputs on the power supply in the in the blocking phase of
the switching transistor [7302]. With the switch-on time of the
switching transistor [7302], the energy transferred in every
cycle is regulated in such a way that the output voltages
remain constant regardless of changes in the load or input
voltages. The power transistor is activated using the
integrated switch [7303] ( see figure 9-1 ).
MC44608
+
3318
8
1
VI
DEMAG
C demag
current mirror
65mV/45mV
current and voltage
references
200 µA
VCC 6
UVL01
quick OVP
OVP - out
stand - by
stand - by
management
ISENSE
2
0
PWM
comp
DRIVER
&
&
PWM
latch
0
latch OFF phase
stand by
leading edge
blanking
5
thermal shutdown
200 µA
1
7302
buffer
regulation
block
NC
7
Figure 9-1
1
GND
4
&
3
CTRL
6304
&
7300
+
6305
0
5301
t
output
200 µA
1
latched off phase
switching phase
start - up
phase
start up phase
&
6307
2310
current mirror
Vcc
management
3314
start - up
management
GB 98
9.1.5
9.
VR120
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
Normal mode:
With the power supply in normal mode, the periodic
sequences in the circuit are divided primarily into the
conductive and blocking phase of the switching transistor
[7302]. During the conductive phase of the switching
transistor [7302], current flows from the rectified mains
voltage to the capacitor [2318] through the primary coil on the
transformer [5301, pins 1-3], the transistor [7302] and
resistors [3314, 3331] to earth ( see figure 9-1 ). The positive
voltage on pin 1 of the transformer [5301] can be assumed to
be constant for a switching cycle. The current in the primary
coil on the transformer [5301] increases linearly in the pattern
of U=L*di/dt. A magnetic field representing a certain volume
of the primary current is formed inside the transformer. In this
phase, the voltages on the secondary coils are polarised in
such a way that the diodes [6300, 6301, 6306, 6308 and
6309] block. From the controller on [7301], a current is
supplied to the CTRL input on the IC [pin 3, 7303] via
optocoupler [7300]. Once the switch-on time for the switching
transistor [7302] has been reached, which corresponds to the
current supplied on the CTRL input, the switching transistor
is switched off.
Once the switching transs been switched off, the blocking
phase begins. No more energy will be transferred into the
transformer. The inductivity of the transformer will still
attempt to maintain the current which has flowed through it
(U=L*di/dt) at a constant level. As the primary current circuit
is interrupted by the shut-off switching transistor [7302], the
current will flow through the secondary coils.
The polarity of the voltages on the transformer is reversed,
which means that the diodes [6300, 6301, 6306, 6308 and
6309] become conductive and current flows into the
capacitors [2301, 2305, 2309, 2311 and 2312] and the load.
This current is also ramp-shaped (di/dt negative, therefore
decreasing).
The control adjustment for the switched-mode power
supply is made by changing the conductive phase of the
switching transistor ( see figure 9-2 ), so that either more or
less energy is transferred from the rectified mains voltage to
[2318] in the transformer. The control information is provided
by the control element [7301]. This element compares the 5V
output voltage via the voltage dividers [3300, 3306, 3336]
with an internal 2.5V reference voltage. The output voltage
from [7301] passes via an optocoupler [7300] (for the metallic
isolation of the primary and secondary parts) as the current
value to pin 3 on the IC [7303]. The switch-on time for the
switching transistor [7302] is inversely proportional to the
value of this current.
9.1.6
Overload, power limitation, burst mode:
With an increasing load on one or more power supply
outputs, the switch-on time for the power transistor [7302]
also increases, and thus also the peak value of the deltashaped current through this power transistor. The equivalent
voltage circuit for this current profile is passed from resistors
[3314] and [3331] via [3312] and [3347] to pin 2 on the IC
[7305]. If the voltage on pin 2 reaches 1V in one switching
cycle, the conductive phase of the switching transistor is
ended immediately. This check is made in each individual
switching cycle. This process ensures that no more than
approx. 48W can be taken out of the mains (= power
limitation).
If the power supply reaches the power limit, the output
voltages and the supply voltage Vcc on pin 6 of the IC [7303]
will be reduced following further loading. If Vcc is less than
approx. 10V at any point during this process, the output on
the IC [7303, pin 5] is blocked. All output voltages and Vcc
are reduced. Once Vcc has dropped to below approx. 6.5V,
a new start-up cycle begins. If the overload status or shortcircuit remains, the power limitation will be activated
immediately and the voltages will continue to be reduced,
followed by another start-up attempt ( Burst Mode ). The
amount of power taken up from the mains in burst mode is
low.
9.1.7
Standby mode:
In the ‘Standby‘ operating mode on the device, the ’STBY‘
control line is used to shut off the output voltages 14AL, 5VA
and 5VD on the power supply to minimise the amount of
power taken up from the mains. The supply to the display
heating can also be switched off using the ‘I1WSTBY‘ control
line. The power supply itself will continue to function
continuously in the ‘Standby‘ operating mode with a
switching frequency of 40kHz.
U3
= U GS
t
I Dmax
point of reversal
ID
t
UDS
t
Figure 9-2
9.2
Operating unit DC (DC part)
The microcontroller TMP93CT76F [7899-A] is a 16 bit
microcontroller fitted with 128Kb ROM and 2.5Kb RAM.
It is the core element of the operating unit, fulfilling the
following tasks with the respective functional groups:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Integrated VFD driver
Timer
Evaluation of the keyboard matrix
Decoding the remote control commands from the infrared receiver pos. 6170
Activation of the display
Back-up mode
In normal operation, the P is operated in dual-clock mode, i.e.
both quartzes [1170, 1171] oscillate. The time is derived from
the slow quartz [1170] (32.768 kHz), and the fast quartz
[1171] (16MHz) is used to generate the system clock
frequency.
In case of a mains failure (back-up mode) the P is not reset,
but instead the mains failure is registered by the IPOR
interrupt 3 [7899-B] (pin 67) and the P is moved into “Sleep
mode” (low power consumption). The 16MHz quartz is turned
off and the 32kHz quartz is then used as the clock and
system clock frequency. The operating voltage for the AIO is
buffered by a back-up cell [pos. 2174, 2172]. A diode [6171]
prevents this gold capacity from discharging.
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
9.2.1
9.3
Evaluation of the keyboard matrix
There are 12 different keys. Each key function is assigned a
fixed voltage value. This value is decoded using an
analogue/digital (A/D) port (7899-B, pin 56). Each
mechanical key position on the printed board can adopt any
key function via a coding resistor. Pressing keys
simultaneously may lead to undesired functions!
VR120
9.
GB 99
Central Control AIO (AIO part)
The microcontroller (µC) TMP93CT76F [7899-B] includes
the following functions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
9.2.2
0E
470E
DOWN
1K2
UP
2K2
STILL
3K9
MONITOR
5K6
REW
8K2
WIND
12K
PLAY
18K
EJECT
27K
47K
STOP
STBY
REC
100K
DC-KEY
[7899-B, pin56]
STOP/EJECT
10K
Schematic:
PWM outputs
A/D converters
Composite sync input
Special servo inputs for VCR functions
I2C-BUS interface
Shuttle evaluation
IR receiver and signal evaluation
The IR receiver [6170] includes a selective, controlled
amplifier in addition to a photo-diode. The photo-diode
changes the received transmission (approx. 940nm) in
electrical pulses, which are then amplified and demodulated.
On the output of the IR receiver [7220] a level lift 0V/5V pulse
sequence, which corresponds to the envelope curve of the
received IR remote control command, can be measured. This
pulse sequence is input into the controller for further signal
evaluation via input IRR [7899-B, pin 46].
9.2.3
Activation and function of the VFD display
In principle, the VFD display [7170] is a tube triode in which
the heating filaments in the tube serve as cathodes (F+,F-).
The 7 grids (G1 - G7) are activated via PC2 - PC7, PD0 on
the controller, and the 16 anodes (P1 - P16) are controlled via
ports PE0 - PE7, PF0 - PF7, PC0, PC1 on the controller,
each with a positive potential compared to the cathode.
The grids and anodes (digits and symbols to be displayed)
are activated in the time-multiplex procedure, voltage lift 5V/
-18V. A dimmer function is generated using pulse-width
modulation of the grid control signals. At maximum display
brightness, the pulse width for each grid is 2.16 ms. It can be
reduced, controlled using software, which reduces the visual
brightness of the VFD display accordingly.
A digit or symbol is only illuminated if the corresponding
anode and the surrounding grid are switched simultaneously
to 5V for a certain time within a scanning period. The
electrons emitted from the cathode are accelerated by the
positively charged grid and hit the luminous layer of the
anode which is also positively charged.
During the remainder of the scanning period, the
corresponding grid and parts of the anode are at -18V, due to
the internal pull-down resistors in the controller. This
potential is still lower than the average cathode potential of
approx. -15V, prevents the acceleration of electrons, thus
causing the relevant grid and anode segments to go dark.
The heating direct voltage of the display (U = 3.5V) is
supplied from the power supply via lines HELO or HEHI to
pins F+ and F- to the VFD display. Resistors [3070] and
[3071] restrict F- to approx. -15V.
9.3.1
Analogue interface to the C:
The following analogue levels are supplied to the µ C’s
internal analogue/digital (A/D) converter:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
9.3.2
TAE/TAS
TRIV
TRIA
AGC
AFC
8SC1/2
voltage
Key-in
Tape End / Tape Start Detection
Tracking Information Video
Tracking Information Audio
Automatic Gain Control
Automatic Frequency Control
Pin 8 Scart1 or Scart2 switching
Keypad evaluation
Tape end - LED control :
The LED current is switched using transistor [7804]. The ON
time is approx. 1 msec and the OFF time approx. 12 msec
during playback and 1msec to 5.5msec during the winding
functions.
The LED current is typically 150 mA. In order to prevent
interference from the relatively high pulsed current
‘spreading’ through the entire unit, the LED is fed from the
14VM1, and filtered by 2 resistors [3800, 3805] with 10R
each and a 220µF electrolytic capacitor [2803].
GB 100
9.3.3
9.
VR120
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
CMT detection (video detection with CSYNC)
The five-stage AGC alone cannot cover the large dynamic
range of the input voltage. The amplifier is therefore also
equipped with a low pass characteristic (fg = 3kHz typ.;
internal).
In parallel with the CTL head is the RC cell comprising
capacitor [2479] and resistor [3471]. The capacitor [2479],
together with the CTL head inductivity, causes a resonance
step-up at around 10 kHz and the resistor [3471] suppresses
this step-up. This creates an aperiodic transient response in
the resonance. Beyond the resonance frequency, there is an
adjustment in terms of a steep fall in the frequency
transmission characteristic. This effectively suppresses highfrequency pick-ups. The CTL head signal amplitude in
standard play is around 1mVp (typ.) which means that the
amplification for the playback amplifier must be
correspondingly high. To avoid offset problems, a 100 F
electrolytic capacitor [2490] is fitted in the negative feedback
branch for DC decoupling.
The polarity of the playback amplifier can be changed using
the Video Index Search System (VISS) voltage. This is the
only way in which the P can write a VISS mark on the tape
without spikes. The Write/Read (W/R) signal is used to
switch over between record and playback:
W = “H“, R = “L“.
This has been extended due to identification problems with
weak transmission signals and video signals not conforming
to the STANDARD (common channel interference). The
CSYNC line is supplied to the µP [7899-B] on pin 50. A
hardware integration [7807,7808,7809] of the video pulse
compensates the interference generated by the common
channels and weak signals.
9.3.4
EE-PROM
The EE-PROM [7818] is a non-volatile memory which can be
erased and written to electrically. (Data remains even if the
operating voltage fails). Data specific to the device such as
the X distance, head changeover position, preset stations,
optional bytes etc. is stored in the EE-PROM [7818]. The
data is accessed by the µP via the I2C bus.
9.3.5
Easy link (P50)
For the communication between the TV set, video recorder
and the peripheral devices, a bi-directional single-wire bus is
used, which runs via pin 10 to scart socket 1.
The output signal is generated on pin 84 of the µC [7899-B],
pin 68 is the signal input.
9.3.6
9.4.2
The POR generator contained in the M63100FP [7463]
requires only one external capacitor [2477], which specifies
the length of the POR pulse. For 33 nF, tPOR is approx. 30ms.
The response threshold of the reset circuit is between 4.5
and 4.8 V. Supply fluctuations which are shorter than tPOR/
100 area and which do not fall below 4.0 V, do not trigger the
POR. The P is reset using the inverted POR.
Shuttle
The shuttle is connected to the motherboard on plug
pos.1982. It is a binary coded rotary switch with a rotation
angle of +/- 70 degrees and 16 switch positions. These are
input and evaluated via four lines (shuttle b1 - shuttle b4) to
the input ports P24 - P27 [7899B pins 2-5].
9.4.3
9.3.7
Deck electronics DE (DE part)
The deck interface IC MP63100FP [7463] contains the
following functional groups:
•
•
•
•
•
•
9.4.1
The sensor interface :
Satmouse
For activating a sat-receiver via an external infrared
electronic transmission unit (Satmouse) a bi-directional data
line, a short-circuit proof +5V and earth are provided via a 3pin 3.5mm jack [1941].
The +5V is limited to approx. 140 mA using a current limiting
switch [7812 and peripherals].
9.4
Power on reset (POR) generator
CTL stage (tape synchronisation)
Sensor interface
Power on reset
Head drum motor driver
Loading motor driver
Capstan motor control
The four comparators in the M63100FP [7463] are used to
convert sensor signals to the logic level. The outputs are
overload protected by a current limiter and thermal overload
protection. Only the non-inverting input on each comparator
is accessible from the outside. The other inputs are
connected to an internal reference of 2.5V. The fixed
hysteresis of the comparators of approx. 18 mV is also
located internally.
The comparators are connected as follows:
Comparator 1: In = FTA, pin 39; Out = FTAD, pin 34:
FTA = threading tachometer. This signal comes from a forked
light barrier in the deck. An infra-red light beam is interrupted
by a 4-blade impeller (butterfly). The output amplitude for the
light barriers should be less than 2V for the low level and
greater than 3V in the high level to ensure a correct
evaluation process. An additional hysteresis is created with a
resistor [3476]. For unit versions & lt; 1W and FOME the
external operation amplifier [7530B] is used to reduce the
power consumption in & lt; 1W mode.
CTL stage
The IC M63100FP [7463] contains a read/write stage for the
CTL track with the option of overwriting an existing CTL track
without any interference. The playback stage is fitted with a
“digital” five-stage AGC. This logic circuit identifies the size of
the output signal supplied by the CTL head, and then selects
the best amplification ratio in the playback stage using
comparators.
The CTL head voltage can therefore vary greatly, if Vmax /
Vmin is great. The slowest tape speed is in LP mode. The
fastest speed is adjusted during rewind. To ensure that the
duty cycle in the tape sync is always reproduced correctly in
the conditions mentioned above (important for detecting
VISS marks), the amplifier must not be overdriven.
Comparator 2: In = WTR, pin 38; Out = WTRD, pin 33:
WTR = Winding tachometer right, from a reflection
photoelectric barrier. The level is the same as for the FTA.
Comparator 3: In = WTL, pin 37; Out = WTLD, pin 31 :
WTL = Winding tachometer left, from a reflection
photoelectric barrier. The level is the same as for the FTA.
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
Comparator 4: In = FG, pin 35; Out = FGD, pin 30:
FG = capstan tachometer. This signal stems from an
amplifier for the tachometer hall sensor on the motor unit
[1946 pin 4]. The output impedance is 10 kOhm. The
amplitude of the virtually sinusoidal signal is normally 1 Vp. It
should not fall below 300 mVpp. It is AC-coupled via a
capacitor [2485]. In order for a bias current to flow, the input
pin 31 must be passed via a resistor [3474] to the reference
voltage on pin 4. A capacitor [2480] for filtering out highfrequency interference is arranged in parallel to the bias
resistor.
9.4.4
Interface to the head drum motor driver part
The head drum control voltage (speed and phase control
information) is output via a P-output (7899-B pin 35; PWM
14-bit). This pulse-wide modulated signal is fed to the motor
driver IC M63100FP [7463 pin 11] and integrated with the
capacitor [2469]. This IC already has a completely integrated
‘start-up’ circuit fitted. For the commutation, the head drum
motor driver uses the e.m.f. on the non-current carrying
motor coil (transformer principle). The motor speed is also
discharged from there at the same time. The phase of the
head disc is discharged from a position coil. The speed and
phase are multiplexed into one signal [7463 pin 6] and
output, which means that the falling edge of the signal is
available with a positive edge for the speed (FG/450Hz) and
at 25Hz for the position pulse (PG).
The motor driver M63100FP [7463] is connected to the head
drum motor on the motherboard using plug [1948].
• DRUM
is the speed-phase control signal.
The resolution is 14 bit.
• PG/FG
is the combined POS/tachometer
signal from the M63100FP [7463].
9.4.5
9.4.6
9.
GB 101
Interface to the capstan motor
The driver IC on the capstan motor is activated via connector
[1946].
CAP is the signal for the capstan speed. This voltage may
vary without load between 0 and 5 V.
The rotational direction of the motor is determined using
CREV (capstan reverse). The maximum current input for the
motor is limited to 1A. Typical values in PLAY mode are 0.2
... 0.3 A.
9.5
Front end FV (FV part)
9.5.1
The front end comprises the following parts :
•
•
•
•
•
9.5.2
TUMOD = Tuner (+ Modulator Option) (+Booster Option)
(+Passive Loop Through Option)
IF amplifier & video demodulator IC TDA 9817, [7705]
with FM - PLL demodulator
IF amplifier & video demodulator IC TDA 9818, [7705]
with FM - PLL and AM demodulator
FM stereo decoder TDA 9873 [7760]
Multi-standard FM stereo, AM, NICAM decoder
MSP3415D [7761]
The front end has been designed to receive the following
systems:
•
•
•
•
•
Interface to the loading motor driver part:
The loading motor driver part is constructed for use as a
bridged dual power operations amplifier (OPAMP). It can
supply max. +/-0.8A output current. The output current is
limited to approx. 0.7A by the internal resistance of the
loading motor (18 Ohm typ.) (start-up or motor is blocked).
Between the IC outputs [7463, pins 22 and 24] there is a
“Boucherot” circuit [3467] 1E, [2474] 100 nF for suppressing
a spurious 3MHz oscillation from the output stage. One half
of the bridge is controlled via the TMO line on pin 27 and acts
as a comparator. The other half is an amplifier integrator with
a 3.9 gain. A change in the input voltage (THIO) of between
0 and 5V on pin 25 results in a change in the output voltage
of between 0V and almost Ub. With 50% modulation (THIO =
2.5 V) pin 24 has approx. 7 V. The 100nF capacitor [2473] in
the negative feedback of the op-amp filters out the PWM
frequency of approx. 39kHz. During POR, the P issues “L” to
the THIO line, whilst TMO is “H”. This ensures that no current
flows in the motor for the duration of the POR pulse. This
prevents the motor being destroyed in case of prolonged
running or blockage. This arrangement also has a
disadvantage, however. This is that if the 5 V supply fails
(e.g. because the 5V fuse has blown), residual voltages may
be passed to the IC inputs via the adjacent 14 V voltages.
These residual voltages trigger the comparator and the opamp in opposite ways, causing a short-circuit in the blocked
loading motor after about a minute. To get around this
problem, a separate voltage divider is used internally for the
comparator. Both outputs on the M63100FP [7463] are then
in “common mode” if this error occurs.
VR120
PAL B/G with FM stereo
PAL 1 or PAL BG with NICAM stereo
PAL BG with NICAM and FM stereo
PAL BG/I SECAM L/L’ with NICAM and FM stereo
PAL BG SECAM DK with NICAM and FM stereo
• PAL B/G
= /01,/02/16
• PAL I
= /05 Pal I with UHF reception
• PAL I Ireland
= /07 Pal I with VHF/UHF reception
• SECAM L,L‘, PAL BG/I = /39
• PAL B/G, PAL I, SECAM D/K = /55
• PAL B/G, SECAM DK = /58
The relevant layout is given in the version list on the circuit
diagram.
9.5.3
Tuner modulator (TUMOD)
The tuner and modulator are fitted into the same housing.
Both the tuner and the modulator are PLL-controlled. The
reception frequency or modulator frequency is set using the
IIC bus.
The amplification is determined by the AGC voltage at pin 5
[1701] (for operation, see IF demodulator section).
9.5.4
IF selection
The IF frequency of the video carrier is 38.9 MHz for all
systems except SECAM L’ (33.9 MHz).
For PAL BG-SECAM DK and for PAL BG/I-SECAM L/L´ a
quasi-split audio system is used; i.e. for video and audio
carriers, separate surface-wave filters (OFW) are required
[1704, 1703]. For all other standards an intercarrier system is
used; i.e. a common OFW with audio stair-step can be used
[1704] for video and audio carriers.
For the PAL BG/I-SECAM L/L’ version, an additional circuit
for suppressing the adjacent channel audio carrier is
provided, which is set using coil [5704] to maximum
suppression at 40.4MHz.
9.5.5
IF demodulator
TDA 9818
The IF signal from the tuner is processed by another
demodulator IC of type TDA 9818 [7705]. The TDA 9818 is
GB 102
9.
VR120
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
used to demodulate pos. or neg. modulated video carriers. It
is possible to generate a QSS-audio-IF signal or an
intercarrier IF signal for demodulation in the audio
demodulator [7761]. For the best possible video signal
performance the IF signal is conveyed via an OFW [1704]
according to the standard. The audio-IF carrier is selected in
the audio OFW [1703] which is switched for SECAM L’. The
output signal for this OFW is further processed in the TDA
9818. FM carriers are converted from the IF level into the
audio IF position and further processed in the audio
demodulator. The AFC coil [5702] on the TDA 9818 is
adjusted so that when a frequency of 38.9 MHz is supplied to
the IF output of the tuner, the AFC voltage on pin 17 on the
TDA 9818 is 2.5V. The setting of the picture carrier frequency
for SECAM L in the TDA 9818 is achieved by connecting pin
7 of the IC via a potentiometer [3730] to earth. The AFC
voltage on pin 17 TDA 9818 should then also be 2.5V at 33.9
MHz. The HF-AGC is set using the AGC controller [3707] so
that with a sufficiently large input signal (74 dBV), the voltage
at the IF output on the tuner [1701, pin 17] is 550 mVpp. The
setting must be carried out when the audio carrier is switched
off. The demodulated video signal appears on pin 16 [7705].
The video drop [1705] reduces adjacent channel sound
carrier and sound carrier remainders in the video.
PAL/SECAM/MESECAM/NTSC via IIC bus
SP/LP/SLP via IIC bus
VIDEO INPUT SELECTOR SWITCH via IIC bus
In 1-scart units a distinction is made via the IIC bus between
VFV (pin 36 / VID2) and VBS which corresponds to VIN1 (pin
38 / VID1). In 2-scart units the video input selection is made
via IIC bus in the STV6401 [7904] and the SE IC is always on
VBS (pin 38 / VIN1).
VIDEO ENTRY
The feature frame pulse FFP signal on pin 26 is used to enter
the artificial picture pulse for playback features and the test
picture for the unit installation procedure:
Loop through
Test picture
Artificial picture pulse
LP/SP head pair switchover
The switchover between the long play LP head pair and the
standard play SP head pair is made via the HSC signal (pin
25).
4/x scanner in play back:SP head pair:1.2V & lt; = HSC & lt; = 2.8V
LP head pair: 0V & lt; = HSC & lt; = 0.8V
2/x scanner in play back:always
3.2V & lt; = HSC & lt; = 5V
TDA 9817
As for TDA9818, without the option for processing AM audio
and positive video modulation (SECAM L,L’).
9.5.6
Head switchover
The video head switchover is made using the HP1 signal (pin
11). To keep audio linear interference as low as possible, the
HP1 polarity should be selected to be inverse and the HP1
level should be the same as the CROT signal on pin 10.
Audio demodulator
Multi-standard audio processor MSP 3415D
The MSP 3415D [7761] is a multi-standard sound processor
which can demodulate FM Mono/Stereo, NICAM and AM
signals. The incoming signal is first controlled and then
digitised. The digital signal is then demodulated in 2 separate
channels. In the first MSP channel, FM and NICAM (B/G/I/D/
K) are demodulated, whereas in the second MSP channel,
FM and AM is demodulated again (NICAM L corresponds to
NICAM B/G). These demodulated signals are selected
digitally in the I/O and switched to the D/A converter on the
outputs. Amplitude and bandwidth of the demodulated audio
signals can be determined in the MSP using the
corresponding commands via the I2C bus. This means that
the setting required for the best possible performance can be
made.
FM stereo audio decoder TDA 9873
The TDA 9873 [7760] is a multi-standard A2 audio processor
which can demodulate FM mono/stereo signals. The audio IF
SIF2 is passed from pin 3 [7705] to pin 25 [7760]. The
demodulated stereo signals AFL and AFR I2C bus are
available controlled on pins 1 and 2.
9.6
Switchover functions in the signal electronics IC
LA71695xM [7004]:
PB:
SP1 / LP1:
SP2 / LP2:
1.2V & lt; = HP1 & lt; = 2.8V
0V & lt; = HP1 & lt; = 0.8V
Envelope curve comparator
If the ENVC signal (pin 94) is HIGH, the FM envelope curve
on the LP head is greater than that on the SP head, and vice
versa.
9.6.2
Recording
Luminance
The input signal (1-scart: pin 38 = scart , pin 36 = front end;
2-scart: pin 38 = input video selected using STV6401) is
connected in the IC [7004] and is available uncontrolled on
pin 32 as VREC (SECAM; VPS only unit data slicers). It
reaches pin 31 via an electrolytic capacitor [2036]. In the IC
[7004] the video signal first goes through an amplification
control process (time constants determined by C [2035]).
After the AGC the video signal reaches the FBC clamping
stage (feed back clamp), then the video signal is divided onto
3 paths:
Video signal processing VS (VS part)
9.6.1
& lt; 0.8V
= 1.2 ... 3.8V
& gt; 4.2V
•
The signal electronics IC LA71595M [7004] are controlled via
the I2C Bus on pins 23 and 24 by the AIO.
As groups 5 and 6 can only be transferred with a change in
HP1, it must be ensured that during measurements the HP1
line is always connected to the SE IC or replaced by a
corresponding signal.
REC/PB via IIC bus
During RECORD pin 30 must be passed via [7009] on 5V
(IREV=LOW) to activate the video write current stages. To
keep the transient condition of the write current as short as
possible, the signal electronics IC is set to REC via IIC bus
before the pin 30 change.
Loop-through signal path: The video signal is amplified
by 6dB following video entry and is available controlled
on pin 29 as a VSB signal (OSD entry, data slicer - & gt; I/O,
front end,..).
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
•
•
Y-REC path: The video signal passes via a 3.5 MHz low
pass filter to vertical emphasis comprising the YNR block
(part of this circuit block is used in REC for vertical
emphasis) and a 1H-CCD delay line integrated into the
SE IC [7004-C] and an external emitter follower [7006].
This vertical emphasis can be switched via IIC and is only
active in LP. The Y-signal before the 1H-CCD can be
measured on pins 43 and 45 on the IC [7004-C]
(separated only by a coupling electrolytic capacitor). The
Y-signal after the 1H-CCD is passed back from pin 46 IC
[7004-C] via the E-follower [7006] on pin 41 IC [7004].
After the vertical emphasis the Y-signal passes via pin 21
[7004], the E-follower [7008] (the filter, on the base of the
emitter follower is not active in REC mode (due to the low
resistance of the output stage on pin 21 [7004]), via pin
21 [7004] and a clamping stage to the detail enhancer.
The Y-signal is then passed to the non-linear emphasis,
the linear emphasis (time constant via pin 18, 19 - due to
the low resistance of the pin 18 output stage and the
transistor [7010] introduced for impedance decoupling,
the FM PB all-pass does not influence the linear
emphasis) and the white/dark clipping stage. The signal
generated in this way then triggers the FM modulator
directly. The FM-Y-signal generated in this way is passed
via the REC-EQ filter and the REC-FM-AGC1 to the Y-C
addition point. The FM-Y-signal can be measured after
the REC-EQ filter on pin 12 [7004].
C-REC path: see Chrominance PAL Recording (6.2.2).
Chrominance PAL
The chroma signal is separated from the video signal after
the FBC clamping stage (see “Luminance recording“) by the
BPF1 band pass filter and reaches the ACC stage via a delay
element (D.E.) and a low pass filter (LPF). The ACC amplifier
stage controls the chroma amplitude for the subsequent
stages (time constant via capacitor [2038] on pin 14 [7004]).
The chroma signal is then conveyed to the main converter
(Main Conv.). The main converter mixes the 5.06MHz
subcarrier with the 4.43 MHz chroma signal to the 627kHz
chroma FM signal. The subcarrier is a mixture of 4.43MHz
(the REC APC time constant on pin 65 compares quartz and
burst frequency) and (40+ 1/8) fH = 627kHz (produced by
321fH -VCO corresponds to 8(40+1/8)fH, time constant pin
60/62 and phase rotation in accordance with the VHS
standard, 10 [7004] (CROT)). Via a low pass filter (C_LPF)
and the colour killer stage (KIL), the converted chroma signal
reaches pin 72 on the IC [7004], where it is added directly to
the Y FM signal IC internally via a capacitor [2007]. The
colour killer can either identify the incoming signal itself (PAL
yes/no, PAL: chroma signal out, SECAM L: chroma signal
killed) or be set via the I2C bus to PAL MESECAM or SECAM
L. The quartz oscillation (pin 66) is used for chroma
processing, in addition to the reference frequency, and also
for generating the pulse frequency for the combined CCD on
pin 49 integrated into the IC [7004].
MESECAM
The signal path is virtually identical to the path for PAL.
The differences are:
• No phase rotation.
• The filter characteristic for the chroma band passes
becomes wider.
• Free-running quartz frequency
VR120
9.
GB 103
SECAM L
The video signal (VREC) from the SE IC pin 32 [7004] passes
through SECAM L SE IC pin 15 [7072] and a band pass filter
(4.3MHz BPF-A) and reaches the cloche filter (CA filter
components pin 21) which reverses the Hf pre-emphasis on
the sender side. The C-signal is then limited (LIM, time
constant pin 18) and divided to 1/4 of the frequency in the
frequency divider. The C-signal is suppressed in SYNC
GATE during the H-sync. period. The harmonics arising in
the division into four and the gating are suppressed in the
band pass filter (1.1MHz BPF) and then pre-processed in the
anti-cloche filter (filter components pin 8) for standard VHS
recording. The amplitude on the REC-chrome signal on pin
11 [7072] can be set using the setting resistor [3088] on pin
10 [7072]. This REC-chroma signal is passed via transistor
[7077] as a CSRP signal to SE IC pin 72 [7004] following an
external drop (3.9MHz, suppression of the 3rd harmonics of
the low frequency REC-chroma) and added to the FM-Ysignal in the SE IC.
As the SECAM SE IC (LA7339A) has an automatic cloche
and anti cloche comparison, only the REC-chroma signal
level is required to be set.
FM signal
After the addition of the FM-Y-signal and the C-signal, this
FM-signal is adjusted by the REC-FM-AGC2 controlled by
the IIC bus to the preset amplitude (reference: pin 74 [7004]
resistor [3009]). The head pair is selected using the HSC
control line.
9.6.3
Playback
FM signal
The FM signal coming from the scanner is amplified by
approx. 60dB. Depending on the level of the HSC and HP1
line, the amplified FM signal is connected to pin 74 [7004].
The envelope curve signal for the head currently active
(TRIV) is output on pin 93 [7004]. In addition, the envelope
curves for the SP and the LP heads which read from the tape
are compared and output as the ENVC signal.
The FM signal (FMPV) on pin 74 [7004] is used internally for
Y, SECAM, MESECAM and NTSC M/N playback and
externally for SECAM playback.
Luminance
The FM playback signal is first adjusted in the AGC stage to
a constant level and filtered in the FM processing (PB-EQ).
The signal exits the IC [7004] on pin 18, passes via an Efollower [7010] with drop (1.07MHz - only in SECAM units to suppress additional chroma remainders externally) to a
phase shifter [7003] and enters the IC once more on pin 17
[7004]. The FM-Y signal limited using the double limiter is
demodulated (FM-DEM) and filtered using a low pass
(SUB_LPF). The demodulated Y signal is also affected by
the recording-side pre-emphasis. This now removes the
linear de-emphasis at the base of the emitter follower [7008].
The filter circuit is effective, as pin 21 [7004] becomes an
open collector output in playback mode, where the load
impedance is determined by the de-emphasis circuit.
The Y signal is then clamped after the E-follower on pin 20
[7004], filtered using a low pass, and carried by a vertical
noise canceller or dropout compensator (Y.N.R.). To do this
the Y-signal exits the IC [7004] (out: pin 43, in: pin 41) and
delayed by 1H in the internal CCD. The CCD-1H delay line is
effective for the Y signal first as a comb filter (vertical noise
suppression) and secondly as a line storage device for the
dropout compensation. The subsequent switching stages
are: The non-linear de-emphasis (NON_LIN DE_EMP),
horizontal noise canceller (N.C.1 / N.C.2) and the picture
control switching to the increase in edge steepness
(PIC_CTL ANR; sharpness). The luminance signal is then
added to the chroma signal (Y/C MIX) and output (pin 29
[7004]) as FBAS signal via a clamp (FBC), the video input
(CHARA INSERT) and a 6dB amplifier (6dB_AMO).
GB 104
9.
VR120
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
Chroma PAL
This is first adjusted in the AGC stage to a constant level and
filtered in the FM processing (PB-EQ). The signal exits the IC
on pin 18 [7004], and passes via an E-follower [7010] with
drop (1.07MHz ). On pin 17, the FMPV signal is carried from
the head amplifier to the IC [7007] signal electronics.
From the FM playback signal the 627 kHz chroma signal is
filtered using the internal low pass (C_LPF). The ACC
amplifier amplifies and controls the chroma amplitude. In the
main converter (MAIN CONV), the chroma signal is mixed
with 5.06 MHz back to the original 4.43 MHz. The 5.06 MHz
are produced in playback from the free-running quartz
oscillator and from the (40+1/8) fH = 627 kHz frequency
derived from the 321fH-VCO. After the main converter the
chroma signal is freed as far as possible from crosstalk from
additional traces using a 2H comb filter (internal CCD
connections: pin 57 - & gt; 54; pin 59 - & gt; 52 and pin 51 - & gt; 61). The
chroma signal is then filtered using a low pass (LPF),
checked by the colour killer, filtered once again by a band
pass, looped through pins 72 and 71 and then added to the
Y signal.
9.6.4
SECAM:
Automatic cloche and anti-cloche comparison: During the
vertical blanking gap the external filter components (pin 21 or
pin 8) on the cloche or anti-cloche are used to create an
oscillator and to divide the resonance frequency produced,
and compared with a frequency derived from the 4.43MHz
oscillation (reference signal from the SE IC [7004]).
Depending on the deviation, more or less internal capacity is
connected in parallel to the external cloche and anti-cloche
filter components. This process is carried out during each
vertical blanking gap and thus also improves the temperature
stability.
Chroma selection for REC and PB pin 71 and 72 SE IC
[7004]:
Both the PB chroma and the REC chroma in PAL
(MESECAM, PAL M/N) and also in SECAM are passed into
the SE IC [7004] via pin 71 [7004]. In all PAL and MESECAM
modes the DC voltage is on the base of the output emitter
follower pin 72 [7004] 3.2V and the both bases of transistors
[7077] and [7073] of the SECAM chroma signals are at 0V & gt; the PAL/MESECAM chroma signal is added to the FM-Y
signal or to the PB-Y signal, according to REC or PB. In
SECAM PB mode only the transistor [7073] has 2.5V DC
voltage on the base. In SECAM REC mode only the
transistor [7075] has 2.5V DC voltage on the base.
Chroma MESECAM
The signal path is virtually identical to the path for PAL.
The differences are:
• No phase rotation.
• The comb filter is not active.
Chroma SECAM L
During playback the FM signal is passed from the band on
pin 74 [7004] after the E-follower [7002] (FMPV) to pin 13
[7072], where the amplitude is adjusted in the AGC and
passed via the same band pass (1.1MHz BPF) as for
recording. The NF pre-emphasis for the recording is then
reversed using a cloche filter (external filter components on
pin 8; the same components as for recording). In the
subsequent stages the frequency of the signal is doubled,
filtered using a band pass (2.2MHz BPF) and doubled once
again. Then follows another band pass (4.3MHz BPF-B), and
then the limiter (LIM) already used for recording. The signal
is then suppressed again during the H-sync. period and
passed through a band pass filter (4.3MHz BPF-A; also used
for recording). Before the SECAM-chroma signal exits the IC
on pin 17 [7072], an Hf pre-emphasis is carried out once
more (anti-cloche; external filter components on pin 21; the
same components as for recording). After pin 17 there is a
drop at 2.4MHz which suppresses the 2nd harmonic of the
chroma from the band, a low pass filter which improves the
harmonics of the high frequency chroma and a transistor
[7073] which has an emitter connected to pin 72 (CSRP) on
the SE IC [7004].
NTSC
During the playback of NTSC signals, the original NTSC
chroma is converted into a PAL chroma signal. This requires
an internal switchover in the IC in the chroma part:
The internal CCD is switched over on a 1H comb filter to
reduce crosstalk.
The NAP switchover is activated and translates the 4.43MHz
NTSC chroma signal into a PAL signal.
Line and picture frequencies remain unchanged in
accordance with the NTSC standard.
The result is a 60Hz NTSC Y-signal with a 4.43MHz PAL Csignal.
PAL M,N
As for chroma PAL (6.3.3).
General
9.7
Audio linear (AL part)
9.7.1
Audio I/O for the 1-scart version
The input is selected via the IIC bus control in the IC signal
electronics [7004-A]. Either signal AIN1 (pin 76) or AFV (pin
80) is selected. The output signal AMLP (pin 96) is passed to
scart 1 and to the HF modulator.
9.7.2
Audio I/O for the 2-scart version
The input is selected via the IIC bus control in the IC signal
electronics [7004-A]. Either signal AIN1 (pin 76), AINF_AIN2
(pin 78) or AFV (pin 80) is selected. The output signal AMLP
(pin 96) is always passed to the HF modulator.
9.7.3
Audio linear recording
The signal inputs for recording or loop-through are pins 76,78
and 80 on the linear audio part of the IC LA71595 [7004-A].
During record and loop-through, the selected signal passes
through the linear amplifier and then a mute stage and exits
the IC on pin 96. This is the output which leads to the I/O part
or the stereo units back to the AF part. The attenuation chain
on pin 96 sets the required level for the ALC (Automatic Level
Control) detector and the level for the recording amplifier.
The time constant for the ALC detector is specified using
R3605 and C2602 on pin 77. R3634, R3640, C2626 and
C2627 create the frequency response for the recording
amplifier. The output for the recording amplifier is pin 7. The
recording current is then added to the bias current via resistor
R3642 and flows via the audio head to pin 4 where an
electronic switch is closed in the IC.
In long play mode the frequency characteristic is modified to
the RC network R3635, R3641, C2630, C2631 for the
recording amplifier.
The coil L5600 and the transistor T7608 create the erasing
oscillator for the main eraser head and audio track eraser
head, and generate the bias current for the audio head. The
bias current is set using potentiometer 3625.
To prevent spikes, the erasing oscillator is switched on
slowly. This is created using the switching stage T7603,
C2609, R3611 and R3613.
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
9.7.4
Audio linear playback
9.8.3
During playback the switch [T7604, T7607] is controlled by
pin 99 and is closed. The playback signal from the head is
amplified in the equaliser stage (time constant between pin 1
and pin 3) and passed to pin 1. The resistor R3633 and the
capacitor C2619 determine the head resonance during
playback.
In long play mode the frequency characteristic is modified
using R3627, C2617 for playback.
The output of the playback amplifier (pin 1) is passed via the
filter R3632, C2623 to pin 100 where an electronic
potentiometer sets the playback level via the IIC bus.
Amplifier and head tolerances are compensated here. The
amplification can be compensated via software control (IIC
bus) in service mode.
9.7.5
MTA
MUTE
active
9.8.4
no MUTE
0V
A: DC, 1 V/Div, 20ms/Div
IC7004-B PIN10 CROT/MTA
Audio HiFi - for stereo units (AF part)
9.8.1
General
All audio input and output selection switches, and the hi-fi FM
audio signal processing, are located in the TDA9605 [7650].
This IC is controlled solely by the IIC bus. The carrier
frequencies and band pass filter for the FM audio part are
adjusted by the TDA9605 independently. This adjustment is
started via the IIC bus following a mains reset. The RMHI
signal is used as a reference for this [7650 Pin 41].
9.8.2
Audio I/O
The input and output selection switches are controlled
exclusively by the IIC bus. Audio signals coming from the
receiver part, the two scart sockets and the front sockets
pass via pins 2 to 9 to the two input selector switches which
select the relevant signals for the FM and the linear audio
part. The output selector switch for SCART 1 and SCART 2
(pins 16,17 and 19, 20) select the relevant signal sources,
independently from one another.
The RFAGC limits the maximum amplitude of the signal to
the AMCO modulator (pin 13) to prevent overmodulation.
GB 105
Audio HiFi recording
Audio HiFi playback
The FM signal from the audio heads goes via the rotating
transformer to the recording / playback switch (pin 35, pin 36,
pin 37) on the head amplifier. After amplification in the head
amplifier (66 dB), the FM signal reaches the HF-AGC
(Automatic Gain Control), where the tolerances of the tape,
the heads and the rotating transformer are balanced. Via the
two band pass filter and limiters, the FM signals reach the
PLL demodulators. Head change-over interference is
suppressed using SAMPLE & HOLD stages (triggered by the
RMHI signal). The demodulated signals are then expanded
into the NOISE REDUCTION stage. The hi-fi signals are then
available at the output selection switches. If there is no audio
FM on the tape during playback, the output selector switch is
switched over automatically from the IC to linear audio (input
pin 22). In playback mode the TRIA_ALM line supplies the
level of the FM envelope curve to the AIO processor [IC7899B]. This level information from the FM envelope curve is used
for the hi-fi tracking of the rotating FM audio heads to achieve
the best possible playback quality (typically: 3.5 VDC).
71
9.8
9.
The signal coming from the input selector switch (INPUT
SEL) reaches, via a level actuator (VOLUME L//R) and a low
pass filter (LPF), the NOISE REDUCTION block, which
compresses the dynamics during recording. The
compressed signal is passed to both FM modulators
(1.4MHz and 1.8MHz carrier frequencies). Both carriers are
added and pass to the FM audio head amplifier. Via the
recording / playback switch on the head amplifier, which is
switched using the control line RMHI, the FM signal reaches
the output (pin 35, pin 36, pin 37) on the FM audio processor
and then the audio heads via the rotating transformer. The
TRIA_ALM line forwards the size of both audio signals (1
VRMS = 2.68 VDC) to the AIO processor [7899-B]. This DC
level information is required during recording by the SCART
or front cinch socket to prevent overmodulation of the FM
carriers. When the audio signal levels are too high, they are
attenuated using the VOLUME controller via the I2C bus.
Audio linear muting
The mute stage in the linear audio part on the IC LA71595
[7004-A] is controlled by the combination control line
MTA_CROT which is connected on pin 10 (VS part). The
mute stage is activated in that the CROT control signal
(square-wave pulse 1.7 Vss) is moved into the upper direct
voltage range ( & gt; 2.2 V ).
VR120
9.8.5
Interface to the audio linear
In recording mode, the input selection switch NORMAL SEL
in the TDA9605 [7650] selects the audio source for the linear
audio part in the signal electronics IC LA71595 [7004 - A] and
passes this signal to pin 21 (AMLR).
In stereo sets, the input selection switch on the signal
electronics IC LA71595 [7004-A] is always set to IN2 (pin 78).
During playback the AMLP signal passes from the linear
audio part in the signal electronics IC [7004-A] pin 96 to the
linear audio input on pin 22 on the TDA9605 [7650].
GB 106
9.
VR120
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
9.9
IN/OUT (IO part)
9.11 VPS/PDC, on-screen display (VPO part)
9.9.1
Video
9.11.1 VPS/PDC
The entire video-I/O is carried out in 2-scart units using the
matrix switch STV6401 [7904), which is controlled by the AIO
via the IIC bus (SDA,SCL). To do this, the following signals
are connected to STV6401 at the inputs: VFV-pin4, VIN1pin6, VIN2-pin8, VOUT1)-pin10 (1)The VOUT signal is also
passed through a voltage divider and a low pass
[2906,3934,3928] and passed to the modulator where
necessary via the emitter follower [7909]) and VFR-pin12
(front cinch input). The outputs OUT3/pin15 (scart 2) and
OUT2/pin16 (scart 1) in the IC are fitted with a 6dB amplifier
and convey the signal to the relevant scart socket. OUT1/
pin2 has no amplifier; this signal (VBS) is passed on to the
VS circuit parts for further processing:
In 1-scart units the SE IC [7004] selects the input video. SE
IC original layout: VIN1 (the VBS line is used in the plan) pin
38 , VFV pin 36. The VOUT1 signal (scart 1 video out) is
generated using an E-follower [7908] from the VOUT signal.
Audio for the 2-scart version:
The output signal for scart 1 is selected using the switch - IC
HEF4053 [7911-C] using the MON control line (pin 9) from
AMLP (pin 5) and AINF_AIN2 (pin 3). The output signal for
scart 2 is selected using the switch - IC HEF4053 [7911-B]
using the DEC control line (pin 10) from AIN1 (pin 2) and AFV
(pin 1).
9.9.2
Decoder mode: (REC or STOP)
Program position with decoder (front end)
The front end signal (VFV or AFV1/2) is passed to the
decoder connected to Scart 2 and from there, goes back to
the VCR via VIN2 or AIN2L/AIN2R .
External input with decoder (9.2.2) is not possible for these
program positions.
External input with decoder
The signal from scart 1-in (normally TV set) is passed to the
decoder connected to scart 2. For scrambled programs, the
decoder switches the pin 8 to high. The VCR then passes the
decoded signal from scart 2-in to scart 1-out.
9.10 Follow Me (FOME part)
This circuit is used to compare the front end video with the
video on scart 1 (video from the TV connected) in order to be
able to save the stations in the same order as on the TV.
The video signals from the front end (VFV) and from the scart
socket (VIN1) are “digitised” using filters and comparators
[7530-C, 7530-D] and compared with one another [7531,
7532, 7530-A]. Low on the output for the circuit means that
the picture contents for the two video signals are identical
and that both receiver parts (TV and VCR) therefore have to
be adjusted for the same station. Possible errors detected
may result with similar signals, e.g. news programmes.
The VPS and PDC data is either decoded by the VPS-PDC
decoder-IC SDA5650 [7502] or by the OSD-IC with
integrated VPS, PDC decoder SDA5652 [7502]. Both ICs are
compatible in terms of pins, despite any differences in the
peripherals.
The VPS-PDC data are read from the vertical blanking gap
and stored in the internal RAM. This data is read from the P
via the I2C bus.
The time can also be read from the TXT header line (required
for “Time download“). The date is not called up from the TXT
header (various write versions of the preset stations) but only
via PDC format-1.
In the case of the SDA5650 [7502] the input video signal
comes from the signal electronics IC LA71595M [7004-B pin
32] (VREC) via a 470n capacitor [2504] to the data slicer
input on the SDA5650 (pin 17). For the SDA5652 the input
signal from pin 29 (VSB) on the LA71595M [7004-B] comes
via an emitter follower [7501] with a voltage divider to the
data slicer input on the SDA5652 (pin1 17).
9.11.2 OSD-PART
The IC SDA5652 [7502] also allows both the generation of
text keyboard matrices into a video signal and the generation
of an entire picture (full page) for menu-control or if no
background video is available.
The video signal (VSB) passes from the signal electronics IC
LA71595M [7004-B pin 29] via a resistor [3512] to the input
for the OSD-IC [7502 pin 18]. For keyboard matrices in
Secam video signals, a bypass between video-in and videoout is activated via a switch inside the IC and a band filter
[2507, 5502]. The output signal is available on pin 15.
A multiple of the doubled colour subcarrier oscillation from
the signal electronics (2FSC/8.86MHz) is used as the system
pulse for the IC. It is also used as a reference for generating
the various OSD colours. The signal reaches the IC via a
coupling capacitor [2509].
For the vertical synchronisation of keyboard matrices, an
OSD frame pulse (OFP) is generated by the P [7899-B pin
36] and passed to the IC [7502] on pin 9. The horizontal syncpulse is generated using an internal sync-separator and an
internal H-PLL from the video signal on pin 17.
During full-page OSD (menu or no video) neither a verticalsync (OFP) nor an H-sync is required, as in this mode, the
OSD-IC generates everything from the system clock
frequency, i.e. all the necessary pulses are generated
internally from the 2FSC signal.
VOUT2
16
10
15
11
7
Switching
Blanking
pin10
red
green
blue
MON
AIO1
TUMOD
OFP
36
8SC1
32
8
FFP
VIN1
55
20
8SC1
61
VOUT1
19
8SC2
7899-B
CENTRAL CONTROL
16
1
13
1701
MON
MODULATOR
FV
7
BUS
I2C
5
VOUT
10k
VFR
12
not for OSD
x2
15
VOUT
10
x2
16
8
Mute
VIN2
VOUT1
VIN1
6
x1
2
VFV
4
VBS
VFV
VFV
VIN1
IN2
IN3
34
7502
I2C-Bus
5
7530
LM339D
17
15
VREC
31
VSB
REC/EE
PLAY
VOUT
15
18
Secam
Bypass
VPO
29
VSB
Testpict.
Generator
SDA5652
7502
26 FFP
9
OFP
VPO
SYCA Video-Part
IO-Block diagram 2 Scart-Video-Mono & Stereo
FV
FOME
FOME
SCL
SDA
from AIO1
4
32
LA71595M
7004-B
VREC
7072
VPS/PDC
SDA5650
VPS/ PDC
FV
IN1
36
38
VS-SECAM
LA7339A
VS_ SEC
VBS
VS
9.
Switching
pin10
red
green
blue
7913
from AIO1
blanking
10
15
11
7
blue
green
red
SCL
2
I C-Bus
SDA 9
11
7904
STV6401
IO
VOUT2
VR120
Video In
Video Out
Blanking
pin10
red
green
blue
blanking
8
Video In
Scart1
1951
8SC2
20
Video Out
pin10
VIN2
19
Scart2
1952
VFR
10k
Video from
Front plug
not for VPO
0E
Front plug
1954A
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
GB 107
9.12 Simple Blockdiagram
GB 108
9.
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
VR120
FV
STV6401
7904
SCL
FV
11
BUS
I2C
9
SDA
IO
AFV
7
5
13
PB-Head
DEC
Scart1
1951
IS1
MON
AL
FV
SYCA Audio-Part
Audio In 1
2+6
AIN1
Audio Out 1
1/3
AOUT1
AIN1 76
IN1
AIN2 - AINF 78
IN2
AFV 80
IN3
PLAY
AMLP
AMLP
96
REC/EE
MODULATOR
TUMOD
LA71595M
7004-A
Front plug
1954A
11
AIN2 12
AINF
Front plug
3
1701
IO
HEF4053
7911
0
AIN2 - AINF
AINF 13
MON 9
AMLP
Audio In 2
Audio Out 2
1/3
5
AIN2
AIN2
2+6
14
1
3
0
4
AOUT1
1
DEC
10
AIN1
2
AF1
1
AOUT2
Scart2
1952
0
15 AOUT2
1
6
DE
DE
34
1
not for OSD
FOME
93
8SC1
VOUT
TUMOD
AMLP
FOME
32
FOME
MODULATOR
3
36
VIN1
1701
VFV
FV
FFP
OFP
IO-Block diagram 2 Scart-Audio-Mono
VS
VIN1 38
36
SYCAVideo-Part
IN2
34
7004-B
LA71595M
IN1
IN3
Testpict.
Generator
26 FFP
REC/EE
OFP
VFV
PLAY
32
VPO 7502
8
8SC1
20
VIN1
19
AIN1
9
SDA5652
AMLP
2+6
18
VOUT
1/3
VSB
not for OSD
0E
Video In
29
VREC
Switching
31
VSB
Scart 1
1951
Secam
Bypass
OSD
15
Audio In l
VPS/PDC
4
AIN1
AFV
76
IN1
IN3
SCL
IN2
80
AFV
15
7072
LA7339A
VS-SECAM
5
2
78
FV
VS_ SEC
I C-Bus
SYCA Audio-Part
VFV
7502
VPS/PDC
AL
FV
17
SDA5650
PB-Head
VREC
Audio Out l
VREC
VOUT
Video Out
PLAY
SDA
96 AMLP
REC/EE
7004-A
LA71595M
QMB1 IO-Block diagram 1 Scart-Audio-Video-Mono
Rear
DE
SCART2
IO
1952
SCART1
IO
1951
CINCH
R
L
AMCO
TDA 98xx
Demod.
57
12
SIF2
AIN1L
AINFR
AINFL
TDA9873
MSP3415
Stereo Dec.
Nicam
ST/NIC
7760/7761
AIN1R
7899-B
3
17
FV
7721
AIN2L
1
6
AIN2R
AOUT1R
3
1
TRIA/DC
AOUT2R
3
TVC
DECK-µC
AOUT2L
2
AOUT1L
2
6
R
L
IO 1956
Front
1954-B
CINCH
TUMOD
FV
1701
R
L
AMCO
AFL
AFR
44
13
20
19
17
16
8/9
6/7
4/5
2/3
AFC
Mute
mute
Env-Sel
OutSel
R
STEREO
L
EXT1
TUNER
OutSel
DecoderSel
OutSel
LineSel
EXT2
AF 7650
-48dB
mute
Volume L/R
+15dB
OutputSel
STEREO
LEFT
RIGHT
NORMAL
NOR+ST
NOR+L
NOR+R
mute
0dB
mute
+15dB
Level
96
Line
ALC
78
21
Mute
AMLP mute
22
AMLR
TDA 9605H
FM-Audio Processing
Lin.Audio Sel
L+R
L+R x Volume
L
R
L x Volume
InputSel
TUNER
CINCH
EXT1
EXT2
EXT3
SAP
PB
REC
EtoE
REC
EQ-Amp
LA71595M
Linear-Aud.
Processing
Rec-Amp
7004-A
Amplifier
AL
PB
FM Audio
Processing
Head
4
7
11
10
9
APH
ARH
AH1
37
AHC
36
AH2
35
1965-1
1965-3
Tape Deck
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
VR120
9.
9.13 Simple Blockdiagram FM Audio / Linear Audio processing
GB 109
GB 110
9.
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
VR120
9.14 List of abbreviations
Signal
Description
Application
5V_1WSTBY
+5V analog in & lt; 1W mode
PS AIO1 AIO2 DE
5V_STBY
+5V analog in STDBY mode
PS
5VA
+5V analog
PS
5VD
+5V digital
PS AIO1
5VS
+5V analog for power on reset stage
DE
5VS1
+5V analog for head wheel position
DE
7NEG
-7V I/O-switches supply
8SC1
Scart 1 pin 8 output
AIO1
IO
8SC1L
Scart 1 pin 8 output low
AIO1
IO
FOME
AIO2 DE
FV
AF
FM
VPO IO
FV VS VPO
DE
IO
8SC1M
Scart 1 pin 8 output medium
AIO1
IO
8SC2
Scart 2 pin 8 input
AIO1
IO
9-14VM2
Capstan motor supply, switched
PS
9VA
+9V analog
PS
9VASW
+9V analog stereo
PS
10SC12
Scart 1/2 pin 10 in/out P50
14AL
+14V analog
PS
14VM1
+14V for threading- and headmotor
PS AIO1
18VNEG
-18V display supply
PS
33V
+33V for tuner tuning voltage
PS
2FSC
2 fold sub carrier frequency
AEH1
Audio erase head
AEH2
AFC
Audio erase head
Automatic frequency control
AFL
Audio FM Stereo left
AF
AFR
Audio FM Stereo right
AF
AFV
AGC
Audio-Frontend
Automatic gain control
AH1
AudioFM-Head-1
AF
VS
AH2
AudioFM-Head-2
AF
VS
AHC
AudioFM-Head-Common
Audio input scart 1
AF
AIN1
AIN1L
Audio input scart 1 left
AF
IO
AIN1R
Audio input scart 1 right
AF
IO
AIN2L
Audio input scart 2 left
AF
IO
AIN2R
Audio input scart 2 right
AF
AINF_AIN2
Audio input front/scart 2
DE
AF
FM
IO
AIO1
IO
AL
DE
AL
IO
AIO2
IO
FV
VS VPO
AL
AL
AIO1
FV
FM
FM
AL FM
AIO1
FV
FV
VS
AL
IO
IO
AL
IO
AINFL
Audio left from front connector
AF
AINFR
Audio right from front connector
AF
AMCO
Audio to the modulator
AF
AMLP
Audio mono playback
AF
AL
AMLR
Audio mono record
AF
AL
AOUT1L
Audio output from scart 1, left
AF
IO
AOUT1R
Audio output from scart 1, right
AF
IO
IO
IO
FV
FV
AOUT2L
Audio output from scart 2, left
AF
IO
AOUT2R
Audio output from scart 2, right
AF
IO
APH
Audio playback head
AL
AL
ARH
Audio record head
BLANKING
Blanking pulse RGB loopthrough
BLUE
Blue signal between scart 1/2
CAP
Capstan control voltage
AIO1
DE
CREV
Capstan reverse
AIO1
DE
CSI
Colour system information
AIO1
CSRP
CSW
Chroma-SEC-Rec-Playback
8V/14V switching for capstan motor
IO
IO
VS
VS
PS AIO1
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
Signal
VR120
Description
9.
GB 111
Application
CSYNC
Composite sync pulse
CTL1
CTL-Synch-1
DE
AL
CTL2
DE
AL
AIO1
VS
DEC
CTL-Synch-2
Audio switching voltage AIN1/AFV
DECK_INIT
Init switch
AIO1
DRUM
Head motor speed phase signal
Envelope comparator signal
AIO1
ENVC
AIO1
VS
FFP
Feature frame pulse
AIO1
VS
AIO1
IO
DE
FGD
Capstan tacho pulse digital
FMPV
FM video playback
FOME
Follow Me (video signals equal)
FSC
FTA
Sub carrier frequency
Threading tacho
FTAD
Threading tacho digital
GREEN
Green signal between scart1/2
GND
Ground
GNDAF
Ground on C650/651
AF
GNDAIO
Ground on C601
AF
GNDAL
Ground on C603
GNDAL1
Ground on C602
Ground digital
GNDD
GNDDE
VS
AIO1
FOME
VS
DE
AIO1
DE
IO
PS AIO1
DE AF
GNDFOME
AL
IO
AL
PS AIO1 AIO2
Ground on C601
Ground FM
GNDFMS
IO
AL
Ground digital deck
GNDEO
DE
AIO1
DE
AL
FM
GNDFV
Ground FOME on C530
Ground FV-ZF
FOME
GNDKEY
Ground key
GNDLED
Ground led
PS AIO1
GNDM1
Ground capstan motor
PS
GNDS
GNDVIO
Ground for DE-CTL ampl.
Ground video IO
GNDVPO
Ground VPO on C500/501
FM
FV
IO
AIO2
DE
DE
FV VS VPO IO
VPO
GNDVS
Ground VS on C602/603
GNDVARI
HEHI
Ground front cinch
Heater for displaytube high
AF
AL
VS
PS
AIO2
HELO
Heater for displaytube low
PS
AIO2
HP1
Head-Puls-1
AIO1
VS
HSC
Head switch puls SP / LP
AIO1
VS
I1WSTBY
ILED
Inverse & lt; 1W switch
LED-tower supply
IPOR
Inverse power on reset
AIO1 AIO2 DE
IREV
Erase oscillator on/off
AIO1
IRR
IR receiver pulse
Audio switching voltage AINF/AIN2
AIO1 AIO2
IS1
KEY_IN
Key matrix voltage
AIO1 AIO2
KEY_LED
Key led front shuttle
AIO1
LH1
Longplay-Head-1
IO
PS AIO1
AIO1
AL
VS
IO
VS
LH1’
Longplay-Head-1’
VS
LH2
Longplay-Head-2
VS
LH2’
Longplay-Head-2’
Blanking loop through scart 1/2
VS
MON
MOT1
Scanner motor 1 phase
DE
MOT2
MOT3
Scanner motor 2 phase
Scanner motor 3 phase
DE
DE
IO
FOME
GB 112
9.
Circuit descriptions and List of abbreviations
VR120
Signal
Description
Application
MTA_CROT
Audio mute / Colour rotation on/off
AIO1
OFP
Frame pulse
AIO1
PBH
PB-switch
Head wheel position/-speed
PG_FG
PGIN
AL
VS
VPO
VS
AIO1
PSS
Scanner-Motor-Pulse
PAL or secam-L
AIO1
RECP
Record protection
DE
DE
AIO1
FV
RED/C
Red signal between scart 1/2
RMHI
REC-Mute/HeadPuls-Audio
AIO1
SATCO
Satelite control signal
Secam band 1
AIO1
SB1
SCL
IIC bus clock
AIO1 AIO2 DE AF
FM
FV VS VPO IO
AIO1 AIO2 DE AF
FM
FV VS VPO IO
SDA
IIC bus data
SDA-VS
IO
AF
AIO1
FV
IIC bus data filtered to VS
VS
SFS
Sound filter switch
SH1
Standard play-Head-1
SH1’
Standard play-Head-1’
VS
SH2
Standard play-Head-2
VS
SH2’
Standard play-Head-2’
SIF2
Sound-interfrequency
STBY
SYNC
Stand by switch
Control track pulse
TAE
Tape end detection
AIO1
FV
VS
VS
FM
FV
PS AIO1 AIO2 DE
AIO1
DE
AIO1
TAS
Tape start detection
AIO1
THIO
Threading motor in/out
AIO1
DE
TMO
Threading motor on/off
AIO1
DE
TRIA-ALM
Tracking audio / audio level indication
AIO1
TRIV
Tracking information video
AIO1
VBS
Video input
VFV
Video from frontend
VIN1
Video input scart 1
VISS
Control sync pulse inversion
VMOD
Video from signal electronics
W_R
Control track write/read
WTL
Wind tacho left
WTLD
Wind tacho left digital
WTR
WTRD
Wind tacho right
Wind tacho right digital
AIO1
IO
IO
FOME
IO
Video record from I/O
VSB
VS
FV VS
Video from OSD part
VREC
VS
Video to the modulator
VOUT
AF
FOME
DE
FV
IO
VPO IO
VS VPO
VS VPO
AIO1
DE
AIO1
DE
AIO1
DE
DE
DE
AF
AL
AIO1
AIO2
DE
FM
FV
FOME
IO
PS
VPO
VS
Audio FM Processing
Audio Linear
Central Control
Display Control
Deck Electronics
Audio Stereo Nicam
Frontend
Follow me
In/Out
Power Supply
OSD, VPS/PDC
Video Signal Processing
page 73
page 72
page 66
page 65
page 67
page 70
page 69
page 78
page 77
page 64
page 76
page 74
Tape deck
VR120
10.
10. Tape deck
10.1 Drive assembly
Auxiliary tools for deck adjustment:
Special features are:
– Quick start
– Short winding time
– Automatic cleaning of video heads by cleaning roller
To obtain a high repair standard we have developped a
range of service kit’s. These kit’s covers the spare parts
which are engaged together.
The tape deck’s sensors are located on the motherboard
underneath the tape deck, and included in its circuitry, lay out
and parts list.
Tentelometer
This tape deck has three motors; one providing precision
drive for the scanner unit; the second providing direct drive
for the capstan and belt drive for the reel tables; the third
motor drives the lift and tape threading/dethreading
operations.
Tentelometer 4822 395 90584
Tool for tapetension adjustment 4822 395 50188
10.1.1 Deck parts replacement
The procedure for the removal and refitting of the following
parts is described; only the lift, the scanner, the capstan
motor and the A/C head are fixed by screws.
All the other deck assembly parts are held only by snap
hooks.
For the replacement of parts on the underside of the tape
deck, remove the tape deck from the motherboard.
Handle 4822 256 90493
Manual extraction of cassette:
If, after the Eject button has been pressed, the drive does not
unthread and eject the cassette, the dethreading/eject
operation can also be carried out manually by turning the
wheel at the rear of the threading motor.
Torquemeter:
600 gf-cm 4822 395 90232
90 gf-cm 4822 395 80196
Figure 10-1
IMPORTANT:
After each repair has been carried out in the drive assembly,
the first operation after repairing must be to bring the
cassette compartment into „eject“ position by hand.
Post adjustment screwdriver 4822 395 50275
Testcassette 4822 397 30103
Nylon gloves 5322 395 94022
GB 113
GB 114
10.
VR120
Tape deck
10.1.2 Deck layout diagram
Deck in position „threaded out“. The following diagrams
indicate the relative position of the gearwheels and levers
when the deck is in the threaded out (cassette-compartment
down) position.
Top view
Pos. 24
Loading
arm left
Pos. 46
Cam shaft
Pos. 32
Intermediate
lever
Pos. 25
Loading
arm right
Pos. 31
Reverse lever
Pos. 45
Cam wheel
Pos. 27
Loading gear
for full loaded wind
Underside view
Pos. 113
Cam wheel
tension
Pos. 44
Slider
gear
Pos. 111
Cam wheel
reverse
Pos. 112
Tension
lever
Pos. 27
Loading
gear
Pos. 12
Tension
cranc
Pos. 129
Reverse kicker
" optional "
10.1.3 The lift
Refitting the lift compartment:
Ensure the lift compartment is down and gear A is rotated
one click stop anticlockwise from the down position.
The removal and refitting of the lift can be carried out in all
deck positions with the exception of „eject“ (ensure that gears
103/105 are free and if present the cassette loader gear 2
pos.105 is positioned to the rear).
To remove the lift:
Free the holding bracket ( see figure 10-2 ) by rotating it up
and back from the upper end.
Unscrew the 4 screws on the underside of the deck.
Carefully remove the lift vertically, noting the position of the
record protect operating lever.
Figure 10-2
Tape deck
10.1.4 Scanner replacement
10.
GB 115
10.1.6 Threading motor (Pos. 38)
Removal:
Nylon gloves should be worn when handling the head disc.
Remove the deck from the set/mobo.
Unscrew the three scanner screws on the underside of the
deck.
Pull out the scanner from the top. ( see figure 10-3 )
Top view
VR120
Remove the belt and disconnect the connector plug.
Remove the threading motor from the motor supports ( see
figure 10-5 ).
During reassembly ensure that the threading motor is
correctly located in the front and rear supports.
Scanner screws
(3 pcs.)
Underside view
Figure 10-3
Installation:
Insert the scanner (with protective cover) carefully from top.
PCB and flex foil to the rear.
Be shure that the scanner is engaged to the referenc pin
located on the chassis.
Turn the tape deck, holding the scanner in the deck by hand
and fix it by use of the tree scanner screws.
Remove carefully the protective cover from top.
After replacing the scanner, carry out the following
adjustments and checks:
Head switching puls.
Writing current adjustment.
Tape path alignment.
Check and adjust if necessary.
10.1.5 A/C Head (Combi head) (Pos. 36)
Remove the fixing spring (A) ( see figure 10-4 )
Remove the fixing screw and replace the A/C head.
Use a new fixing spring (included with new A/Chead) for
reassembly.
Figure 10-5
10.1.7 Capstan motor (Pos. 127)
Remove the tape deck.
Remove the belt (pos.126) on the underside;
Remove the three capstan motor fixing screws ( see figure
10-6 ) and withdraw the capstan motor downward from the
drive assy.
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order. Make sure
that the capstan is free of grease.
After the A/C head has been replaced, all adjustments
described in paragraph “A/C Combi head” and paragraph
10.2.2 have to be carried out.
chassis
tilt screw
fixing screw
height screw
capstanmotor
azimut screw
A
Figure 10-4
Figure 10-6
GB 116
10.
Tape deck
VR120
10.1.8 Pressure roller (Pos. 37)
Remove the tape deck.
Unhook and remove the pressure roller tension spring.
Release the pressure roller guide (pos. 41) from the guide in
the threading motor holder by pressing the top of the motor
guide rearwards and rotating the pressure roller guide
assembly clockwise by approximately a quarter of a turn (
see figure 10-7 ). The pressure roller and guide can now be
lifted clear.
38
pair of
tweezers
37
Figure 10-8
10.1.10 Roller unit left (Pos.23)
41
40
46
Set the drive assy to „Eject“ position.
Unhook the tension arm spring (pos. 11), to avoid the tension
arm spring being pre-loaded.
At the bottom side of the drive assy remove the tension lever
(pos.112).
Compress the two snap hooks by means of a pair of tweezers
and remove the roller assy (A) from the plate (B).
Unhinge the loading arm (left) from the holding plate and
remove the latter downward from the drive assy through the
recess in the chassis ( see figure 10-9 ).
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order.
NOTE :
During reassembly
1. Place the carriage holding plate in the assembly with the
half-round cutout nearest the rear of the deck.
2. When the loading arm is refitted ensure the pin on the
underside of 23 is through the link of 24B.
After replacing the roller unit (left) the tape path has to be
checked ( see division 10.2.1 Tape path), and adjusted if
necessary.
A
Figure 10-7
B
Ensure that no grease from the pressure roller guide gets to
the capstan or pressure roller.
The reassembly is carried out in reverse order.
10.1.9 Roller unit right (Pos. 26)
Remove the tape deck.
Compress the two snap hooks by means of a pair of tweezers
and remove the roller assy from the roller unit right ( see
figure 10-8 ).
Unhinge the loading arm right fromthe holding plate and push
the latter towards the front of the deck to remove from the
guide (right).
NOTE:
During reassembly ensure the link from 25 is engaged in the
hole of the holder plate 26.
After replacing the roller unit (right), the tape path has to be
checked, and adjusted if necessary.
Figure 10-9
Tape deck
10.2 Adjustments
Adjustments must not be made in the service position.
VR120
10.
GB 117
Adjustment:
Adjust the left and right roller units to make the tracking signal
TRIV straight and flat as possible ( see figure 10-11 ).
A/C Combi head
10.2.1 Tape path
Tilt angle adjustment
Set the drive to feature mode (e.g. +7)
26
23
33/34
16
31
Adjustment :
By means of the tilt angle adjusting screw move the tape until
the lower edge just touches the tape guide A1 ( see figure 1012 ) the tape must not be distorted at the lower edge (by
pressing onto guide).
tilt screw
height screw
azimut screw
Tape guide
Capstan wheel
Figure 10-10
Roller left unit/roller unit right
Preparation:
Connect one input of a dual trace oscilloscope to observe the
tape sync pulse CTL. The other input (DC coupled) to
observe the tracking information TRIV.
Trigger the oscilloscope externally on the head pulse HP1
(“SWIN”).
Playback the black and white section of the alignment test
tape.
Set the deck in the condition where the video heads are
running along the upper edge of the tracks only by:
• Call the service test program (see chapter 5.2 Service
test program).
• Activate manual tracking (service test program step 03)
and watch the tape sync pulse move to the left in relation
to the TRIV signal.
• Note the extreme left hand position reached by the sync
pulse, repeat as necessary.
• Stop the movement of the pulse when the TRIV signal
reduces to 1/2 to 2/3 maximum amplitude by pressing the
normal play button. A noisy picture (disturbances) is
visible on the TV set and the CTL pulse should be to the
left of the display.
The recorder will hold this position until the service test
program step 03 is left.
This condition works only if X-distance is adjusted.
Figure 10-11
Tape guide
(Reverse lever)
Excenter for
X - distance
TAPE
Pressure roller
Figure 10-12
Adjustment of the azimuth angle and the head height:
Connect an oscilloscope to the linear Audio output.
Play the section of the test cassette with the audio signal 400
Hz.
Adjust for maximum output voltage by means of the height
adjustment screw
Play the section of the test cassette with the audio signal 8
kHz.
Adjust to maximum output voltage by means of the azimuth
adjustment screw ( see figure 10-12 ).
If necessary, repeat this procedure
Check the tilt angle adjustment
If the tape path was completely out of adjustment or if several
components in the tape path have been replaced, it is
possible, that the adjustments described in paragraph “Roller
left unit/roller unit right” and paragraph “A/C Combi head”
have to be repeated several times.
10.2.2 Adjustment of the horizontal distance (x-distance)
Before this adjustment is carried out, insert the test cassette
(start from Eject position). Call the service test program
(tracking value will take up its nominal position) and press the
„play“ button.
Playback the black/white part of the test cassette.)
Display the TRIV signal on an oscilloscope (DC-coupled) and
adjust for maximum voltage by means of the excentric screw
( see figure 10-12 ).
GB 118
10.
VR120
Tape deck
10.2.3 Brake band and tape tension
Due to further development it is no longer necessary to make
theseadjustments after replacement of the brake band.
If the brake band or tape tension are completely misadjusted,
set them to a center position; set the drive to „play“ and adjust
the brake band until the edge of the elbow of the tape tension
arm is aligned with the left inner edge of the left guide ( see
figure 10-13 ).
10.2.5 Reverse brake control
Set the drive to „Reverse“ position.
Place a torquemeter on the right reel and turn the latter
counterclockwise, until the reel just starts to flip.
The value indicated at the torquemeter has to be 7mNm +/3mNm (70 gFcm +/-30gFcm) ( see figure 10-14 ).
Guiding left
tension arm
Brakeband adjusting
Tapetension adjustment
Figure 10-13
10.2.4 Friction clutch control check
Set the drive to „Play“ position.
Place the torquemeter on the right reel.
Turn the capstan motor to move the right reel clockwise.
Keep turning, until the indication at the torquemeter no longer
changes ( see figure 10-14 ).
The torque has to be 10,5 mNm +/-25% (105gFcm +/-25%)
Figure 10-14
Lift assy
Pos. 150
Tape deck
VR120
10.
GB 119
GB 120
10.
Tape deck
VR120
10.3 Deck exploded view (TOP)
5322 390 10096 Oil
4822 390 20154 Grease
Cleaning set:
4822 390 80166 Isopropanol
4822 466 91591 Cleaning cloth
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
U
34
.
Tape deck
VR120
10.4 Deck exploded view (BOTTOM)
5322 390 10096 Oil
4822 390 20154 Grease
Cleaning set:
4822 390 80166 Isopropanol
4822 466 91591 Cleaning cloth
10.
GB 121
GB 122
10.
Tape deck
VR120
10.5 Mechanical parts list
K I T S
1
Code
B I L P Q S T U
Pos.
number
4822
Description
Code
B I L P Q S T U
number
4822
Description
402 10202
Chassis mounting
492 71022
101 Cassette loader trigger
L
102 Clip
Rec. protection lever
(with spring)
2
K I T S
Pos.
L
103 Cassette loader gear1
L
104 Cassette loader spring
5
Main brake left
P
6
Main brake spring (2x)
Damping roller
*)
P
9
10
Main brake right
P
11
Tension arm spring
12
Tension crank
13
Slip ring
L
105 Cassette loader gear2
spring (2x)
L
106 Spindle
528 70782
111 Cam wheel reverse
535 93277
B
112 Tension lever
492 33317
113 Cam wheel tension
403 70551
T
B
114 Clutch lever
403 70549
(with spring)
U
115 Clutch
P
528 20736
14
Tension band
15
Tension arm
16
Erase head
17
Swivelling gear
U
118 Light prism
T
18
Brake gear (2x)
U
119 Init flap and holder
T
19
Swivelling plate
U
120 Cam wheel lever
T
20
Reel table (S)
U
121 S-VHS lever
T
U
403 70547
116 Changing gear
I
249 10522
117 Double gear
I
122 Prism rihgt
T
21
Headamplifier holder
T
123 Prism left
T
22
Bracket
T
125 Main slider
T
23
Roller unit left
24
Loading arm left
B
25
Loading arm right
B
26
Roller unit right
27
Loading gear
20a Reel table (T)
126 Driving belt
358 31166
127 Capstan motor
528 70771
361 10805
(with screws)
528 70772
129 Reverse kicker with
522 20451
transmission gears *)
B
30
Reverse clip
Q
128 Gear pulley
31
Reverse lever
Q
150 Lift
443 64112
32
Intermediate lever
Q
34
Scanner assy. 2/0
I
4803
(Head disc and motor)
34
KIT B
310 31955
Scanner assy. 2/0-LP
4803
KIT I
310 31963
(Head disc and motor)
34
218 00011
218 00021
KIT L
310 32116
4803
KIT P
310 32191
218 00031
KIT Q
310 10658
4803
KIT S
310 10661
Scanner assy. 4/0
(Head disc and motor)
34
Scanner assy. 4/2
(Head disc and motor)
218 00041
KIT T
35
Cleaning roller
528 70773
KIT U
36
A/C Head (with clip
249 10468
and screws)
37
Pressure roller
528 70774
(with spring)
38
Threading motor
361 10809
39
Threading belt
358 20421
40
Motor holder
41
Pressure roller guide
42
Reverse brake
310 10662
3103
109 09190
*) optional
Um eine hohen Reparaturstandard zu gewährleisten sind mit Ausnahme von Kit T immer alle im Kit enthaltenen Teile zu tauschen.
In order to guarantee a high repairstandard all spare parts included
in a kit have to be replaced with the exception of kit T.
T
Per una riparazione garantita ocorre sostituire tutti i pezzi contenuti
nei kit, fatta eccetione per il kit T.
S
P
44
Slider gear
45
Cam wheel
B
46
Cam shaft
S
47
Para obtener un estandár de reparaciones elevado,es necesario
cambiar todas las partes contenidas en el kit, la única exceptión es
para el kit T.
S
S
Pulley shaft
528 81462
48
Worm shaft
49
Chassis mounting clip
S
T
50
WD-holder
T
A fin d’obtenir un standard de réparations élevé, toutes les pièces
de rechange incluses dans un kit sont à remplacer, exception faite
du kit T.
Om een hoge reparatiekwaliteit te waarbogen moeten, met
uitzondering van kit T, altijd alle zich in een kit bevindende
onderdelen worden vervangen.
Tape deck
Engineer's remarks:
VR120
10.
GB 123
GB 124
11.
VR120
Exploded views
11. Exploded views
11.1 Exploded view set
22
4x
7
23
4x
TD
11
8
12
50
AMB
60
2x
3x
2x
36
30
2422 128 02922
(2422 128 02497)
11xx
12xx
2422 128 02842
2
1
2x
4
3
2x
14
6
Exploded views
VR120
11.2 Set Parts List
Pos
1
Service Code Description
3103 138 92410 FRAME ASSY 2SCART 435 mm sets
3103 138 90120 FRAME ASSY STEREO 380 mm sets
3103 138 91710 FRAME ASSY 2SCART 380 mm sets
3103 138 91700 FRAME ASSY 1SCART 380 mm sets
2
3103 141 22800 BRACKET 380 mm sets
3103 141 23740 BRACKET 435 mm sets
3
3103 104 20960 SNAP CATCH
6
3103 184 00830 FOOT
7
3103 100 42400 SCREW 3,5X16
8
3103 100 42530 SCREENING SCREW
11
3103 104 01530 WD-HOLDER
12
3103 104 25950 CINCH COVER
3103 104 25890 CINCH COVER SAT
14
22
8622 666 10101 VCR SAT MOUSE
3103 141 23810 COVER VR120, 402, 520
3103 141 23680 COVER VR170, 220, 270x, 420, 57x, 620, 622, 670x
3103 141 23790 COVER VR720, VR870x
3103 141 23590 COVER VR627
3103 141 23070 COVER SBx, xxDV30
23
3103 100 42640 SCREW 3,5X10 SILVER
3112 400 40220 SCREW 3,5X10 BLACK
30
3103 107 61760 DISTANCE HOLDER DECK
36
2511 076 50014 SCREW 3X12
50
3103 111 02560 SPRING
60
3103 104 20110 DISTANCE HOLDER MOBO
11.
GB 125
GB 126
11.
VR120
Exploded views
Service Code Description Control Panel pos 20
Service Code Description Lift Flap pos 6
3103 138 92280 CONTROL PANEL VR120
3103 138 92420 CONTROL PANEL VR170/02/58
3103 138 92730 CONTROL PANEL VR170/07
3103 138 92620 CONTROL PANEL VR170/39
3103 178 33150 LIFT FLAP VR120
3103 178 33250 LIFT FLAP VR170/02/07/58
3103 178 35090 LIFT FLAP VR170/39
3103 178 33300 LIFT FLAP VR220
3103 138 92640 CONTROL PANEL VR220/02/58
3103 138 92650 CONTROL PANEL VR220/07
3103 138 92660 CONTROL PANEL VR220/39
3103 138 92690 CONTROL PANEL VR270B/02/07/58
3103 138 92290 CONTROL PANEL VR270B/39
3103 178 33370 LIFT FLAP VR270x, VR670x
3103 178 33520 LIFT FLAP VR402/58
3103 178 33330 LIFT FLAP VR420
3103 178 33870 LIFT FLAP VR520/02
3103 178 33550 LIFT FLAP VR520/07/16/58
3103 138 92720 CONTROL PANEL VR270W/02/07/58
3103 138 92740 CONTROL PANEL VR270W/39
3103 138 92770 CONTROL PANEL VR402/58
3103 138 92780 CONTROL PANEL VR420/02/58
3103 138 92790 CONTROL PANEL VR420/39
3103 178 34790 LIFT FLAP VR570/02
3103 178 33920 LIFT FLAP VR570/07/16/58
3103 178 34970 LIFT FLAP VR570/39
3103 178 35340 LIFT FLAP VR572/02
3103 178 35350 LIFT FLAP VR572/16
3103 178 33900 LIFT FLAP VR620/07/16/39/58, VR622/16
3103 138 92830 CONTROL PANEL VR520/02
3103 138 92840 CONTROL PANEL VR520/07
3103 138 92850 CONTROL PANEL VR520/16/58
3103 138 92880 CONTROL PANEL VR570/02
3103 138 92890 CONTROL PANEL VR570/07
3103 138 92950 CONTROL PANEL VR570/16/58
3103 138 92910 CONTROL PANEL VR570/39
3103 138 92870 CONTROL PANEL VR572/02
3103 138 92900 CONTROL PANEL VR572/16
3103 138 92340 CONTROL PANEL VR620/02
3103 138 93030 CONTROL PANEL VR620/07
3103 138 93040 CONTROL PANEL VR620/16/58
3103 138 93050 CONTROL PANEL VR620/39
3103 138 92920 CONTROL PANEL VR622/02
3103 138 93000 CONTROL PANEL VR622/16
3103 138 93060 CONTROL PANEL VR627/02
3103 138 93070 CONTROL PANEL VR627/16
3103 138 92930 CONTROL PANEL VR670B/02/16/58
3103 138 92940 CONTROL PANEL VR670B/07
3103 138 92960 CONTROL PANEL VR670B/39
3103 138 92980 CONTROL PANEL VR670W/02/16/58
3103 138 92990 CONTROL PANEL VR670W/07
3103 138 93010 CONTROL PANEL VR670W/39
3103 138 93090 CONTROL PANEL VR720/02
3103 138 93100 CONTROL PANEL VR720/07
3103 138 92190 CONTROL PANEL VR720/16/58
3103 138 93110 CONTROL PANEL VR720/39
3103 138 92630
3103 138 92670
3103 138 92680
3103 138 92210
CONTROL PANEL VR870CC/02/16/58
CONTROL PANEL VR870CC/07
CONTROL PANEL VR870CC/39
CONTROL PANEL VR870L/02/16/58
3103 138 93130 CONTROL PANEL VR870L/07
3103 138 93140 CONTROL PANEL VR870L/39
3103 138 93170 CONTROL PANEL SB140/03
3103 138 93200 CONTROL PANEL SB140/38
3103 138 93180 CONTROL PANEL SB145/03
3103 138 93250 CONTROL PANEL SB145/11
3103 138 93260 CONTROL PANEL SB445/11
3103 138 93220 CONTROL PANEL SB445/38
3103 138 93190 CONTROL PANEL SB645/03
3103 138 93270 CONTROL PANEL SB645/11
3103 138 93230 CONTROL PANEL SB645/38
3103 138 92300 CONTROL PANEL SB745/03
3103 138 93280 CONTROL PANEL SB745/11
3103 138 93240 CONTROL PANEL SB745/38
3103 138 93290 CONTROL PANEL 20DV30/39
3103 138 93300 CONTROL PANEL 45DV30/39
3103 138 93310 CONTROL PANEL 65DV30/39
3103 178 34510 LIFT FLAP VR627/02
3103 178 34720 LIFT FLAP VR627/16
3103 178 33600 LIFT FLAP VR62x/02
3103 178 33020 LIFT FLAP VR720/02
3103 178 34040 LIFT FLAP VR720/07/16/39/58
3103 178 34310 LIFT FLAP VR870x
3103 178 33660 LIFT FLAP SB140/03
3103 178 34780 LIFT FLAP SB140/38
3103 178 33680 LIFT FLAP SB145/03
3103 178 33690 LIFT FLAP SB145/11
3103 178 34060 LIFT FLAP SB445/11
3103 178 34800 LIFT FLAP SB445/38
3103 178 34160 LIFT FLAP SB645/03
3103 178 34810 LIFT FLAP SB645/11
3103 178 34980 LIFT FLAP SB645/38
3103 178 33730 LIFT FLAP SB745/03
3103 178 34820 LIFT FLAP SB745/11
3103 178 35110 LIFT FLAP SB745/38
3103 178 34430 LIFT FLAP 20DV30/39
3103 178 34570 LIFT FLAP 45DV30/39
3103 178 34590 LIFT FLAP 65DV30/39
Exploded views
VR120
11.
GB 127
11.3 Front Parts List
11
(2x)
6
AKP36
7
10
20
13
10
12
(2x)
(2x)
41
(2x)
6
7
ACP35
(4x)
11
Pos Service code Description
11
12
13
5
AKP35
20
for VR870x
3103 178 29460
2511 076 50014
3103 111 02450
3103 110 01560
3103 110 01570
3103 110 01550
3103 110 01580
2511 076 50012
3103 104 27640
3103 178 34250
3103 104 27630
3103 178 34260
4
10
41
4
5
7
10
18
FOOT
SCREW 3X12
LEG SPRING
WORDMARK VR120, 402,520
WORDMARK VR170,270x,57x,670x
WORDMARK VR220,420,62x,720
WORDMARK VR870x
SCREW 3X8
SIDE CAP RIGHT VR620, 622
SIDE CAP RIGHT VR627
SIDE CAP LEFT VR620, 622
SIDE CAP LEFT VR627
Pos Service code Description
18
41
3103 178 34270
3103 104 27650
3103 178 34170
3103 178 33700
3103 178 34200
3103 178 33080
3103 178 34690
3103 178 34300
3103 198 89270
3103 198 89280
FOOT VR627
FOOT VR620, 622
AV-COVER FR VR620, 622
AV-COVER GB VR620, 622
AV-COVER GB VR627
AV-COVER GB VR720
AV-COVER FR VR720
CINCH DOOR VR870x
ACP35/AKP35 CONN / KEY PRINT
AKP36 KEYPRINT
GB 128
12.
Spare parts list
VR120
12. Spare parts list
MOBO
Various
0005
0007
0008
0020
0021
0022
1001
1101
1101
1105
1108
1109
1118
1119
1119
1122
1123
1123
1125
1125
1127
1127
1127
1152
1152
1153
1153
1156
1157
1157
1157
1158
1158
1160
1163
1163
1163
1170
1171
1201
1203
1204
1204
1205
1205
1209
1209
1213
1213
1213
1216
1217
1217
1217
1221
1222
1222
1222
1253
1253
1300h
1301h
1302h
1304h
1306h
1308h
1309h
1501h
1701
3103 104 25900
3103 107 61690
3103 107 61840
3103 150 12050
3103 107 61680
3103 150 12050
2422 543 01125
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 543 00056
2422 543 00761
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02842
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
2422 128 02497
2422 128 02922
3103 100 23910
3103 138 86490
2422 549 43073
2422 086 10919
2422 086 10956
2422 086 10955
2422 086 10514
2422 086 10919
3112 297 12180
1702
2422 542 90081
1703
1704
1704
1704
1704
2422 549 44341
2422 549 42273
2422 549 42068
2422 549 41518
2422 549 41801
1704
9322 042 72682
1704
1705
2422 549 42004
2422 549 42391
1705
1705
2422 549 41595
2422 549 41433
DISPLAY HOLDER
TACHO HOLDER
TACHO HOLDER
SENSORHOLDER
SENSORHOLDER
SENSORHOLDER
CRYSTAL 4.43MHz
SWITCH long
SWITCH long
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH short
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
CRYSTAL 32.768kHz
CRYSTAL 16MHz
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
SWITCH
MAINS PLUG
FUSE T1.25A
SURGE PROTECT
PROT 125mA
PROT 1.6A
PROT 1.25A
FUSE T100mA
PROT 125mA
TUMOD TP926 MK2
BOOSTER
TUMOD TCBZ4-002A BG/I/
DK
OFWK9656M PAL/SEC
OFWJ1980M PAL I
OFWG3956M SEC/NIC
OFWG1961M PAL/MONO
OFWG1984M PAL/
STEREO
OFWK3953M PALI/
SECAM
OFWK2955M for K1
FILTER TPW 6,0/6,5MHz
PAL I
FILTER 5.5MHz PAL BG
FILTER 6.5MHz SEC
1706
1706
1706
1707
1707
1760
1761
1766
2422 549 42824
2422 549 42825
2422 549 42826
2422 549 42826
2422 549 42825
2422 543 01119
2422 543 00781
2422 549 42826
1801
1802
1911
1912
1941
1946
1947
1948
1951
1952
1954
1955
1956
1961
1965
1969
1982
3103 107 90110
3103 107 90110
2422 025 14521
2422 025 16933
2422 026 04294
3103 107 20720
2422 025 14512
2422 025 14515
3103 100 24010
3103 100 24210
3103 100 24250
2422 025 14515
2422 026 05087
2422 025 09405
2422 025 14516
2422 025 14532
2422 025 16742
FILTER 5,5MHz PAL BG
FILTER 6,0MHz PAL I
FILTER 6,5MHz SEC
FILTER 6,5MHz SEC
FILTER 6,0MHz PAL I
CRYSTAL 4MHz
CRYSTAL 18.432MHz
FIL CER 6MHz 5 EFCTYS5 KB
SWITCH ASSY
SWITCH ASSY
CONNECTOR 11 PIN
CONNECTOR 9 PIN
PHONES CONNECTOR
CAPSTAN CONNECT
CONNECTOR 3 PIN
CONNECTOR 6 PIN
SCART SOCKET 7133
SCART SOCKET 7135
TRIPLE PIN JACK
CONNECTOR 6 PIN
CINCH CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR 2 PIN
CONNECTOR 7 PIN
CONNECTOR 3 PIN
CONNECTOR 8 PIN
3198 023 41040
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31030
3198 029 31090
3198 017 31030
3198 023 41040
3198 029 31090
3198 017 01030
3198 017 32230
3198 017 21050
3198 017 21050
3198 017 32230
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31030
3198 024 44730
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31030
3198 017 21050
3198 023 41040
3198 029 31090
3198 029 31090
3198 017 01040
3198 029 31090
3198 017 21050
3198 029 04790
3198 017 31030
3198 023 41040
3198 017 21050
3198 017 01040
3198 023 41040
3198 017 31030
3198 017 24740
3198 016 32790
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31020
3198 029 22290
3198 029 31090
3198 017 21050
3198 023 21040
3198 017 21050
3198 017 31030
3198 025 54780
3198 017 31040
3198 029 31090
3198 017 21040
3198 017 01040
3198 017 32210
3198 016 04780
2022 552 05334
3198 017 31030
3198 016 32290
2238 861 14391
3198 016 33310
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31030
3198 016 32790
3198 016 34790
3198 017 31030
3198 016 31510
3198 029 21010
100 nF 25V
10 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 µF 25V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 25V
10 µF 25V
10 nF 50V
22 nF 25V
1 µF 16V
1 µF 16V
22 nF 25V
10 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
47 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
1 µF 16V
100 nF 25V
10 µF 25V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 16V
10 µF 25V
1 µF 16V
47 µF 6.3V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 25V
1 µF 16V
100 nF 16V
100 nF 25V
10 nF 50V
470 nF 16V
27 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
1 nF 50V
22 µF 16V
10 µF 25V
1 µF 16V
100 nF 25V
1 µF 16V
10 nF 50V
4.7 µF 50V
100 nF 16V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 50V
100 nF 16V
220 pF 50V
4.7 pF 50V
180 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
22 pF 50V
390 pF 50V
330 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
27 pF 50V
47 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
150 pF 50V
100 µF 16V
g
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2079
2080
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2096
2097
2170
2171
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316h
2317h
2318h
2319
2325
2327
2328
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2490
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2509
2022 552 05335
3198 017 31030
3198 023 41040
3198 017 31040
3198 016 38290
3198 016 31010
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31030
3198 029 31090
3198 017 24740
3198 017 31030
3198 016 36810
3198 017 21050
3198 017 32230
3198 016 32210
3198 017 31040
3198 016 31090
3198 029 04790
3198 023 21040
3198 023 21040
2020 025 90019
3198 016 31890
3198 016 31590
3198 016 02290
3198 016 32290
3198 017 24740
3198 017 31030
3198 023 41040
3198 029 24790
3198 017 31040
3198 025 51090
2020 558 90442
3198 017 33320
2020 558 90442
2020 021 91536
2022 318 00108
2020 021 91332
2020 021 91529
2020 021 91527
2020 021 91528
3198 025 01020
3198 023 21040
3198 017 31030
2022 330 00014
2020 554 90127
2020 021 91525
3198 025 51090
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31040
2238 910 15649
3198 017 32230
2022 552 05448
3198 029 21010
2022 020 00625
3198 017 21040
3198 023 41040
3198 017 34730
3198 017 34730
3198 017 34730
2022 552 05236
3198 017 31040
3198 029 21010
3198 017 31040
3198 017 02230
3198 017 01030
3198 017 21040
3198 016 01010
3198 017 01040
3198 017 33330
3198 017 34720
3198 017 02220
3198 029 24790
3198 017 21040
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31030
3198 023 41040
3198 017 04720
3198 025 31010
3198 029 31090
3198 025 31010
3198 029 02210
3198 023 41040
3198 023 41040
3198 023 41040
3198 017 24740
3198 017 34730
2238 910 15649
3198 016 31210
3198 017 31020
220 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 16V
82 pF 50V
100 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 µF 25V
470 nF 16V
10 nF 50V
680 pF 25V
1 µF 16V
22 nF 25V
220 pF 50V
100 nF 16V
10 pF 50V
47 µF 6.3V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
220 mF 5.5V
18 pF 50V
15 pF 50V
22 pF 50V
22 pF 50V
470 nF 16V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 25V
47 µF 16V
100 nF 16V
10 µF 50V
47 pF 2kV
3.3 nF 50V
47 pF 2kV
330 µF 16V
47 nF 250V
47 µF 50V
22 µF 50V
100 µF 10V
560 µF 6.3V
1000 µF 6.3V
100 nF 25V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 275V
2.2 nF 250V
18 µF 385V
10 µF 50V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 16V
100 nF 25V
22 nF 25V
150 nF 50V
100 µF 16V
220 µF 16V
100 nF 50V
100 nF 25V
47 nF 16V
47 nF 16V
47 nF 16V
5.6 nF 50V
100 nF 16V
100 µF 16V
100 nF 16V
22 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 50V
100 pF 50V
100 nF 16V
33 nF 16V
4.7 nF 50V
2.2 nF 50V
47 µF 16V
100 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 25V
4.7 nF 50V
100 µF 25V
10 µF 25V
100 µF 25V
220 µF 6.3V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
470 nF 16V
47 nF 16V
100 nF 25V
120 pF 50V
1 nF 50V
Spare parts list
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2630
2631
2632
2633
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2678
2679
2680
2681
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2712
2713
2714
2715
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
3198 023 41040
3198 029 31090
3198 017 32220
3198 017 32220
3198 016 31810
3198 016 31810
3198 017 21050
3198 017 21050
3198 023 41040
3198 029 22290
3198 029 24790
3198 023 41040
3198 023 41040
3198 023 41040
3198 029 24790
3198 017 31030
3198 029 24790
3198 029 31090
3198 023 41040
3198 017 21050
3198 029 31090
3198 023 21040
3198 016 33310
3198 017 31020
3198 017 32220
3198 017 34730
2022 552 05341
3198 029 24790
3198 017 31030
3198 016 31020
3198 029 21010
2020 300 90611
3198 017 34720
2022 552 05234
3198 029 22290
3198 017 31030
3198 017 32220
3198 017 21050
3198 029 31090
3198 029 31090
3198 029 31090
3198 023 41040
3198 017 36820
3198 017 31030
3198 029 24790
3198 029 31090
3198 017 42240
3198 017 42240
3198 017 42240
3198 029 52280
3198 017 42240
3198 017 42240
3198 029 52280
3198 017 42240
3198 017 42240
3198 017 42240
3198 017 22250
3198 017 22250
3198 023 21040
3198 017 42240
3198 029 31090
3198 029 52280
3198 029 21010
3198 017 32230
3198 029 24790
3198 017 21050
3198 017 31040
3198 029 31090
3198 017 36820
3198 029 04790
3198 016 31090
2020 021 91355
3198 023 21040
3198 029 22290
3198 016 34710
3198 017 31030
3198 029 31090
3198 023 21040
3198 017 42240
2020 552 94914
3198 023 41040
3198 017 01020
3198 016 31210
3198 016 32210
3198 029 52280
3198 017 32230
3198 029 22290
2020 021 91527
3198 023 41040
3198 016 34710
3198 023 41040
3198 017 31030
3198 017 21040
3198 029 52280
100 nF 25V
10 µF 25V
2.2 nF 50V
2.2 nF 50V
180 pF 50V
180 pF 50V
1 µF 16V
1 µF 16V
100 nF 25V
22 µF 16V
47 µF 16V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
47 µF 16V
10 nF 50V
47 µF 16V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 25V
1 µF 16V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 25V
330 pF 50V
1 nF 50V
2.2 nF 50V
47 nF 16V
820 pF 50V
47 µF 16V
10 nF 50V
1 nF 25V
100 µF 16V
27 nF 50V
4.7 nF 50V
3.9 pF 50V
22 µF 16V
10 nF 50V
2.2 nF 50V
1 µF 16V
10 µF 25V
10 µF 25V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 25V
6.8 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
47 µF 16V
10 µF 25V
220 nF 16V
220 nF 16V
220 nF 16V
2.2 µF 50V
220 nF 16V
220 nF 16V
2.2 µF 50V
220 nF 16V
220 nF 16V
220 nF 16V
2.2 µF 10V
2.2 µF 10V
100 nF 25V
220 nF 16V
10 µF 25V
2.2 µF 50V
100 µF 16V
22 nF 25V
47 µF 16V
1 µF 16V
100 nF 16V
10 µF 25V
6.8 nF 50V
47 µF 6.3V
10 pF 50V
2.2 µF 50V
100 nF 25V
22 µF 16V
470 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 25V
220 nF 16V
8.2 pF 50V
100 nF 25V
1 nF 50V
120 pF 50V
220 pF 50V
2.2 µF 50V
22 nF 25V
22 µF 16V
100 µF 10V
100 nF 25V
470 pF 50V
100 nF 25V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 50V
2.2 µF 50V
2727
2728
2760
2761
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2775
2776
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2800
2801
2802
2803
2805
2809
2812
2814
2815
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2926
2927
2930
2931
2932
2933
3198 016 31010
3198 016 31010
3198 017 33320
3198 017 31040
3198 016 36810
3198 017 31030
3198 017 31040
3198 029 31090
3198 017 31030
3198 029 31090
3198 029 31090
3198 017 24740
3198 016 34790
3198 016 36810
3198 017 33320
3198 017 31030
3198 025 54780
3198 017 24740
3198 017 24740
2022 552 05344
3198 017 24740
3198 029 24790
3198 017 31040
3198 016 34790
3198 017 24740
3198 017 24740
3198 016 33380
3198 016 33380
3198 017 31030
3198 029 31090
3198 017 31030
3198 016 34790
3198 017 31020
3198 017 31020
3198 016 31590
3198 017 31040
3198 016 32210
3198 017 32220
3198 025 32210
3198 017 32220
3198 029 21010
3198 016 33390
3198 016 36890
3198 016 36890
3198 017 31040
3198 029 24790
3198 029 31090
3198 029 31090
3198 023 41040
3198 016 32290
3198 023 41040
3198 029 31090
3198 023 21040
3198 023 41040
3198 023 41040
3198 023 21040
3198 023 41040
3198 023 41040
3198 016 34710
3198 016 04710
3198 017 04710
3198 016 34710
3198 017 04710
3198 016 34710
3198 029 31090
3198 029 02210
3198 016 36890
3198 016 31010
3198 016 01010
3198 017 31020
3198 017 31020
3198 016 01010
3198 016 31010
100 pF 50V
100 pF 50V
3.3 nF 50V
100 nF 16V
680 pF 25V
10 nF 50V
100 nF 16V
10 µF 25V
10 nF 50V
10 µF 25V
10 µF 25V
470 nF 16V
47 pF 50V
680 pF 25V
3.3 nF 50V
10 nF 50V
4.7 µF 50V
470 nF 16V
470 nF 16V
4.7 nF 50V
470 nF 16V
47 µF 16V
100 nF 16V
47 pF 50V
470 nF 16V
470 nF 16V
3.3 pF 50V
3.3 pF 50V
10 nF 50V
10 µF 25V
10 nF 50V
47 pF 50V
1 nF 50V
1 nF 50V
15 pF 50V
100 nF 16V
220 pF 50V
2.2 nF 50V
220 µF 25V
2.2 nF 50V
100 µF 16V
33 pF 50V
68 pF 50V
68 pF 50V
100 nF 16V
47 µF 16V
10 µF 25V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 25V
22 pF 50V
100 nF 25V
10 µF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
100 nF 25V
470 pF 50V
470 pF 50V
470 pF 50V
470 pF 50V
470 pF 50V
470 pF 50V
10 µF 25V
220 µF 6.3V
68 pF 50V
100 pF 50V
100 pF 50V
1 nF 50V
1 nF 50V
100 pF 50V
100 pF 50V
3198 021 32220
3198 021 31520
3198 011 01820
3198 021 32220
3198 021 31020
3198 021 31020
3198 021 38220
3198 021 33920
3198 021 32250
2120 108 91451
3198 021 31020
3198 021 31010
3198 021 51010
3198 011 03910
3198 021 33920
3198 021 33910
2120 108 92621
2.2 k 0.063W
1.5 k 0.063W
1.8 k 0.17W
2.2 k 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
3.9 k 0.063W
2.2 M 0.063W
1 k 0.1W
1 k 0.063W
100 R 0.063W
100 R 0.1W
390 R 0.17W
3.9 k 0.063W
390 R 0.063W
2.7 k 1%
f
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
VR120
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3078
3079
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3091
3092
3094
3095
3108
3108
3110
3112
3112
3115
3115
3116
3119
3119
3120
3120
3135
3135
3136
3140
3140
3140
3140
3141
3142
3142
3146
3150
3152
3154
3157
3159
3161
3163
3170h
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3300
3302
3303
3305
3306
3307h
3308h
3309
3312
3314
3315
3316h
3318h
3319
3320
3321
3324h
3325h
3326
3327
2120 108 92618
3198 021 31020
2322 156 26801
2322 704 64702
3198 021 31510
3198 011 01020
3198 021 34730
3198 011 04730
3198 021 32210
3198 021 31050
3198 021 51080
3198 021 31510
3198 021 31050
3198 021 33330
3198 021 52250
3198 021 36810
3198 021 31020
3198 011 04730
3198 021 31520
3198 021 38220
2120 108 92514
3198 021 31040
3198 021 31030
3198 021 31830
3198 021 36810
3198 011 03320
3198 021 31020
3198 021 32230
3198 021 32730
3198 021 32720
3198 021 31030
2120 368 90124
2120 368 90119
3198 021 38220
3198 011 04730
3198 021 31230
3198 021 36810
3198 021 54730
3198 021 34730
3198 021 34730
3198 021 31040
3198 021 51040
3198 021 31040
3198 021 34710
3198 021 34730
3198 021 31040
3198 021 31080
3198 021 31080
3198 021 34710
3198 021 33920
3198 021 31080
3198 021 31080
3198 021 35620
3198 021 34710
3198 021 32220
3198 021 31080
3198 021 34710
3198 021 38220
3198 021 31830
3198 021 34730
3198 021 31830
3198 021 31830
3198 021 31830
3198 021 33920
3198 021 38220
3198 021 38220
3198 021 35620
2120 106 90603
3198 021 31830
3198 021 32210
3198 021 31080
3198 021 34730
3198 021 31030
3198 021 31080
2120 108 92624
3198 011 02210
3198 021 31030
3198 021 52240
2120 108 92624
2322 205 33229
2120 106 90633
2322 156 23309
3198 021 51080
2322 156 21508
3198 012 32230
2322 205 33229
2322 207 33102
3198 011 04780
3198 011 03340
3198 021 32240
2322 242 13335
2322 242 13335
2120 103 90018
3198 011 01820
12.
GB 129
1.8 k 1%
1 k 0.063W
680 R 1%
4.7 k 0.063W
150 R 0.063W
1 k 0.17W
47 k 0.063W
47 k 0.17W
220 R 0.063W
1 M 0.063W
1R
150 R 0.063W
1 M 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
2.2 M 0.1W
680 R 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
47 k 0.17W
1.5 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
15 k 1%
100 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
680 R 0.063W
3.3 k 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
27 k 0.063W
2.7 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
22 k POT
1 k POT
8.2 k 0.063W
47 k 0.17W
12 k 0.063W
680 R 0.063W
47 k 0.1W
47 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
100 k 0.1W
100 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
3.9 k 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
5.6 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
3.9 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
5.6 k 0.063W
470 R
18 k 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
4.7 k 1%
220 R 0.17W
10 k 0.063W
220 k 0.1W
4.7 k 1%
22 R FUSE
100 R
33 R 1%
1R
1.5 R 1%
22 k 3W
22 R FUSE
1 k FUSE NFR25H
4.7 R 0.17W
330 k 0.17W
200 k 0.063W
3.3 M
3.3 M
220 R
1.8 k 0.17W
GB 130
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3334
3336
3343
3344
3345
3347
3350
3351
3352
3353
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464h
3465
3466
3467
3468
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3484
3485
3486
3489
3490
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3512
3521
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3619
3621
12.
2322 156 23309
3198 011 04730
3198 021 34710
2322 156 21508
3198 021 34710
3198 011 01210
2120 108 92632
3198 021 31040
3198 021 32230
3198 021 34730
3198 021 51080
3198 021 31040
3198 021 31030
3198 021 31030
3198 021 34720
3198 021 32210
3198 021 52230
3198 021 54710
3198 021 34710
3198 021 34710
2322 205 33228
2322 193 95074
3198 021 34710
3198 021 51080
3198 021 58230
3198 021 32210
3198 021 34720
3198 021 33310
3198 021 35620
3198 021 54730
3198 011 01830
3198 011 01040
2120 101 74274
2120 101 74274
3198 021 32250
3198 011 03910
3198 011 03330
3198 011 03330
3198 011 01030
3198 011 04720
3198 011 01030
3198 011 03910
2120 108 93963
3198 021 36830
3198 021 38210
3198 011 01010
3198 011 01010
3198 021 38210
3198 021 33320
2120 108 91725
3198 021 53320
3198 011 04790
3198 011 04790
3198 021 31010
3198 021 34720
3198 021 31040
3198 021 32230
3198 021 31530
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34720
3198 021 32220
3198 021 32220
3198 021 34720
3198 021 31060
3198 021 31060
3198 021 33330
3198 021 33330
3198 021 33330
3198 021 33330
3198 021 33330
3198 021 33330
3198 021 31030
3198 021 53940
3198 021 31030
3198 021 31030
3198 021 34730
3198 011 04730
3198 021 38220
3198 021 38220
3198 021 32250
3198 021 32730
3198 021 33320
3198 011 01210
3198 011 01210
3198 021 31030
3198 021 33320
3198 021 34750
3198 021 33390
3198 021 31830
3198 021 32240
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34720
3198 021 31030
3198 021 32230
VR120
33 R 1%
47 k 0.17W
470 R 0.063W
1.5 R 1%
470 R 0.063W
120 R 0.17W
33 k 1%
100 k 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
1R
100 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
22 k 0.1W
470 R 0.1W
470 R 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
2.2 R NFR25
0.47 R
470 R 0.063W
1R
82 k 0.1W
220 R 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
330 R 0.063W
5.6 k 0.063W
47 k 0.1W
18 k 0.17W
100 k 0.17W
270 k
270 k
2.2 M 0.063W
390 R 0.17W
33 k 0.17W
33 k 0.17W
10 k 0.17W
4.7 k 0.17W
10 k 0.17W
390 R 0.17W
200 k 0.1W
68 k 0.063W
820 R 0.063W
100 R 0.17W
100 R 0.17W
820 R 0.063W
3.3 R 0.063W
270 k 0.1W
3.3 k 0.1W
47 R 0.17W
47 R 0.17W
100 R 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
15 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
10 M 0.063W
10 M 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
390 k 0.1W
10 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
47 k 0.17W
8.2 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
2.2 M 0.063W
27 k 0.063W
3.3 R 0.063W
120 R 0.17W
120 R 0.17W
10 k 0.063W
3.3 R 0.063W
4.7 M 0.063W
33 R 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
200 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
Spare parts list
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3644
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3714
3715
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3775
3776
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800h
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805h
3806
3807
3808
3809
3198 021 31230
3198 021 32220
3198 021 35610
2120 368 90126
3198 021 34730
3198 021 38220
3198 021 31230
3198 021 31090
3198 021 32290
3198 021 31230
3198 021 32220
3198 021 34730
3198 021 33330
3198 021 53940
3198 021 31510
2120 109 09158
3198 021 34730
3198 021 35610
3198 021 36810
3198 021 32230
3198 021 31040
2120 108 92633
3198 011 01010
3198 011 01010
3198 021 31020
3198 021 33330
3198 021 32720
3198 021 33330
3198 021 32720
3198 021 34710
3198 021 34750
3198 021 31040
3198 021 51040
3198 021 34710
3198 021 33930
3198 021 31040
3198 021 31830
3198 021 33330
3198 011 06810
3198 021 33310
2120 368 90124
3198 021 51830
3198 021 31540
3198 021 32210
3198 021 33320
3198 021 31020
3198 021 51010
3198 021 53310
3198 021 52210
3198 011 02220
3198 021 32720
3198 021 32220
3198 021 36820
3198 021 34710
3198 021 34720
3198 021 51010
3198 021 31010
3198 021 32230
3198 021 34710
3198 011 01020
3198 021 35620
3198 021 35620
3198 021 35620
2120 368 90126
3198 011 04710
3198 021 33310
3198 021 32720
3198 021 31510
3198 021 35620
3198 021 90030
3198 021 34730
3198 011 01010
3198 011 01010
3198 011 01010
3198 021 35620
3198 011 01010
3198 021 31020
2120 108 91686
3198 021 54710
3198 021 34710
3198 021 31020
3198 011 01020
3198 011 01020
3198 011 01020
2120 106 90597
3198 021 32730
3198 011 04780
3198 021 32220
3198 021 35630
2120 106 90597
3198 021 54730
3198 021 31040
3198 011 03310
3198 011 03310
12 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
560 R 0.063W
100 k POT
47 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.063W
12 k 0.063W
10 R 0.063W
22 R 0.063W
12 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
390 k 0.1W
150 R 0.063W
1.5 R
47 k 0.063W
560 R 0.063W
680 R 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
39 k 1%
100 R 0.17W
100 R 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
2.7 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
2.7 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
4.7 M 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
100 k 0.1W
470 R 0.063W
39 k 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
680 R 0.17W
330 R 0.063W
22 k POT
18 k 0.1W
150 k 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
3.3 R 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
100 R 0.1W
330 R 0.1W
220 R 0.1W
2.2 k 0.17W
2.7 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
6.8 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
100 R 0.1W
100 R 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
1 k 0.17W
5.6 k 0.063W
5.6 k 0.063W
5.6 k 0.063W
100 k POT
470 R 0.17W
330 R 0.063W
2.7 k 0.063W
150 R 0.063W
5.6 k 0.063W
jumper
47 k 0.063W
100 R 0.17W
100 R 0.17W
100 R 0.17W
5.6 k 0.063W
100 R 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
7.5 k
470 R 0.1W
470 R 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
1 k 0.17W
1 k 0.17W
1 k 0.17W
10 R FUSE
27 k 0.063W
4.7 R 0.17W
2.2 k 0.063W
56 k 0.063W
10 R FUSE
47 k 0.1W
100 k 0.063W
330 R 0.17W
330 R 0.17W
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3874
3875
3876
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3896
3897
3898
3899
3901
3901
3902
3903
3903
3904
3904
3905
3905
3906
3906
3198 011 03310
3198 011 03310
3198 011 08210
3198 021 31030
3198 021 32210
3198 021 33330
3198 011 04710
3198 011 04710
3198 021 36820
3198 011 01030
3198 011 04710
3198 011 01010
3198 021 34730
3198 021 34730
3198 011 01030
3198 011 01010
3198 021 31030
3198 011 01020
3198 021 31030
3198 021 31020
3198 021 32210
3198 021 32220
3198 021 31030
3198 011 01030
3198 021 34710
3198 011 08220
3198 011 01020
3198 011 01030
3198 011 01030
3198 021 51030
3198 021 31020
3198 021 31020
3198 011 08220
3198 021 31020
3198 011 01030
3198 021 31020
3198 011 01010
3198 021 32220
3198 011 01010
3198 021 34710
3198 011 01030
3198 011 02220
3198 011 02220
3198 021 34710
3198 021 32230
3198 021 32220
3198 011 02220
3198 021 31030
3198 011 01030
3198 021 31020
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34710
3198 011 04730
3198 021 31530
3198 021 34730
3198 021 31830
3198 021 31020
3198 011 01030
3198 011 01030
3198 021 31020
3198 021 31830
3198 021 31030
3198 021 51020
3198 021 31830
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34720
3198 021 32220
3198 021 31030
3198 021 31080
3198 021 51830
3198 011 01030
3198 021 32230
3198 021 51080
3198 011 03920
3198 021 32230
3198 021 32230
3198 021 31030
3198 011 01030
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34730
3198 021 31520
3198 011 01030
3198 021 32220
3198 021 51030
3198 021 37590
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
330 R 0.17W
330 R 0.17W
820 R 0.17W
10 k 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
33 k 0.063W
470 R 0.17W
470 R 0.17W
6.8 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
470 R 0.17W
100 R 0.17W
47 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
100 R 0.17W
10 k 0.063W
1 k 0.17W
10 k 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
470 R 0.063W
8.2 k 0.17W
1 k 0.17W
10 k 0.17W
10 k 0.17W
10 k 0.1W
1 k 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
8.2 k 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
100 R 0.17W
2.2 k 0.063W
100 R 0.17W
470 R 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
2.2 k 0.17W
2.2 k 0.17W
470 R 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.17W
10 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
47 k 0.17W
15 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
10 k 0.17W
1 k 0.063W
18 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
1 k 0.1W
18 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
2.2 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
1 R 0.063W
18 k 0.1W
10 k 0.17W
22 k 0.063W
1R
3.9 k 0.17W
22 k 0.063W
22 k 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
4.7 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
47 k 0.063W
1.5 k 0.063W
10 k 0.17W
2.2 k 0.063W
10 k 0.1W
75 R 0.063W
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
Spare parts list
3907
3907
3908
3908
3909
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3953
3954
3955
3957
3957
3958
3958
3959
3959
3960
3960
3961
3961
3962
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3966
3967
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
3198 021 31040
3198 021 31040
3198 021 37590
3198 021 37590
3198 021 36820
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
3198 021 56820
3198 021 34720
3198 021 36820
3198 021 51040
3198 011 06820
3198 021 37590
3198 011 02210
3198 021 32210
3198 011 02210
3198 021 52210
3198 021 31040
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34710
3198 021 37590
3198 021 32210
3198 021 32210
3198 021 32210
3198 021 52210
3198 021 34710
3198 021 34790
3198 021 31030
3198 021 34790
3198 021 31020
3198 011 08210
3198 021 32210
3198 021 32210
3198 021 33910
3198 021 31030
3198 021 36830
3198 021 36820
3198 021 34720
3198 021 34790
3198 021 51010
3198 011 01010
3198 011 01040
3198 021 51040
3198 021 31040
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
2122 551 00008
2322 574 10402
3198 021 51080
3198 021 31510
3198 011 06820
3198 011 01020
3198 021 51010
3198 021 31010
3198 021 31010
3198 011 06820
3198 011 01020
3198 021 51010
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
100 k 0.063W
100 k 0.063W
75 R 0.063W
75 R 0.063W
6.8 k 0.063W
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
6.8 k 0.1W
4.7 k 0.063W
6.8 k 0.063W
100 k 0.1W
6.8 k 0.17W
75 R 0.063W
220 R 0.17W
220 R 0.063W
220 R 0.17W
220 R 0.1W
100 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
470 R 0.063W
75 R 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
220 R 0.1W
470 R 0.063W
47 R 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
47 R 0.063W
1 k 0.063W
820 R 0.17W
220 R 0.063W
220 R 0.063W
390 R 0.063W
10 k 0.063W
68 k 0.063W
6.8 k 0.063W
4.7 k 0.063W
47 R 0.063W
100 R 0.1W
100 R 0.17W
100 k 0.17W
100 k 0.1W
100 k 0.063W
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
1R
150 R 0.063W
6.8 k 0.17W
1 k 0.17W
100 R 0.1W
100 R 0.063W
100 R 0.063W
6.8 k 0.17W
1 k 0.17W
100 R 0.1W
2422 535 97877
2422 535 97877
2422 535 97877
2422 535 97877
3198 018 15690
3198 018 11090
3198 018 11010
2422 535 94885
3198 018 16880
2422 535 97877
3198 018 15690
3198 018 12290
3198 018 12790
2422 535 97877
3198 018 90020
3128 138 39060
3198 018 21090
2422 535 94639
2422 549 44287
2422 535 94674
3198 018 90080
3198 018 90080
10 µH
10 µH
10 µH
10 µH
56 µH
10 µH
100 µH
470 µH
6.8 µH
10 µH
56 µH
22 µH
27 µH
10 µH
BEAD 100mH z
MAINS TRANSFORMER
10 µH
10 µH
MAINS TER
330 nH
COIL
COIL
b
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5170
5300
5301h
5302
5304
5305h
5306h
5307
5308
5460h
5500
5501
5502
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5610
5650
5651
5701
5701
5702
5703
5704
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5760
5761
5762
5901
5904
5905
5906
2422 535 94674
3198 018 11090
3198 018 11090
3198 018 11090
3103 138 24910
2422 549 44607
2422 549 44607
2422 549 44607
2422 549 44607
3198 018 90080
2422 535 97877
3198 018 26880
3198 018 12290
3198 018 11590
3198 018 11090
2422 549 44162
3198 018 90080
2422 549 44162
3198 018 16880
2422 535 97875
3198 018 11090
3198 018 90090
3198 018 13990
3198 018 21090
3198 018 21010
3198 018 21090
2422 535 97877
2422 535 94306
3198 018 90080
3198 018 90080
330 nH
10 µH
10 µH
10 µH
COIL ASSY
EMI100mH z 600RR
EMI100mH z 600RR
EMI100mH z 600RR
EMI100mH z 600RR
COIL
10 µH
6.8µH
22 µH
15 µH
10 µH
COIL VAR
COIL
COIL VAR
6.8 µH
6.8 µH
10 µH
COIL
39 µH
10 µH
COIL
10 µH
10 µH
COIL
COIL
COIL
9322 155 82667
9336 247 60133
9337 234 20133
9322 103 46673
9322 126 71673
9334 515 80673
9334 515 80673
9337 234 00133
3198 010 10070
9337 234 00133
9322 128 68682
9338 386 60673
9338 386 60673
9338 386 60673
9338 386 60673
3198 010 54780
3198 010 53980
9322 128 15685
3103 138 87290
9322 145 52685
9322 129 41685
9340 255 20115
3198 010 10010
9322 128 15685
9336 247 60133
9340 386 40115
9322 129 38685
9322 129 38685
9340 386 40115
3198 010 10010
3198 010 10010
9340 386 40115
9322 032 16673
9322 032 16673
9322 129 41685
9340 386 40115
9322 129 38685
9322 129 38685
9322 129 41685
9340 386 40115
9322 129 38685
9322 129 41685
9322 129 41685
9340 386 40115
9322 129 38685
9340 386 40115
9322 129 38685
9322 129 41685
IR SENSOR TSOP2236
BAT85
BYD33J
SBYV27-200
BYT42M
1N4003
1N4003
BYD33D
BAV21
BYD33D
SB360
1N4006GP
1N4006GP
1N4006GP
1N4006GP
BZX79-B4V7
BZX79-B3V9
MCL4148(TEGO)R
Kit: 2x Sens. + 1x LED
BZM55-B7V5 R
BZM55C12
BA792
1N4148
DIO SIG MCL4148
BAT85
BZX284-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZX284-C6V8
1N4148
1N4148
BZX284-C6V8
MTZJ12C
MTZJ12C
BZM55C12
BZX284-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZM55C12
BZX284-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZM55C12
BZM55C12
BZX284-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZX284-C6V8
BZM55-C6V8
BZM55C12
d
6170
6171
6300
6301
6302
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6315
6316
6317
6460
6601
6602
6702
6760
6761
6801
6802
6802
6803
6803
6804
6805
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6905
6906
6907
6908
6908
6909
6910
6911
6911
6912
6912
6913
ce
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7008
7009
7010
9330 921 11215
9330 921 11215
8203 107 03610
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42320
3198 010 42310
3198 010 44220
3198 010 42310
BFS20
BFS20
LA71595BM(TSAJ)
BC847BW
BC857BW
BC847BW
DTA124EU
BC847BW
VR120
7071
7072
7073
7075
7077
7170
7172
7300h
7301
7302h
7303
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7315
7316
7350
7351
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7501
7502
7530
7531
7532
7601
7602
7603
7604
7606
7607
7608
7650
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7705
7706
7760
7761
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7807
7808
7809
7811
7812
7818
7818
7899
7899
7899
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
9759
3198 010 42320
9322 147 59682
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
2722 171 07186
3198 010 44320
9322 127 19682
9322 086 97676
9322 162 02687
9322 136 56682
9322 163 75685
3198 010 44320
3198 020 43430
3198 010 42310
3198 010 44320
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42320
3198 020 43530
3198 010 42320
3103 138 87290
3103 138 87290
9322 164 65668
9322 097 89682
9322 097 89682
9322 097 91682
3198 010 42320
9322 136 21668
9339 476 70668
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
9335 897 30215
9331 795 40126
9335 895 60215
3198 010 42310
9335 895 60215
3198 010 43240
9352 631 46557
9333 729 60653
3198 010 44320
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42320
9352 606 11118
9352 621 13118
3198 010 42310
9352 640 81557
9322 147 97668
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42320
3198 020 43530
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
3198 010 44220
3198 010 42310
9331 795 40126
9322 120 64668
9322 121 51668
3103 165 13570
3103 165 13590
3103 165 13580
9322 124 28682
3198 010 42040
3198 010 42040
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42310
3198 010 42320
3198 010 42310
9333 729 60653
3198 010 42310
3198 010 43240
3198 010 42310
3198 021 90020
12.
GB 131
BC857BW
LA7339A
BC847BW
BC847BW
BC847BW
DISPLAY
DTC124EU
OPT CP TCET1101G
TL431ACZ-AP S
FET POW STP4NC60
MC44608P40
FET SIG SI2306DS(VISH)
DTC124EU
BC327-25
BC847BW
DTC124EU
BC847BW
BC857BW
BC337-25
BC857BW
Kit: 2x Sens. + 1x LED
Kit: 2x Sens. + 1x LED
M63100BFP(MITJ) L
OPT CP TCRT5000L
OPT CP TCRT5000L
OPT CP TCST1030L
BC857BW
SDA5652-2X
LM339DT
BC847BW
BC847BW
BC847BW
BC856B
BC327-40
BC846B
BC847BW
BC846B
BC817-40
TDA9605H/N2
HEF4053BT
DTC124EU
BC847BW
BC857BW
TDA9818T/V1 R
TDA9817T/V1 R
BC847BW
TDA9873HZ
MSP3415D-QG-B3
BC847BW
BC847BW
BC847BW
BC857BW
BC337-25
BC847BW
BC847BW
DTA124EU
BC847BW
BC327-40
M24C08-MN6
M24C16-MN6 (ST00) R
TMP93CT76F/AC3P1-xU
TMP93CW76F/AC3P7-xU
TMP93CW76F/AC3B1-xU
STV6401
BC847C
BC847C
BC847BW
BC847BW
BC857BW
BC847BW
HEF4053BT
BC847BW
BC817-40
BC847BW
JUMPER
GB 132
12.
ACP1/ACP10
QBOE1/QBOG1
Various
1950
1951
1952
1953
2422 025 14535
3103 100 24170
3103 100 24160
3103 100 24150
2222 861 14471
2238 910 15649
3198 017 21050
2222 861 14471
3198 017 21050
2238 910 15649
2122 551 00008
470 pF
100 nF 25V
1 µF 16V
470 pF
1 µF 16V
100 nF 25V
VDR MAX 21V
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2410
2411
2412
2422 549 41993
3198 021 57590
3198 021 51050
3198 021 51050
3198 021 54740
3198 021 56840
3198 021 54720
3198 021 54740
3198 021 56840
3198 021 54720
3198 021 51510
2122 551 00008
2122 551 00008
3198 021 90020
3198 021 90020
3198 021 90020
3198 021 90020
IND FXD100M HZ600Ω
75 R 0.1W
1 M 0.1W
1 M 0.1W
470 k 0.1W
680 k 0.1W
4.7 k 0.1W
470 k 0.1W
680 k 0.1W
4.7 k 0.1W
150 R 0.1W
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
CHIP jumper
CHIP jumper
CHIP jumper
CHIP jumper
2422 535 94342
2422 535 94342
2422 535 94338
2422 535 94338
220 µH
220 µH
100 µH
100 µH
6001
6001
6002
6002
6003
6003
3198 010 21290 BZX79-C12
9340 387 00115 BZX284-C12 for ACP10
only
3198 010 21290 BZX79-C12
9340 387 00115 BZX284-C12 for ACP10
only
3198 010 21290 BZX79-C12
9340 387 00115 BZX284-C12 for ACP10
only
3198 010 21290 BZX79-C12
9340 387 00115 BZX284-C12 for ACP10
only
ce
7001
7002
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3903
CONNECTOR 6PIN
CINCH WHITE
CINCH RED
CINCH YELLOW
3198 016 04710
3198 017 21040
3198 017 21050
3198 016 04710
3198 017 21050
3198 017 21040
2122 551 00008
2122 551 00008
2122 551 00008
470 pF 50V
100 nF 50V
1 µF 16V
470 pF 50V
1 µF 16V
100 nF 50V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
VDR MAX 21V
3198 021 57590
3198 021 51050
3198 021 51050
3198 021 54740
3198 021 56840
3198 021 54720
3198 021 54740
3198 021 56840
3198 021 54720
3198 021 51510
3198 021 90020
75 R 0.1W
1 M 0.1W
1 M 0.1W
470 k 0.1W
680 k 0.1W
4.7 k 0.1W
470 k 0.1W
680 k 0.1W
4.7 k 0.1W
150 R 0.1W
CHIP jumper
3198 018 02210
3198 018 02210
3198 018 01010
3198 018 01010
2422 549 41993
220 µF
220 µF
100 µF
100 µF
100mH z 600R
b
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
d
6000
6000
d
6000
6000
2422 025 14535
3103 100 23840
3103 100 23830
3103 100 23820
f
b
5001
5002
5003
5004
1103
1106
1107
1108
g
f
3000
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3420
3421
3900
3901
3902
3903
CABLES
Various
CONNECTOR 6PIN
CINCH YELLOW
CINCH RED
CINCH WHITE
g
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2412
Spare parts list
VR120
3198 010 42040 BC847C
3198 010 42040 BC847C
6001
6001
6002
6002
6003
6003
9322 129 41685 BZM55C12
9322 129 30673 BZM55C12 for QBOG1
only
9322 129 41685 BZM55C12
9322 129 30673 BZM55C12 for QBOG1
only
9322 129 41685 BZM55C12
9322 129 30673 BZM55C12 for QBOG1
only
9322 129 41685 BZM55C12
9322 129 30673 BZM55C12 for QBOG1
only
ce
7001
7002
3198 010 42080 BC848C
3198 010 42080 BC848C
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
310314026250
310314027520
310314026270
310314026280
310314026430
310314026420
FFC 7POL TD1-1960
CABLE TREE TD2-1962
FFCTD3-1944 1710-1750
FFCTD4-1930
FFC 1901-1945
FFC 1103-1711
4822 321 10886 MAINS CORD (+FUSE) for
UK
4822 321 10249 MAINS CORD
4822 320 50377 ANTENNA cable
4822 321 63002 SCART CABLE
SUB MODULES
3103 198 82600
3103 198 84520
3103 198 89270
3103 198 89280
3103 198 84530
3103 198 69920
3103 198 69910
3103 198 68210
ACP1
ACP10
ACP35/AKP35
AKP36
ASP10
QBOE1
QBOG1
QKP21